A320 Family ARM
A320 Family ARM
A320 Family ARM
A318/A319/A320/A321
ARM
AIRBUS S.A.S.
Customer Services
Technical Data Support and Services
31707 Blagnac Cedex
FRANCE
HIGHLIGHTS
CHAPTER 09
Subject 09-30-03
DESC 09-30-03-001-A01 R CROSS REFERENCED DOCUMENTARY
UNIT ADDED/REVISED/DELETED
HIGHLIGHTS
Page 1
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CHAPTER 02
Subject 02-00-00
DESC 02-00-00-001-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 02-00-00-991-001-A01 May 01/15
L.E.C.
Page 1
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 2
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CHAPTER 03
Subject 03-00-00
TASK 03-00-00-558-801-A01 May 01/18
Subtask 03-00-00-558-001-A01 May 01/15
Subtask 03-00-00-558-001-B01 May 01/18
Subtask 03-00-00-558-001-C01 May 01/18
Subtask 03-00-00-558-001-D01 May 01/18
Subtask 03-00-00-970-001-A01 May 01/18
FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-A01 Feb 01/11
FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-B01 May 01/18
FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-C01 May 01/18
FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-D01 May 01/18
Subject 03-20-01
DESC 03-20-01-001-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 03-20-01-991-001-A01 May 01/15
DESC 03-20-01-002-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 03-20-01-991-004-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 03-20-01-991-004-B01 May 01/15
FIGURE 03-20-01-991-004-C01 May 01/15
FIGURE 03-20-01-991-004-D01 May 01/15
Subject 03-20-02
TASK 03-20-02-970-801-A01 May 01/15
L.E.C.
Page 3
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 4
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 5
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CHAPTER 04
Subject 04-00-00
DESC 04-00-00-001-A01 May 01/15
Subject 04-20-00
TASK 04-20-00-588-801-A01 Nov 01/12
Subtask 04-20-00-588-001-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-A01 Jul 01/09
FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-B01 Jul 01/09
FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-C01 Nov 01/12
FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-D01 Jul 01/09
Subject 04-30-00
DESC 04-30-00-001-A01 Nov 01/19
FIGURE 04-30-00-991-001-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 04-30-00-991-002-A01 Jun 01/08
FIGURE 04-30-00-991-002-B01 Jun 01/08
FIGURE 04-30-00-991-002-C01 Nov 01/12
FIGURE 04-30-00-991-002-D01 Jun 01/08
FIGURE 04-30-00-991-008-A01 May 01/18
FIGURE 04-30-00-991-003-A01 May 01/15
TASK 04-30-00-556-801-A01 Nov 01/19
Subtask 04-30-00-556-001-A01 Nov 01/19
Subtask 04-30-00-556-002-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 04-30-00-991-004-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 04-30-00-991-005-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 04-30-00-991-006-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 04-30-00-991-007-A01 May 01/15
Subject 04-40-00
DESC 04-40-00-001-A01 May 01/15
L.E.C.
Page 6
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CHAPTER 05
Subject 05-00-00
DESC 05-00-00-001-A01 May 01/15
Subject 05-10-00
DESC 05-10-00-001-A01 May 01/18
FIGURE 05-10-00-991-004-A01 May 01/18
Subject 05-20-00
DESC 05-20-00-001-A01 Nov 01/20
DESC 05-20-00-002-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 05-20-00-991-013-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 05-20-00-991-013-B01 May 01/15
FIGURE 05-20-00-991-001-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 05-20-00-991-001-B01 May 01/15
FIGURE 05-20-00-991-002-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 05-20-00-991-002-B01 May 01/15
DESC 05-20-00-004-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 05-20-00-991-014-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 05-20-00-991-015-A01 May 01/15
Subject 05-30-00
TASK 05-30-00-650-801-A01 Nov 01/20
Subtask 05-30-00-650-004-A01 Nov 01/20
Subject 05-40-00
DESC 05-40-00-001-A01 Nov 01/20
Subject 05-40-01
TASK 05-40-01-650-801-A01 Nov 01/20
L.E.C.
Page 7
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CHAPTER 06
Subject 06-00-00
DESC 06-00-00-001-A01 May 01/15
DESC 06-00-00-002-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 06-00-00-991-001-A01 May 01/18
FIGURE 06-00-00-991-001-B01 Jul 01/09
FIGURE 06-00-00-991-001-C01 Nov 01/12
Subject 06-10-00
TASK 06-10-00-970-801-A01 May 01/15
Subtask 06-10-00-970-001-A01 May 01/15
Subtask 06-10-00-869-001-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 06-10-00-991-001-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 06-10-00-991-002-A01 May 01/15
TASK 06-10-00-970-802-A01 May 01/15
Subtask 06-10-00-970-002-A01 May 01/15
TASK 06-10-00-970-803-A01 May 01/15
Subtask 06-10-00-970-003-A01 May 01/15
L.E.C.
Page 8
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 9
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 10
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 11
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 12
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 13
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 14
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 15
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CHAPTER 08
Subject 08-00-00
DESC 08-00-00-001-A01 May 01/15
CHAPTER 09
Subject 09-00-00
DESC 09-00-00-001-A01 May 01/15
Subject 09-10-01
DESC 09-10-01-002-A01 May 01/15
DESC 09-10-01-001-A01 May 01/15
Subject 09-10-02
DESC 09-10-02-001-A01 May 01/15
DESC 09-10-02-003-A01 May 01/18
DESC 09-10-02-002-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 09-10-02-991-001-A01 May 01/15
Subject 09-10-03
DESC 09-10-03-001-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 09-10-03-991-001-A01 May 01/15
DESC 09-10-03-001-B01 May 01/15
FIGURE 09-10-03-991-003-A01 May 01/15
FIGURE 09-10-03-991-009-A01 May 01/15
DESC 09-10-03-001-C01 May 01/15
L.E.C.
Page 16
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 17
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 18
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 19
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 20
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 21
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 22
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 23
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
L.E.C.
Page 24
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
01 INTRODUCTION
01-00 INTRODUCTION
01-00-00 INTRODUCTION
01-00-00-001-A01 General
01-00-00-002-A01 Important Notice to Users of this Document
01-00-02 SEQUENCE OF THE DOCUMENT
01-00-02-001-A01 General
01-00-02-002-A01 Task Oriented ARM
01-00-02-003-A01 Content
01-00-02-004-A01 Effectivity Management
01-00-03 DEFINITIONS
01-00-03-001-A01 General
01-10 RELATED DATA
01-10-01 RELATED DATA
01-10-01-002-A01 Airbus Data
01-10-01-001-A01 Other Data
01-20 GENERAL AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS
01-20-01 GENERAL AIRCRAFT CHARACTERISTICS
01-20-01-001-A01 General Aircraft Description
01-20-01-002-A01 General Aircraft Data
01-20-01-002-B01 General Aircraft Data
01-20-01-002-C01 General Aircraft Data
01-20-01-002-D01 General Aircraft Data
02 SURVEY
02-00 SURVEY
02-00-00 SURVEY
02-00-00-001-A01 General
02-10 CHARTS AND GUIDES
02-10-01 CHARTS AND GUIDES
02-10-01-001-A01 Aircraft Recovery Process
02-20 INITIAL SURVEY
02-20-01 INITIAL AIRCRAFT SURVEY
02-20-01-285-801-A01 Initial Aircraft Survey
02-20-02 INITIAL SITE SURVEY
02-20-02-285-801-A01 Initial Site Survey
02-30 LANDING GEAR
02-30-01 LANDING GEAR
02-30-01-200-801-A01 Landing Gear Survey
T.O.C.
Page 1
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
T.O.C.
Page 2
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
04 PREPARATION
04-00 PREPARATION
04-00-00 PREPARATION
04-00-00-001-A01 General
04-20 STABILIZING THE AIRCRAFT
04-20-00 STABILIZING THE AIRCRAFT
04-20-00-588-801-A01 Stabilizing the Aircraft
04-30 TETHERING THE AIRCRAFT
04-30-00 TETHERING THE AIRCRAFT
04-30-00-001-A01 General
04-30-00-556-801-A01 Mooring
04-40 GROUND ANCHORS
04-40-00 GROUND ANCHORS
04-40-00-001-A01 General
04-50 SOIL STABILITY
04-50-00 SOIL STABILITY
04-50-00-001-A01 General
04-80 MANUAL OPERATION OF SYSTEMS
04-80-00 MANUAL OPERATION OF SYSTEMS
04-80-00-001-A01 General
05 WEIGHT REDUCTION
05-00 WEIGHT REDUCTION
05-00-00 WEIGHT REDUCTION
05-00-00-001-A01 General
05-10 DEFUELING
05-10-00 DEFUELING
05-10-00-001-A01 Defueling
05-20 FUEL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
05-20-00 FUEL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
05-20-00-001-A01 Fuel System Basic Description
05-20-00-002-A01 Tanks
05-20-00-004-A01 Fuel Quantity Indicating System
05-30 MOVING FUEL FOR CG CONTROL
05-30-00 MOVING FUEL FOR CG CONTROL
05-30-00-650-801-A01 Fuel Transfer
05-40 DEFUEL SCENARIOS
05-40-00 DEFUEL SCENARIOS
05-40-00-001-A01 Defuel Scenarios
T.O.C.
Page 3
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
T.O.C.
Page 4
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
T.O.C.
Page 5
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
07-20-00-001-A01 General
07-40 TOWING AND DEBOGGING
07-40-00 TOWING AND DEBOGGING
07-40-00-001-A01 General
07-40-01 TOWING FROM THE NOSE LANDING GEAR
07-40-01-584-801-A01 Towing on the NLG with a Towbar
07-40-01-584-802-A01 Towing on the NLG with a Towbarless Tractor
07-40-02 TOWING FROM THE MAIN LANDING GEAR
07-40-02-584-801-A01 Towing with the Main Gear from the Front
07-40-02-584-802-A01 Towing with the Main Gear from the Rear
07-40-03 TOWING WITH DEFLATED TIRES
07-40-03-584-801-A01 Towing with Deflated Tires
07-40-04 TOWING LOAD LIMITS
07-40-04-001-A01 Load and Angle Limits
07-60 MOVING DAMAGED AIRCRAFT
07-60-00 MOVING DAMAGED AIRCRAFT
07-60-00-001-A01 General
07-60-01 MOVING DAMAGED AIRCRAFT ON TRAILERS
07-60-01-001-A01 Moving Damaged Aircraft on Trailers
07-60-02 MOVING DAMAGED AIRCRAFT WITH CRANES
07-60-02-001-A01 Moving Damaged Aircraft with Cranes
07-60-03 MOVING DAMAGED AIRCRAFT WITH SPECIALIZED EQUIPMENT
07-60-03-001-A01 Moving Damaged Aircraft with Specialized Vehicles
09 APPENDIX
09-00 APPENDIX
09-00-00 APPENDIX
09-00-00-001-A01 Introduction
09-10 GENERAL INFORMATION
09-10-01 UNITS AND CONVERSIONS
09-10-01-002-A01 Units of Measurements
09-10-01-001-A01 Conversion Tables
09-10-02 GLOSSARY OF TERMS
09-10-02-001-A01 Definition of Terms
09-10-02-003-A01 Abbreviations
09-10-02-002-A01 Aircraft Reference Axes
T.O.C.
Page 6
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
T.O.C.
Page 8
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
INTRODUCTION
01-00 INTRODUCTION
01-00-00 INTRODUCTION
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 01-00-00-001-A01
General
1. This document is intended to provide, for areas which are under Airbus responsibility, aircraft
comprehensive details relative to the procedures, planning, equipment and tooling to effectively
recover the A318, A319, A320 or A321 aircraft. The airlines and airport authorities can use this
information as a planning tool for aircraft recovery preparations.
Aircraft recovery is an operation that is the result of an unplanned incident and as such, advance
preparations should be made. These preparations should include the establishment of an Aircraft
Recovery Team, aircraft recovery training, listings of aircraft recovery equipment availability and the
development of an internal Aircraft Recovery Process Document.
These are general procedures and will vary according to the individual incident and the equipment
available. In most cases the recovery will be carried out under abnormal conditions of both weather
and aircraft attitude.
Country and state rules and regulations have to be followed, even though they may impede the
recovery operation. Make sure that the relevant authorities have formally released the aircraft, before
starting the aircraft recovery process. For further information on aircraft accident and incident
investigation see ICAO Annex 13.
Personal safety and prevention of secondary damage are emphasized in this document.
The data provided in this document is based on a serviceable aircraft in a normal attitude (except
where specified). If the aircraft is in a different condition, the data will have to be adjusted
accordingly.
Procedures for aircraft recovery from water are not covered by this document.
It is recommended that the individual airlines share their aircraft recovery experiences with the
aircraft manufacturer and groups such as the International Airline Transport Association (IATA),
Aircraft Recovery Task Force (ARTF) and the International Airline Technical Pool (IATP). The
International Airline Technical Pool as well as some airports and airlines could provide Aircraft
Recovery Kits, at strategic locations around the world. Information about these groups is available at
the following web sites:
- http://www.iata.org
- http://www.iatp.com
NOTE : IATP website and recovery kits are available for IATP members only.
NOTE : This chapter gives references to web sites for information only. Airbus shall not be held
liable for web site or document content and for update or change of addresses.
Page 1
01-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 01-00-00-002-A01
Important Notice to Users of this Document
1. General
The technical data contained in this Aircraft Recovery Manual (ARM) is intended only for general
planning, preparations and establishing procedures for the recovery of a disabled A318, A319, A320
or A321 aircraft with consideration given for return to service.
Airbus recommends that A318, A319, A320 or A321 operators and airport authorities use the data in
this manual to develop recovery schemes based on various scenarios, using the equipment available,
typical situations and the recommendations included in the ATA specification.
Airbus strongly recommends that all data and actions related to the recovery are recorded to ensure
that all necessary corrective actions are taken prior to release to service of the aircraft.
The data given in this document is accurate at the date of publication. In case of any conflict, the
Aircraft Technical Specification shall take precedence.
This manual does not include data with regards to any optional modifications. These additions may
have an impact on the weight and CG position calculations, defueling and cargo loading procedures.
Contact Airbus for further information.
2. Disclaimer
THE USER HEREBY WAIVES, RELEASES AND RENOUNCES ALL WARRANTIES,
OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES OF AIRBUS AND RIGHTS, CLAIMS AND REMEDIES OF THE
USER AGAINST AIRBUS, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARISING BY LAW OR OTHERWISE, WITH
RESPECT TO ANY NON-CONFORMITY OR DEFECT IN THIS DOCUMENT, INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO:
- ANY WARRANTY AGAINST HIDDEN DEFECTS;
- ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS;
- ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY ARISING FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF
DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE;
- ANY OBLIGATION, LIABILITY, RIGHT, CLAIM OR REMEDY, WHETHER CONTRACTUAL
OR DELICTUAL AND WHETHER OR NOT ARISING FROM AIRBUS’S NEGLIGENCE,
ACTUAL OR IMPUTED, AND
- ANY OBLIGATION, LIABILITY, RIGHT, CLAIM OR REMEDY FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE TO
PROPERTY.
AIRBUS SHALL HAVE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY, HOWSOEVER ARISING, FOR LOSS OF
USE, REVENUE OR PROFIT OR FOR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY NON-CONFORMITY OR DEFECT IN
THIS DOCUMENT.
AIRBUS SHALL HAVE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY WITH RESPECT TO THE BEHAVIOR
OF TOOLING USED FOR THE RECOVERY OF THE AIRCRAFT.
Page 2
01-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 01-00-02-001-A01
General
1. This manual obeys the ATA iSpec 2200 specification format.
2. This document uses a three-part identification reference (XX-XX-XX), in which each pair of digit
means : CHAPTER, SECTION and SUBJECT.
3. The ARM contains two categories of data.
A. Description
This part gives the general description of the aircraft or systems, data related to aircraft
recovery (recovery team, recovery charts, landing gear, fuel ...) and worksheets.
For details about the numbering of the description topics, see FIGURE 01-00-02-991-001-A.
B. Task
For details on the task oriented ARM, see DESC 01-00-02-002-A01.
For details about the numbering of the tasks, see FIGURE 01-00-02-991-002-A.
4. Warnings, Cautions and Notes.
- WARNING: Calls attention to use of materials, processes, methods, procedures or limits that
must be carefully obeyed to prevent injury or death.
- CAUTION: Calls attention to methods and procedures that must be obeyed to prevent damage to
equipment.
- NOTE: Calls attention to methods that make the work easier or gives explanations.
5. Abbreviations
All the abbreviations used in this manual are detailed in 09-10-02.
6. Revision bars.
The revision bars show that the content is either new or revised.
7. This manual recommends that the recovery team makes and issues records to help aircraft return to
service and carefully monitors the implementation of corrective actions.
See 08-00-00.
Page 1
01-00-02 May 01/21
1 2 3 4 5
Description
Numbering System
PART FUNCTION
FIGURE-01-00-02-991-001-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
1 THRU 3 ATA SIX−DIGIT NUMBER FROM THE ATA ISPEC 2200 BREAKDOWN DOCUMENT
THAT IDENTIFIES THE CHAPTER−SECTION−SUBJECT.
4 THREE−DIGIT NUMBER THAT IDENTIFIES THE DESCRIPTIONS.
5 THREE−DIGIT ALPHANUMERICAL IDENTIFIER THAT IDENTIFIES THE CONFIGURATION.
@A318/A319/A320/A321
01-00-02
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_010002_1_0010101_01_00
Page 2
May 01/21
1 2 3 4 5 6
Task
Numbering System
PART FUNCTION
FIGURE-01-00-02-991-002-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
1 THRU 3 ATA SIX−DIGIT NUMBER FROM THE ATA ISPEC 2200 BREAKDOWN DOCUMENT
THAT IDENTIFIES THE CHAPTER−SECTION−SUBJECT.
4 THREE−DIGIT FUNCTION CODE THAT YOU CAN FIND IN THE FUNCTION CODE LIST
( SEE 01−00−02−002
) THAT INDICATES THE SPECIFIC PROCEDURE RELATED TO TASKS AND SUBTASKS.
@A318/A319/A320/A321
01-00-02
TO SEPARATE THE TASKS AND SUBTASKS, THE TASK NUMBERS BEGIN AT
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
801 AND INCREASE, IN SEQUENCE, TO 999 (MAXIMUM). THE SUBTASK NUMBERS BEGIN AT 001 AND INCREASE
IN SEQUENCE TO 800 (MAXIMUM) WITHIN THE PROCEDURE.
6 THREE−DIGIT ALPHANUMERICAL IDENTIFIER THAT IDENTIFIES THE CONFIGURATION.
N_AR_010002_1_0020101_01_00
Page 3
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 01-00-02-002-A01
Task Oriented ARM
1. General
In the ARM, the procedures are contained in tasks.
The task is a logical sequence of the procedure steps and is broken down into subtasks.
The subtask gives all the details of the significant steps of the procedure.
For task numbering, see DESC 01-00-02-001-A01.
2. Function Codes
Each task and subtask has a function code related to its subject.
Function
Definition Task/Subtask
Code
000 Removal Task
010 Remove/Open For Access Task/Subtask
020 Remove Unit/Component/Disconnect/Loosen/Remove Item Task/Subtask
040 Deactivation Task/Subtask
081 Remove Safety Locks Task/Subtask
200 Inspection/Check Task
284 Inspection of damage Subtask
285 Survey Damage and Terrain Task/Subtask
481 Install Safety Locks Task/Subtask
500 Material and Aircraft Handling Task/Subtask
556 Mooring Task/Subtask
558 Weight and CG Management Task/Subtask
581 Leveling/Lifting Task/Subtask
582 Moving the Aircraft Task/Subtask
583 Shoring Task/Subtask
584 Towing Task/Subtask
585 Taxiing Task/Subtask
586 Lowering Task/Subtask
587 Debogging Task/Subtask
588 Stabilizing Task/Subtask
650 Fueling/Defueling Task/Subtask
680 Drain Fluid Task/Subtask
862 De-energize Electrical Network Task/Subtask
Page 4
01-00-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Function
Definition Task/Subtask
Code
866 Flight Control Surfaces Movement Task/Subtask
867 Landing Gear Movement Task/Subtask
869 Miscellaneous Task/Subtask
970 Data Recording/Calculating Task/Subtask
972 Damage Recording Subtask
980 Manual Operation or Positioning Subtask
Task/Subtask Function Codes Definition
TABLE 1
3. Task Structure
Each recovery task is broken down into the paragraphs that follow:
A. Task Supporting Data
(1) General
This paragraph gives general information and a short description of the procedure.
(2) Inspection
This paragraph gives instructions to do a preliminary inspection if necessary.
(3) Job Set Up Data
This paragraph collects all the generic data which are not in the Job Set Up Information
and are necessary to do the actions described in the procedure.
(4) Job Set Up Information
This paragraph collects all materials, tools and referenced information necessary to do the
actions described in the procedure.
B. Procedure
This paragraph is broken down into subtasks.
(1) Subtasks
The Subtasks contain actions/instructions to do the procedure.
C. Figures
This part contains all illustrations related to the procedure.
Page 5
01-00-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 01-00-02-003-A01
Content
1. MANUAL FRONT MATTER
This part of the manual contains the preliminary pages.
Items in this part are:
A. The manual front page.
B. The highlights which give the description of changes at subtask and figure level.
C. The list of effective content which gives for each task, subtask and figure the last revision date
with a change code (which is also used in the highlights):
- blank: no changes
- R: revised content
- N: new content
- D: deleted content.
D. The table of contents which is the list of chapters, subjects, tasks and descriptions contained in
the manual.
2. Chapter 01 - INTRODUCTION
This chapter gives general data and information on the A318, A319, A320 or A321 aircraft.
Items in this chapter are:
A. A list of related documents in which it is possible to find more information.
B. A general aircraft description.
3. Chapter 02 - SURVEY
This chapter gives the information that follow for areas which are under Airbus responsibility:
A. An aircraft recovery logic chart, which has been developed for the Aircraft Recovery Manager
and his team, to help obey the necessary steps of the recovery process. It is used with a specific
CHAPTER/SECTION/SUBJECT of the ARM.
B. Details on initial inspection, site survey, soil stability, weather conditions and equipment.
C. Health and safety issues related to aircraft recovery.
4. Chapter 03 - WEIGHT AND CG MANAGEMENT
This chapter contains the items that follow:
A. Weight, H-arm, Y-arm and Z-arm management, with general and specific information for
operations such as calculation of the NRW, associated H-arm, Y-arm and Z-arm locations and
CG.
B. The names of documents where it is possible to find aircraft weight and balance data.
C. The effect of different elements on the CG, such as large aircraft components, fuel, payload…
Page 6
01-00-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Chapter 04 - PREPARATION
This chapter contains the details that follow:
A. The tasks which are necessary before leveling/lifting the aircraft (manual operation of flight
control surfaces, tethering, ground anchoring, check of weight, H-arm and Y-arm, etc.).
B. The tethering procedure.
C. General information and instructions for the manual operation of different units or equipments
such as landing gears, flaps, flight controls, cargo doors…
6. Chapter 05 - WEIGHT REDUCTION
This chapter gives:
A. Detailed information on the aircraft fuel system.
B. The way to manually find the fuel quantity.
C. Various defueling scenarios.
D. Detailed information on payload removal.
E. The removal procedure of the major components.
7. Chapter 06 - LEVELING AND LIFTING
This chapter gives details on:
A. The basic means of leveling/lifting the aircraft.
(1) Jacks,
(2) Pneumatic Lifting Bags,
(3) Cranes.
B. The method to calculate expected load, travel range and arc movement based on aircraft
attitude, NRW and CG calculated in Chapter 03.
C. Detailed leveling/lifting scenarios.
8. Chapter 07 - MOVING THE AIRCRAFT
This chapter gives:
A. Debogging or towing methods and aircraft limits.
B. Procedures to be implemented to return a damaged aircraft to the hard surface.
9. Chapter 08 - POST RECOVERY CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
This chapter gives:
A. A link to the post recovery AMM inspection.
B. An explanation about the need of recording and monitoring corrective actions during the
recovery operation.
10. Chapter 09 - APPENDIX
The appendices give general information on:
A. Units and Measurements.
Page 7
01-00-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 8
01-00-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 01-00-02-004-A01
Effectivity Management
1. The Aircraft Recovery Manual is issued to give the necessary data for A318, A319, A320 or A321
aircraft which are necessary to accomplish a recovery.
The configuration is managed at the aircraft level:
- A318-100
- A319-100
- A319neo
- A320-200
- A320neo
- A321-100
- A321-200
- A321neo
Page 9
01-00-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
01-00-03 DEFINITIONS
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 01-00-03-001-A01
General
1. Terms Definitions
Chapter DESC 09-10-02-001-A01 gives the definition of terms related to aircraft recovery.
2. Abbreviations Definitions
Chapter DESC 09-10-02-003-A01 gives the definitions of abbreviations related to aircraft recovery.
Page 1
01-00-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 01-10-01-002-A01
Airbus Data
1. General
If necessary, you can find additional information/data in the documents that follow:
- A318, A319, A320 or A321 Aircraft Characteristics - Airport and Maintenance Planning (AC)
- A318, A319, A320 or A321 Aircraft Maintenance Manual (AMM)
- A318/A319/A320/A321 Illustrated Parts Catalog (IPC)
- A318, A319, A320 or A321 Structural Repair Manual (SRM)
- A318, A319, A320 or A321 Weight and Balance Manual (WBM)
- A318/A319/A320/A321 Illustrated Tool and Equipment Manual (TEM)
- A319/A320/A321 Cargo Loading System Manual (CLS)
- List of Radioactive and Hazardous Elements Manual (LRE)
- CFM56 Engine Manual
- IAE V2500 Engine Manual (A319, A320 and A321 only)
- PW 6000 Engine Manual (A318 only)
- PW 1100G Engine Manual (A319neo, A320neo and A321neo only)
- CFM LEAP-1A Engine Manual (A319neo, A320neo and A321neo only)
- Airn@v, AirbusWorld, …
Page 1
01-10-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 01-10-01-001-A01
Other Data
1. Websites
This topic provides references to websites for information only. This list is not exhaustive and it uses
the data available to Airbus at issue of the ARM.
- http://www.iata.org
- http://www.iatp.com
NOTE : A user name and a password are necessary to get access to the IATP website information
and the IATP Aircraft-Recovery-Pooling information. This includes contacts.
NOTE : This chapter gives references to websites for information only. Airbus cannot be held liable
for website or document content or for updates or changes of address.
2. Publications/Manuals/Documents
This topic provides references to non-Airbus manuals or documents for information only. This list is
not exhaustive and it uses the data available to Airbus at issue of the ARM. Airbus shall not be held
liable for document content.
- Country Regulations
- ICAO Annex 13
- ICAO Annex 14
- ICAO 9137 Part 5
- FAA AC 150/5200-31A
- FAR 139.325 Airport Emergency Plan
- EASA - FAA - Part 145.
3. Airline Documents
This topic provides references to airline documents for information only. This list is not exhaustive.
- Airline Aircraft Recovery Process Documents (see DESC 09-20-01-004-A01)
- Airline Load and Trim Sheet Document
- Airline Weight and Balance Manual
- Airline Aircraft Modification Record.
Page 2
01-10-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 01-20-01-001-A01
General Aircraft Description
1. The A320 Family of aircraft are subsonic single-aisle aircraft. These aircraft are suitable for
passengers and cargo commercial transport.
They have two turbofan engines under the wings:
- CFM56 engine,
- IAE V2500 engine (A319, A320 and A321 only),
- PW 6000 engine (A318 only),
- PW 1100G engine (A319neo, A320neo and A321neo only),
- CFM LEAP-1A engine (A319neo, A320neo and A321neo only).
The A320 Family aircraft have:
- A standard configuration of 3 main fuel tanks (1 tank per wing and a center tank in the center
wing box). One or more Additional Center Tanks (ACT) can be installed in the cargo
compartments, depending on the airline configuration,
- 1 standard 2.5 in refuel/defuel coupling under the wing and 1 gravity refuel cap on each wing
(related to the aircraft configuration),
- 2 twin-wheel main landing gears (standard configuration) or 2 four-wheel bogies MLG (optional,
on A320 only),
- 1 nose landing gear with two wheels,
- 1 potable water tank in the pressurized section of the fuselage,
- A waste water tank,
- A lower deck forward cargo compartment,
- A lower deck aft cargo compartment,
- A lower deck bulk cargo compartment (related to the aircraft configuration).
2. The appendix gives detailed aircraft description.
See 09-00-00.
Page 1
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 01-20-01-002-A01
General Aircraft Data
1. This section provides general data (weight, fuel capacity, ...) related to the A318-100 aircraft.
Refer to the operator’s documentation for accurate values related to the specific aircraft.
Weight Variant WV000 WV001 WV002 WV003 WV004
Maximum Ramp
Weight (MRW) 59 400 kg 61 900 kg 63 400 kg 64 900 kg 66 400 kg
Maximum Taxi (130 955 lb) (136 466 lb) (139 773 lb) (143 080 lb) (146 387 lb)
Weight (MTW)
Maximum Take-
59 000 kg 61 500 kg 63 000 kg 64 500 kg 66 000 kg
Off Weight
(130 073 lb) (135 584 lb) (138 891 lb) (142 198 lb) (145 505 lb)
(MTOW)
Maximum Landing 56 000 kg 56 000 kg 57 500 kg 57 500 kg 57 500 kg
Weight (MLW) (123 459 lb) (123 459 lb) (126 766 lb) (126 766 lb) (126 766 lb)
Maximum Zero
53 000 kg 53 000 kg 54 500 kg 54 500 kg 54 500 kg
Fuel Weight
(116 845 lb) (116 845 lb) (120 152 lb) (120 152 lb) (120 152 lb)
(MZFW)
Usable Fuel 23 859 l
Capacity (6303 US gal)
(density = 0.785 18 729 kg
kg/l) (41 290 lb)
Aircraft Data
TABLE 1
Page 2
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 3
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 01-20-01-002-B01
General Aircraft Data
Page 4
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 5
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 6
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 01-20-01-002-C01
General Aircraft Data
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
Weight Variant WV005 WV006 WV007 WV008 WV009
Maximum Ramp Weight
(MRW) 67 400 kg 66 400 kg 77 400 kg 73 900 kg 75 900 kg
Maximum Taxi Weight (148 592 lb) (146 387 lb) (170 638 lb) (162 922 lb) (167 331 lb)
(MTW)
Maximum Take-Off 67 000 kg 66 000 kg 77 000 kg 73 500 kg 75 500 kg
Weight (MTOW) (147 710 lb) (145 505 lb) (169 756 lb) (162 040 lb) (166 449 lb)
Maximum Landing 64 500 kg 64 500 kg 64 500 kg 64 500 kg 64 500 kg
Weight (MLW) (142 198 lb) (142 198 lb) (142 198 lb) (142 198 lb) (142 198 lb)
Maximum Zero Fuel 60 500 kg 60 500 kg 60 500 kg 61 000 kg 61 000 kg
Weight (MZFW) (133 380 lb) (133 380 lb) (133 380 lb) (134 482 lb) (134 482 lb)
Page 7
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
Weight Variant WV010 WV011 WV012 WV013 WV014
Maximum Ramp Weight 75 900 kg
(MRW) 77 400 kg (167 331 lb) 77 400 kg 71 900 kg 73 900 kg
Maximum Taxi Weight (170 638 lb) (170 638 lb) (158 512 lb) (162 922 lb)
(MTW)
Maximum Take-Off 77 000 kg 75 500 kg 77 000 kg 71 500 kg 73 500 kg
Weight (MTOW) (169 756 lb) (166 449 lb) (169 756 lb) (157 630 lb) (162 040 lb)
Maximum Landing 64 500 kg 66 000 kg 66 000 kg 64 500 kg 64 500 kg
Weight (MLW) (142 198 lb) (145 505 lb) (145 505 lb) (142 198 lb) (142 198 lb)
Maximum Zero Fuel 61 000 kg 62 500 kg 62 500 kg 61 000 kg 61 500 kg
Weight (MZFW) (134 482 lb) (137 789 lb) (137 789 lb) (134 482 lb) (135 584 lb)
23 859 l - 26 759 l * - 29 659 l **
Usable Fuel Capacity (6 303 US gal - 7 069 US gal * - 7 835 US gal **)
(density = 0.785 kg/l) 18 729 kg - 21 005 kg * - 23 282 kg **
(41 290 lb - 46 308 lb * - 51 328 lb **)
Aircraft Data
TABLE 3
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
Weight Variant WV015 WV016 WV017 WV018 WV019
Maximum Ramp
Weight (MRW) 78 400 kg 73 900 kg 78 400 kg 71 900 kg 70 400 kg
Maximum Taxi Weight (172 842 lb) (162 922 lb) (172 842 lb) (158 512 lb) (155 205 lb)
(MTW)
Maximum Take-Off 78 000 kg 73 500 kg 78 000 kg 71 500 kg 70 000 kg
Weight (MTOW) (171 961 lb) (162 040 lb) (171 961 lb) (157 630 lb) (154 324 lb)
Page 8
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
Page 9
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
Weight Variant WV068 WV069 WV071
Maximum Ramp Weight (MRW) 75 900 kg 75 900 kg 75 400 kg
Maximum Taxi Weight (MTW) (167 331 lb) (167 331 lb) (166 228 lb)
Maximum Take-Off Weight 75 500 kg 75 500 kg 75 000 kg
(MTOW) (166 449 lb) (166 449 lb) (165 347 lb)
66 300 kg 67 400 kg 67 400 kg
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW)
(146 166 lb) (148 592 lb) (148 592 lb)
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight 62 800 kg 64 300 kg 64 300 kg
(MZFW) (138 450 lb) (141 757 lb) (141 757 lb)
23 859 l - 26 759 l * - 29 659 l **
Usable Fuel Capacity (6 303 US gal - 7 069 US gal * - 7 835 US gal **)
(density = 0.785 kg/l) 18 729 kg - 21 005 kg * - 23 282 kg **
(41 290 lb - 46 308 lb * - 51 328 lb **)
Aircraft Data
TABLE 7
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
Page 10
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
Page 11
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 01-20-01-002-D01
General Aircraft Data
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
Weight Variant WV005 WV006 WV007 WV008
Maximum Ramp Weight
(MRW) 83 400 kg 78 400 kg 80 400 kg 89 400 kg
Maximum Taxi Weight (183 865 lb) (172 842 lb) (177 252 lb) (197 093 lb)
(MTW)
Maximum Take-Off 83 000 kg 78 000 kg 80 000 kg 89 000 kg
Weight (MTOW) (182 984 lb) (171 961 lb) (176 370 lb) (196 211 lb)
Maximum Landing Weight 75 000 kg 74 500 kg 73 500 kg 75 500 kg
(MLW) (165 347 lb) (164 244 lb) (162 040 lb) (166 449 lb)
Maximum Zero Fuel 71 000 kg 70 500 kg 69 500 kg 71 500 kg
Weight (MZFW) (156 528 lb) (155 426 lb) (153 221 lb) (157 630 lb)
Page 12
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
Weight Variant WV004 WV005 WV006 WV007
Maximum Ramp Weight
(MRW) 87 400 kg 85 400 kg 83 400 kg 83 400 kg
Maximum Taxi Weight (192 684 lb) (188 275 lb) (183 865 lb) (183 865 lb)
(MTW)
Page 13
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
Weight Variant WV008 WV009 WV010 WV011
Maximum Ramp Weight
(MRW) 80 400 kg 78 400 kg 85 400 kg 93 900 kg
Maximum Taxi Weight (177 252 lb) (172 842 lb) (188 275 lb) (207 014 lb)
(MTW)
Maximum Take-Off 80 000 kg 78 000 kg 85 000 kg 93 500 kg
Weight (MTOW) (176 370 lb) (171 961 lb) (187 393 lb) (206 132 lb)
Maximum Landing Weight 73 500 kg 73 500 kg 77 800 kg 77 800 kg
(MLW) (162 040 lb) (162 040 lb) (171 520 lb) (171 520 lb)
Maximum Zero Fuel 69 500 kg 69 500 kg 73 800 kg 73 800 kg
Weight (MZFW) (153 221 lb) (153 221 lb) (162 701 lb) (162 701 lb)
23 700 l - 26 692 l * - 29 684 l **
Usable Fuel Capacity (6 261 US gal - 7 051 US gal * - 7 842 US gal **)
(density = 0.785 kg/l) 18 604 kg - 20 953 kg * - 23 301 kg **
(41 015 lb - 46 193 lb * - 51 370 lb **)
Aircraft Data
TABLE 5
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
Page 14
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 15
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Weight
WV050WV051WV052WV053WV056WV065WV070 WV071 (ACF) WV072 (ACF)
Variant
23 490 l - 26 611 l * - 29 782 l ** - 32
23 700 l - 26 692 l * - 29 684 l ** 853 l ***
Usable Fuel (6 261 US gal - 7 051 US gal * - 7 842 US gal **) (6 205 US gal - 7 030 US gal * - 7 868
Capacity US gal ** - 8 679 US gal ***)
(density = 18 440 kg - 20 890 kg * - 23 379 kg
0.785 kg/l) 18 604 kg - 20 953 kg * - 23 301 kg ** ** - 25 790 kg ***
(41 015 lb - 46 193 lb * - 51 370 lb **) (40 653 lb - 46 055 lb * - 51 542 lb **
- 56 857 lb ***)
Aircraft Data
TABLE 6
* OPTION: 1 ACT
** OPTION: 2 ACT
*** OPTION: 3 ACT
Page 16
01-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SURVEY
02-00 SURVEY
02-00-00 SURVEY
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 02-00-00-001-A01
General
1. Introduction
The objective is to define a recovery scenario based on a recovery plan and implement it:
- Without causing secondary damage,
- By ensuring traceability of actions performed.
The recovery must be set up and controlled according to a recovery process.
If a recovery contributing factor (see FIGURE 02-00-00-991-001-A) changes or is not as expected,
each section must be reviewed to reconsider the recovery process.
The recovery process is detailed in chapter 02-10-01 and is valid when there is no worldwide recovery
standard procedure for events of an infinite variety, even if there are basic leveling techniques:
- Use of Jacks (see 06-30-00),
- Use of Pneumatic Lifting Bags (see 06-40-00),
- Use of Cranes (see 06-50-00).
The ARM planning chart, aircraft recovery logic chart or the IATA aircraft recovery quick reference
checklist could be used to support this recovery process (see 09-20-01).
2. Recovery Secondary Damage
The objective of a successful aircraft recovery operation is to move the aircraft from the incident or
accident site to a repair area or facility without causing any secondary damage.
The secondary damage is a damage which is not due to the initial event, and can increase the repair
time. However, due to time or cost constraints, secondary damage will be accepted from involved
parties. In that case make sure that the time saving is acceptable in comparison with the cost.
The insurance underwriters can probably contest any secondary damage. Therefore every step of the
recovery process must be continually monitored with appropriate action taken to prevent it.
NOTE : The damage on airport infrastructure or field can be considered as secondary damage if
adequate action is not done in due time.
Page 1
02-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
AIRCRAFT RELEASE
REPAIR TO ENABLE FROM INVESTIGATIVE
RECOVERY AUTHORITY
− PLANNING
− LEAD TIME
− LOGISTICS
− CONTRACT
AIRCRAFT AND TOOLING RECOVERY
STABILITY SCENARIO
POST RECOVERY
ACTIONS DUE TO
RECOVERY SCENARIO
TERRAIN ANALYSIS
MISCELLANEOUS
TOOLING AVAILABILITY
TOWING / DEBOGGING
INTENTIONAL
AIRCRAFT LEVELING SECONDARY DAMAGE
AIRCRAFT LIFTING
N_AR_020000_1_0010101_01_01
Recovery Process
Contributing Factors
FIGURE-02-00-00-991-001-A01
Page 2
02-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 02-10-01-001-A01
Aircraft Recovery Process
1. General
The recovery methods used are specific to each recovery operation, are dependent on multiple drivers
and constraints, including non aircraft specific drivers, as well as the individual aircraft recovery
considerations. Refer to the Aircraft Recovery Logic Chart (See DESC DESC 09-20-01-002-A01) for
more details.
The recovery process can be divided into five basic sections:
- Survey,
- Planning,
- Preparation,
- Recovery,
- Reporting.
A. Survey
(1) Before you get access to the incident or accident site and while waiting for release of the
aircraft from the Investigative Authorities, some preliminary tasks can be carried out.
Some general issues are:
- Get and record the initial incident or accident data,
- Secure the site: fire, theft and access control,
- Confirm that members of the Aircraft Recovery Team are available,
- Arrange delivery of any local aircraft recovery equipment,
- Make communication with the airport and Investigative Authorities,
- Identify the hazardous materials which are on board,
- Get an airport plan to assess the difficulty of the aircraft or recovery team travel path,
etc.
(2) After access to the incident or accident site, you must do a detailed inspection and make a
record of the items that follow:
- Integrity of the aircraft structure and landing gear,
- Survey of the soil conditions,
- Local weather conditions,
- Personnel health and safety issues,
- Environmental concerns.
(3) The other issues to consider if the incident took place at a secondary or international
airport are:
- Transportation of personnel and equipment,
Page 1
02-10-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 2
02-10-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 02-20-01-285-801-A01
Initial Aircraft Survey
1. General
A detailed aircraft condition report must be completed as soon as possible to help the basic approach
to the recovery process, to ensure safety of the personnel and to anticipate the repairs. The
inspection and the subsequent report do not need to be as detailed for the recovery as for repair of
the aircraft.
Photographs, sketches, measurements, notes, etc. can complete the documentation. Digital cameras,
video recorders and pocket audio recorders can help to record the data.
The documentation will help engineering staff, insurance surveyors and manufacturer representatives
to discuss the details of the recovery scenarios/options. This information will be helpful to fill in a
report when the recovery is completed.
The future airworthiness of the aircraft can be dependent on the accuracy of the data recorded during
the recovery operation. These records must include accurate figures on all loads applied to the
aircraft during the recovery.
In most cases, the accident investigation will be more important than the aircraft recovery process.
The objective of the accident investigation is to determine the cause of the incident or accident and
provide details to prevent the re-occurrence of such an event.
Keep in mind that the time between the notification of the event and release of the aircraft by the
Investigative Authorities can be several hours.
If the Investigative Authority asks for removal of the Aircraft Flight Data and Cockpit Voice
Recorders, qualified personnel must do it and obey AMM procedures. These units are to be handed
over to the Investigative Authority. In return, the Investigative Authority will give you a receipt with
the aircraft registration and the serial numbers of the removed units.
It is necessary to note current and forecast weather.
2. Inspections
It is necessary to estimate the fuel quantity, the cargo on board.
It is also necessary to identify and quantify hazardous materials with any required personnel
protective equipment.
3. Job Setup References
Not Applicable.
Page 1
02-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
WARNING : DO NOT CLIMB ON, GO INTO OR GO BELOW THE AIRCRAFT UNTIL THE
AIRCRAFT IS STABLE.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
Subtask 02-20-01-284-001-A01
A. Inspection of Damage
(1) Without climbing on, going into or going below the aircraft, identify and record all obvious
and visible damage. Note the location on the fuselage with frame (station) and stringer
numbers, and on the wing with rib and station numbers.
(2) The types of damage include cracked, creased, distorted or torn fuselage and wing skin
panels and also missing or broken fasteners (bolts, rivets…) and fittings.
(3) These types of damage are signs of failed structural components and must be considered as
suspect. These failed structural components cannot be relied on to carry their designed
loads. It is necessary to do a more detailed inspection on these areas prior to leveling,
lifting or moving the aircraft.
(4) It is necessary to record any evidence of fire or overheating.
(5) It is also necessary to identify missing and damaged components such as landing gear, flap
sections and non-structural fairings. Broken fairings can be a sign of hidden damage to
other structural areas.
(6) It is necessary to do a more detailed inspection on these areas prior to leveling, lifting or
moving the aircraft.
Subtask 02-20-01-680-001-A01
B. Fluid Leaks
(1) Fluid leaks must be identified.
Page 2
02-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(2) These fluid leakages can be fuel, hydraulic fluid, lavatory waste water, potable water and
any fluid transported in the cargo compartments.
At the first indication of a fluid leak, the airport or Investigative Authorities must call for a
hazardous materials response company to contain these leaking fluids.
(3) Cap lines and manually close valves to stop or control fluid leaks. Or temporarily plug holes
or openings to stop the flow. If there is a fuel leak, defueling must be a primary task.
NOTE : This step can be required at any point during the initial aircraft survey.
Subtask 02-20-01-862-001-A01
C. Batteries
(1) If there is any structural damage on the fuselage or wings, it is necessary to remove or
isolate the aircraft batteries as soon as the aircraft is stable.
NOTE : This step can be required at any point during the initial aircraft survey.
(2) It is possible to keep the batteries connected if there is no structural or system damage.
This can be useful later for the recovery process. This decision can be re-examined during
the survey and recovery.
NOTE : At this point, it is possible to try to make the aircraft stable and safe so that it is
possible to do a detailed inspection in and below the aircraft.
Subtask 02-20-01-869-001-A01
D. Landing Gear
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT LANDING GEAR DOWNLOCK PINS ARE INSTALLED IF
THEIR INSTALLATION IS POSSIBLE.
(1) If a landing gear malfunction caused the event, it can be possible to continue to use the
aircraft landing gear to move the aircraft when lifted. It is necessary to make sure that the
structure and landing gear (when extended) can support the aircraft weight. Examples are:
- One or more landing gear(s) remained retracted at touchdown,
- One or more landing gear(s) collapsed after touchdown due to downlock failures,
- One or more landing gear(s) folded or collapsed when the aircraft left the runway and
bogged down in mud, snow or sand.
(2) In these cases, it can be possible to extend and lock the landing gear down after lifting the
aircraft and after carrying out temporary repairs to strengthen or brace damaged parts. If
repairs are necessary, it is usually less difficult and less time consuming to do these repairs
than to have secondary damage when moving the aircraft on a trailer or a recovery
transport vehicle.
(3) Make sure that spare landing-gear assemblies are available to replace damaged or missing
ones, if required.
Page 3
02-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 02-20-02-285-801-A01
Initial Site Survey
1. General
This procedure gives details on how to do a full survey of the incident site around the aircraft.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Get an airport map from the airport authority (we recommend a topographical map, which includes
subterranean infrastructure localization) of the incident area.
4. Procedure
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
Subtask 02-20-02-285-001-A01
A. Terrain
(1) If the ground is sufficiently flat, the recovery process can be more direct. It will be more
difficult to move the aircraft on a rolling terrain with hills and it can be necessary to grade
the ground.
You can report on the airport site plan the position of the aircraft, the flatness, slopes,
hills, width and depth of any ditches or culverts and surrounding vegetation. You can
examine the area to know if there is any animal life (rodents and snakes).
Subtask 02-20-02-285-002-A01
B. Soil Characteristics
(1) The load bearing capacity is very important. This information is necessary to set up the
support equipment to level, lift or move the aircraft.
It is also necessary to do the selection of the type of tethering. The type of ground anchors
is dependent on the soil properties.
(2) The type of soil can be noted in addition to the substrate. It is possible to use the ruts
made by the landing gear to identify the subsurface soil type.
(3) Subterranean airport infrastructure must be known.
Signs of recent excavations must be noted. The airport site plan must be amended to
indicate any of these areas. Signs of recent excavations usually show soft and unstable
ground.
Page 1
02-20-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
This information is very important, as it will influence the path to move the aircraft during
the recovery.
(4) One of the standards used to compare different soil conditions is the California Bearing
Ratio or CBR.
This test measures the load necessary to make a plunger of a standard area penetrate a
soil sample. The information is recorded on a standard graph and the plot of the test gives
the CBR result of the soil test.
The CBR is a procedure to put a figure on the inherent strength of the soil. The soil must
have a homogeneous CBR rating through a sufficient depth. For more details, you can refer
to a ground engineer.
(5) The possible effect of rainfall on the ground load bearing capabilities can change with the
surface hardness, smoothness or drainage.
Use pumps to remove standing water and dig drainage ditches from the work area.
Subtask 02-20-02-500-001-A01
C. Access Routes
(1) Access routes to the incident site can be planned with the airport site map. In most cases,
it is necessary to go across active runways.
The air traffic control service must plan and control these routes.
(2) Carefully review of the path of the aircraft from the runway to the resting point.
The distance to runways, taxiways and aprons, the type of soil, rut depth and terrain will
all influence in which direction the aircraft will be moved once the actual recovery starts.
(3) Pavement requirements for the particular aircraft are derived from the static analysis of
loads imposed on the main landing gear struts.
These main landing gear loads are used as the point of entry to the pavement design
charts (See AC-07-00-00).
Make sure that the surfaces you will move the aircraft on are able to support these loads.
(4) Make sure that the specific ground tooling or road used to level, lift or move the aircraft
are able to support aircraft load.
(5) Make sure that the loads applied to the aircraft are not more than aircraft allowable loads.
Subtask 02-20-02-869-001-A01
D. Weather
(1) Weather conditions can play a major role during aircraft recovery operations. General
meteorological conditions (temperature, wind speed and precipitation) must be recorded.
(2) Temperature, both extreme heat and extreme cold, will determine the type of clothing,
meals and liquid intake for the manpower involved in the recovery. The need for shelter
from heat or cold will also have to be determined.
Page 2
02-20-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(3) Forecast conditions must be acquired and recorded. The forecast will help to prepare the
type of personal protective clothing and to determine the recovery plan.
(4) Make sure that the required tooling can be used within forecast conditions.
(5) Wind and projected wind gust speeds will determine the amount of tethering and will
influence any attempts at lifting the aircraft.
(6) Any type of precipitation will have consequences in the grading, soil support and general
recovery operation.
Page 3
02-20-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 02-30-01-200-801-A01
Landing Gear Survey
1. General
WARNING : LET THE BRAKES AND THE WHEELS BECOME COOL BEFORE YOU GO NEAR
THE LANDING GEAR. DO NOT USE A LIQUID OR GAS FIRE EXTINGUISHER
DIRECTLY ON A HOT WHEEL OR BRAKE UNIT. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE
PRECAUTIONS, THERE IS A RISK OF EXPLOSION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE LANDING GEAR AND DOOR TRAVEL RANGES ARE
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF THE LANDING GEAR AND DOORS CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE LANDING GEAR IS UPLOCKED BEFORE YOU OPEN
THE GEAR DOORS MANUALLY. IF THE GEAR IS NOT UPLOCKED, THE
WEIGHT OF THE GEAR CAN BE ON THE DOORS. IF YOU OPEN THE DOORS IN
THIS CONDITION, THERE IS A RISK THAT THE LANDING GEAR WILL EXTEND
BY GRAVITY AND CAUSE INJURY.
The principles outlined in this chapter are provided as a guide to assist aircraft recovery.
The chapter gives the general inspections required to find the extent of any damage to the landing
gear and the recommended steps required to recover the aircraft.
You must do the applicable inspections before moving the aircraft.
For the description of the landing gears, see 09-10-16.
2. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01 Installation of the Safety Devices on Landing Gears
09-10-16 LANDING GEARS
04-20-00 STABILIZING THE AIRCRAFT
07-60-00 MOVING DAMAGED AIRCRAFT
07-40-03 TOWING WITH DEFLATED TIRES
07-40-00 TOWING AND DEBOGGING
06-00-00 LEVELING AND LIFTING
04-80-00 MANUAL OPERATION OF SYSTEMS
AMM 29-10-00-864
AMM 24-41-00-862
Page 1
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
AMM 32-51-00-040
AMM 32-40-00-040
FIGURE 02-30-01-991-001-A FIGURE 02-30-01-991-001-A-Landing Gear
FIGURE 02-30-01-991-002-A FIGURE 02-30-01-991-002-A-Landing Gear
FIGURE 02-30-01-991-001-A FIGURE 02-30-01-991-001-A-Landing Gear
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 02-30-01-867-001-A01
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the aircraft is stable, see 04-20-00.
(2) Make sure that the ground lock pins are installed on the landing gear where possible, see
TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01.
(3) Make sure that the MLG and NLG wheels are chocked where possible.
(4) Make sure that the landing-gear control lever (6GA) is in the DOWN position and put a
warning notice to tell people not to operate the landing gear.
(5) On the center pedestal, make sure that the free-fall control-handle is in normal position and
safe, see FIGURE 02-30-01-991-001-A.
(6) If the aircraft wheel-brake hydraulic-circuits are serviceable:
(a) On the center pedestal, see FIGURE 02-30-01-991-002-A, set the PARK BRK switch
to the ON position.
(b) On the center panel, see FIGURE 02-30-01-991-002-A, make sure that the pressure
indication on the triple-indicator is correct. The indicator must be in the Green area.
(c) Make sure that the Green and Yellow hydraulic systems are depressurized, see AMM
29-10-00-864.
(d) Make sure that the aircraft electrical circuits are de-energised, see AMM
24-41-00-862.
(7) Put safety barriers around the landing gear(s) that are not correctly extended and
downlocked.
Page 2
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
Subtask 02-30-01-867-003-A01
B. Landing Gear Positions
(1) A landing gear can be found in the following conditions:
(a) Fully extended and downlocked.
(b) Not fully extended or retracted.
(c) Retracted and uplocks released (landing gear doors closed).
(d) Retracted and uplocked.
(e) Collapsed or missing.
(f) Bogged.
WARNING : IF THE LANDING GEAR DOES NOT FULLY EXTEND WHEN THE AIRCRAFT
IS LEVEL, SAFETY THE LANDING GEAR TO PREVENT UNWANTED
MOVEMENT.
(2) Before doing the inspection, make sure you know the position of the landing gear.
(a) Landing gear fully extended and downlocked, see TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01:
1 Do the applicable inspection for that landing gear (NLG or MLG).
(b) Landing Gear not fully extended or retracted:
1 See 06-00-00 for the procedure to level and lift the aircraft.
2 It will be necessary to secure the landing gear to prevent it travelling further and
becoming a danger to anyone or to the recovery operations.
3 To support the gear, put a hydraulic lifting platform (lifting capacity 7 tonnes)
under the landing gear to be supported. Make sure that the lifting surface is
covered with support materials, such as tires or foam, to protect the landing
gear from damage.
4 To further support the gear, raise the platform until the support materials make
good contact with the landing gear to prevent accidental movement of the gear
during the inspection.
5 You must make sure that all other ground lock pins are installed, then in the
cockpit, rotate the free-fall extension-handle for three revolutions to clockwise.
This will open the hydraulic system to RETURN and allow the unlocked leg to
be lifted. See FIGURE 02-30-01-991-001-A.
6 Do the applicable inspection for that landing gear (NLG or MLG).
Page 3
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 02-30-01-867-004-A01
C. Landing Gear Inspection
(1) MLG
(a) Do a visual inspection of the MLG, the attachments to the airframe, the doors. Look
for signs of distortions, cracks and ruptures. If this type of damage is found on a
component, it must be replaced before you move the aircraft.
(b) The following components can be removed if they are not usable or if they will
impede the recovery operation:
- The wheel brake components, see AMM 32-40-00-040 for information on the
deactivation of brake components before you remove them
- The main door
- The hinged and fixed fairings.
(c) If the repair or replacement of damaged components is not possible because of general
area damage, the aircraft must be recovered on specialist recovery vehicles, see
07-60-00.
(d) Do a visual inspection of the tires. If there are deflated tires, see 07-40-03 for the
applicable limitations.
Page 4
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(2) NLG
(a) Do a visual inspection of the NLG, the attachments to the airframe, the two forward
and two aft doors. Look for signs of distortions, cracks and ruptures. If this type of
damage is found on a component, it must be replaced before you move the aircraft.
(b) The following components can be removed if they are not usable or if they will
impede the recovery operation:
- The forward doors
- The aft doors
- The NWS components.
(c) See AMM 32-51-00-040 for the procedure to deactivate the NWS.
(d) If the repair or replacement of damaged components is not possible because of general
area damage, the aircraft must be recovered on specialized recovery vehicles, see
07-60-00.
(e) If the NLG is bogged and/or on a hard surface, see 07-40-00.
(f) Do a visual inspection of the tires. If there are deflated tires, see 07-40-03 for the
applicable limitations.
Page 5
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
G G
E GRAVITY
E
GEAR A
A EXTN
R R
PULL
TURN
B
N_AR_023001_1_0010101_01_00
Landing Gear
LG Control Lever and Free-Fall Control Handle
FIGURE-02-30-01-991-001-A01
Page 6
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
B
ACCU PRESS
0 4
3 3
1 1
0
BRAKES
PSIx1000
ON
PARK BRK
N_AR_023001_1_0020101_01_00
Landing Gear
Brakes - Indication and Control
FIGURE-02-30-01-991-002-A01
Page 7
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01
Installation of the Safety Device on Landing Gears
1. General
WARNING : LET THE BRAKES AND THE WHEELS BECOME COOL BEFORE YOU GO NEAR
THE LANDING GEAR. DO NOT APPLY A LIQUID OR GAS FIRE EXTINGUISHER
DIRECTLY ON A HOT WHEEL OR BRAKE UNIT. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE
PRECAUTIONS, THERE IS A RISK OF EXPLOSION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE LANDING GEAR AND DOOR TRAVEL RANGES ARE
CLEAR. MOVEMENT OF THE LANDING GEAR AND DOORS CAN CAUSE INJURY
AND/OR DAMAGE.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT, IF THE LANDING GEAR DOORS ARE OPEN, THEY ARE
SAFETIED BEFORE YOU INSTALL THE LANDING GEAR SAFETY-DEVICES. IF
THE LANDUNG GEAR DOORS ARE OPEN BUT NOT SAFETIED THERE IS A RISK
THAT THEY VCAN CLOSE AND CAUSE INJURY.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE
IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR THE FLIGHT
CONTROLS, THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES, THE LANDING GEARS AND
RELATED DOORS AND COMPONENTS THAT MOVE. MOVEMENT OF
COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE.
The chapter gives the recommended steps to install the safety devices on the landing gears and
landing gear doors prior to recover the aircraft.
For the description of the landing gears, see 09-10-16.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
A. Safety Precautions
Make sure that the aircraft is stable, see 04-20-00.
Make sure that the MLG and NLG wheels are chocked where possible.
Make sure that the Landing Gear Control Lever (6GA) is in the DOWN position and put a
warning notice to tell people not to operate the landing gear.
On the center pedestal, make sure that the Free-Fall Control-Handle is in normal position and
safe.
Page 8
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
09-10-16 LANDING GEARS
04-20-00 STABILIZING THE AIRCRAFT
AMM 32-12-00-010-001
AMM 32-22-00-010-001
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
5. Procedure
Subtask 02-30-01-481-003-A01
A. Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gears
(1) To install the left and right Main Landing Gear Safety Locks:
(a) If a landing gear door is open, make sure:
- the ground door-opening handle is in the open position
- the ground door-safety lock is installed, see SUBTASK 02-30-01-481-004-A01.
(b) Make sure that the piston rod of each lock stay actuating cylinder is clean.
NOTE : There are four alternative tools that can be used for this task:
- DRT68031 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK
- DRT68923 SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK
- 460005833 GROUND LOCK SLEEVE
- 460007280 SLEEVE-GROUNDLOCK
Page 9
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(c) Remove the pin and open the GROUND LOCK SLEEVE.
(d) Make sure that the GROUND LOCK SLEEVE is clean and in the correct condition.
(e) Put the GROUND LOCK SLEEVE in position on the piston rod of each lock stay
actuating cylinder.
(f) Close the GROUND LOCK SLEEVE and install the pin from the inboard side.
(g) Make sure that the flag is in view.
(2) To install the Nose Landing Gear Safety Lock:
(a) If a landing gear door is open, make sure:
- the ground door-opening handle is in the open position
- the ground door-safety lock is installed, see SUBTASK 02-30-01-481-004-A01.
(b) Make sure that the holes in the NLG lock stay are aligned.
NOTE : There are two alternative tools that can be used for this task:
- D23080000 PIN-GROUND LOCK, NLG
- MZ23080000 PIN - NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY
(c) Make sure that the D23080000 PIN-GROUND LOCK, NLG or the MZ23080000 PIN -
NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY is in a clean and correct condition.
(d) Install the D23080000 PIN-GROUND LOCK, NLG or the MZ23080000 PIN - NLG
DOWNLOCK SAFETY in the holes in the NLG lock stay.
(e) Make sure that the flag is in view.
Subtask 02-30-01-481-004-A01
B. Installation of the Safety Devices on the Landing Gears Doors
(1) To install the safety devices on the main landing gear doors:
(a) Open the applicable MLG door(s). See AMM 32-12-00-010-001.
1 Make sure that the piston rod of the MLG door actuating cylinder is clean.
(b) Remove the pins (1) and open the 460005835 GROUND LOCK SLEEVE or the
DAH602734 GROUND LOCK SLEEVE.
(c) Make sure that the ground lock sleeve is in a clean and correct condition.
(d) Put a ground lock sleeve in position on the piston rod of each of the MLG door
actuating cylinders.
(e) Close the ground lock sleeve and install the pins (1) from the top.
(f) Make sure that the flag is in view.
(2) To install the safety devices on the nose landing gear doors:
(a) Open the NLG doors. See AMM 32-22-00-010-001.
(b) Make sure that the holes in the NLG doors and the hinges are aligned.
Page 10
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(c) Make sure that each 98D32203502000 SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR is in a clean and
correct condition.
(d) Install a 98D32203502000 SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR through the holes in each NLG
door and hinge.
(e) Make sure that the flag is in view.
Page 11
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
LOCKSTAY
ACTUATING LOCKSTAY GROUND LOCK SLEEVE
CYLINDER ACTUATING
CYLINDER
FLAG
LOCKSTAY
DOWNLOCK
SAFETY PIN
FLAG
N_AR_023001_1_0200101_01_00
Landing Gear
Installation of the Safety Devices
FIGURE-02-30-01-991-020-A01
Page 12
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DOOR
1 ACTUATING
CYLINDER
FLAG
MLG DOOR
ACTUATING
A CYLINDER A
MAIN DOOR
NLG DOOR
SAFETY PIN
B DOOR HINGE
NLG DOOR
B
FLAG
RH SHOWN
LH SYMETRICAL
NOTE:
FOR DETAIL B, PROXIMITY SENSORS OMITTED FOR CLARITY N_AR_023001_1_0210101_01_00
Page 13
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 02-30-01-867-802-A01
Jacking for Wheel Change
1. General
WARNING : LET THE BRAKES AND THE WHEELS BECOME COOL BEFORE YOU GO NEAR
THE LANDING GEAR. DO NOT APPLY A LIQUID OR GAS FIRE EXTINGUISHER
DIRECTLY ON A HOT WHEEL OR BRAKE UNIT. IF YOU DO NOT OBEY THESE
PRECAUTIONS, THERE IS A RISK OF EXPLOSION.
NOTE : If both tires of the nose landing gear are deflated at the same time, the maximum closed
height of the hydraulic jack must be 128 mm (5.04 in). Use specific tool TMHCP07-00-00
WHEEL CHANGE AXLE JACK.
Page 14
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
AMM 32-41-12PB401
AMM 05-51-15-200-001
AMM 32-41-11PB401
FIGURE 02-30-01-991-019-A FIGURE 02-30-01-991-019-A-Nose Landing Gear
FIGURE 02-30-01-991-022-A FIGURE 02-30-01-991-022-A-Nose Landing Gear
FIGURE 02-30-01-991-023-A FIGURE 02-30-01-991-023-A-Jacking for Wheel Change
Referenced Information
TABLE 3
5. Procedure
Subtask 02-30-01-869-001-A01
A. Safety Precautions
(1) Make sure that the wheels are on the aircraft axis.
(2) Make sure that there is sufficient space around the aircraft.
(3) Make sure that the aircraft is clear to lift.
(4) Make sure that the aircraft is stable.
(5) Make sure that the jack adapter is in correct condition.
Subtask 02-30-01-581-001-A01
B. Jacking of the Nose Landing Gear
(1) See FIGURE 02-30-01-991-019-A.
See TABLE 1 for hydraulic jack specifications.
(2) Install the wheel chocks on the main landing-gear wheels.
Page 15
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(3) Put the GSE WHEEL CHANGE JACK so that its adapter touches the ball-pad of the shock
absorber.
NOTE : If both tires of the nose landing gear are deflated at the same time, the
maximum closed height of the hydraulic jack must be 128 mm (5.04 in). Use
specific tool TMHCP07-00-00 WHEEL CHANGE AXLE JACK.
(4) Make sure that the wheel jack is stable and in the vertical position.
(5) Make sure that this assembly is level.
(6) Operate the jack to lift the tire off the ground.
(7) Change the wheel, see AMM 32-41-12PB401.
(8) Operate the control of the hydraulic jack slowly to lower the aircraft. Do not lower the
aircraft on its wheels suddenly.
(9) When the aircraft is on its wheels, remove the hydraulic jack.
Subtask 02-30-01-581-002-A01
C. Towing of the NLG on Inclined Blocks Before Jacking
(1) This procedure is necessary when the height of the closed jack is more than the height
between the ground and the jacking dome. See FIGURE 02-30-01-991-022-A.
Inclined Block Angle (max) Height (min)
Nose Gear 5 degrees 100 mm (3.94 in)
Inclined Blocs Specifications
TABLE 4
The inclined blocks must have sufficient strength to support the aircraft weight.
The inclined blocks can be made from:
- Heavy timbers or railroad crossties,
- Plywood sheets covered with a steel plate of 6 mm (0.24 in) minimum thickness,
- Plywood sheets covered with a light-alloy sheet of 20 mm (0.79 in) minimum thickness.
(2) Tow the aircraft a small distance to make sure that the nose wheels turn freely.
(3) Do the inspection after a tire burst or thread throw or wheel failure, see AMM
05-51-15-200-001.
(4) Make sure that GSE WHEEL CHANGE JACK and the INCLINED BLOCKS are in correct
condition.
(5) Put one inclined block below each nose wheel. Make sure that:
- The axes of the inclined block are aligned with the A/C centerline,
- The position of the inclined block lets you install the hydraulic jack below the jacking
dome.
Page 16
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(6) For the towing on the inclined blocks, there must be one person in the cockpit to operate
the brakes if necessary, and two persons to monitor the wing tips.
(7) Pull or push the aircraft on the top flat area of the inclined block.
(8) Put the wheel chocks in position in front of and behind the MLG wheels.
(9) Remove the towbar from the NLG fitting.
(10) Set the PARKING BRK control switch to OFF.
(11) Put the GSE WHEEL CHANGE JACKin position and adjust the jack until its adapter
touches the jacking dome of the shock absorber.
(12) Make sure that the wheel jack is stable and in the vertical position.
(13) Operate the jack to lift the tire off the inclined block.
(14) Remove the inclined block.
(15) Change the wheel, see AMM 32-41-12PB401.
(16) Operate the control of the hydraulic jack slowly to lower the aircraft. Do not lower the
aircraft on its wheels suddenly.
(17) When the aircraft is on its wheels, remove the hydraulic jack.
Subtask 02-30-01-581-003-A01
D. Jacking of the Main Landing Gear
(1) See FIGURE 02-30-01-991-023-A.
See TABLE 1 for hydraulic jack specifications.
(2) Install the wheel chocks on the main landing-gear that is not necessary to change.
Install the wheel chocks on the nose landing-gear.
(3) Put the GSE WHEEL CHANGE JACK so that its adapter touches the ball-pad of the shock
absorber.
(4) Make sure that the wheel jack is stable and in the vertical position.
(5) Operate the jack to lift the tire off the ground.
(6) Change the wheel, see AMM 32-41-11PB401.
(7) Operate the control of the hydraulic jack slowly to lower the aircraft. Do not lower the
aircraft on its wheels suddenly.
(8) When the aircraft is on its wheels, remove the hydraulic jack.
Page 17
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_023001_1_0190101_01_00
(5.04 in)
128 mm
A
9?
A
40 mm APPROX
(1.57 in)
(11.85 in)
301 mm
25.4 mm
(1 in)
(7.79 in)
198 mm
A A
JACKING POINT
Page 18
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
9?
INCLINED BLOCK
FLAT AREA 200 mm MIN (APPROX.)
(7.87 in)
INCLINED BLOCK
5? MAX
100 mm MIN
A (3.93 in)
198 mm
(7.79 in)
= =
D
A A
NOTE: DIMENSION "D" MUST BE MORE THAN HYDRAULIC JACK WIDTH.
N_AR_023001_1_0220101_01_00
Page 19
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_023001_1_0230101_01_00
(22.16 in)
)
(25.78 in
655 mm
563 mm
25.4 mm (1 in)
25.4 mm MIN
FORK
(1 in)
JACKING POINT
Page 20
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_023001_1_0230102_01_00
25.4 mm
CANTILEVER ARM
(1 in)
(14.96 in)
380 mm
25.4 mm MIN
(1 in)
FORK
(30.70 in)
780 mm
CANTILEVER ARM
25.4 mm
(1 in)
25.4 mm MIN
RH SYMMETRICAL
(1 in)
LH SHOWN
JACKING POINTS
Page 21
02-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 02-40-01-001-A01
General
1. The emphasis during all aircraft recovery operations is SAFETY. All necessary precautions must be
taken to avoid injury to personnel and the occurrence of secondary damage to the aircraft. Not only
the members of aircraft recovery team, but everyone at the incident site must know all the safety
issues as they evolve. A number of different factors must be taken into account to make sure the
safety issue is properly controlled.
Make sure that adherence to a recovery close loop process is ensured to control and set up mitigation
plan if needed. By definition this implies that recovery plan engineering, tooling capability and
personnel qualification or expertise are correctly assessed.
Paragraphs are not in order of importance.
A. Communication
Make sure sufficient and correct communication equipment is available for communication at
the recovery site. Communication equipment can include two-way radios and cell phones. Voice
activated, lightweight headsets with microphones are ideal for recovery operations. Extra
batteries or a power supply must be available.
A direct link with the air traffic control service will most likely be required, depending on the
location of the incident site. The main problem will be to cross active runways and taxiways in
order to access the incident or accident site. In most cases the local air traffic control service
will provide an alternative access route to the site in order to reduce the amount of
communication.
It is absolutely mandatory that lines of communication are established and kept open between
all groups at the site, including the recovery team, fire department, Investigative Authority,
police, airport personnel and any contracted assistance.
Short briefing sessions must be held between all groups and parties involved with the recovery
process. These briefings will alert personnel to the upcoming steps, and to any possible hazards
and dangers.
B. Personnel
It should be understood that the aircraft is by definition not under normal maintenance or
operational status. Therefore its recovery involves multiple personnel/parties competencies,
which have not necessarily worked previously together and do not know each other’s
constraints-outcomes. As parties have incompatible goals it is of prime importance that the
recovery manager ensure that information, caution, etc. are well understood and put in practice
by all.
All personnel at the incident site must have proper and adequate personal protective clothing
and equipment. This will change greatly if the existing climate and weather conditions change.
Page 1
02-40-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Examples: Safety boots, personal breathing mask, rainwear, parkas and gloves, etc.
Personnel must be kept at a safe distance during any leveling/lifting operation. The recovery
manager must make sure that the personnel knows the dangers of steel cable during pulling and
winching operations, as well as dangers arising due to the nature of the corrective actions
embodiment
Make sure that everyone knows the dangers of going into, climbing-on or going below the
aircraft until it is stable and or adequately shored.
First-aid kits must be available at the site to cope with minor injuries. Detailed information on
how to contact and arrange for emergency medical attention must be available.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY ALL THE APPLICABLE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WHEN YOU WORK ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEM OR WITH OXYGEN EQUIPMENT.
D. Oxygen Systems
When the aircraft is stable and it is possible to get into the aircraft, make sure that the oxygen
bottle valves in the cockpit and cabin are closed. If they are not, close them manually. If
possible, remove the bottles from the aircraft. Take the decision as to remove or secure the
oxygen generators. As this is a time-consuming task, this decision will be based on the current
dangers involved, the condition of the aircraft and the time available.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY ALL THE APPLICABLE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WHEN YOU REMOVE FUEL OR WHEN YOU WORK IN AN ENVIRONMENT
WHERE THERE IS FUEL.
Page 2
02-40-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TANKER AND THE AIRCRAFT ARE CONNECTED TO
AN APPROVED GROUND AND THAT ELECTRICAL BONDING BETWEEN THE
AIRCRAFT AND THE TANKER IS CONNECTED. ONLY IF THESE CONDITIONS
ARE MET, YOU CAN CONNECT FUEL HOSES OR ADAPTERS BETWEEN THE
AIRCRAFT AND THE FUEL TANKER.
E. Defueling
Make sure that only qualified and approved personnel is near the aircraft during the defuel
process. Steps should be taken to have the Fire Department stand by until the end of this
process.
If there is any sign of fuel leaks, a hazardous materials team must try to contain any fuel
leakage.
F. Equipment
Make sure that contracted assistance, such as heavy-equipment operators, become part of the
group safety team approach and are briefed on all relative safety issues. Keep in mind that most
heavy-equipment operators never worked near an aircraft. It is necessary give them relevant
safety issues. Discuss with these operators the concerns of overloading equipment and the
subsequent possible dangers. Most heavy-equipment operators know these concerns but not as
they relate to the aircraft. These discussions can include areas such as maximum lifting loads
during crane lifts. Maximum jacking point loads and pneumatics lifting bags loading figures and
charts must be available.
G. Recovery Operations
Make sure that all equipment in use is properly rated for the loaded anticipated. Make sure that
the aircraft is stable during all the recovery actions and that tooling used will not cause aircraft
instability. Adherence to maximum wind speeds is required during lifting and leveling operations.
AIRBUS recommends that all loads imposed on the aircraft during a recovery operation must be
recorded. If it is not possible to record the loads, record all the steps used to make sure that you
do not exceed maximum loads. This will have a direct impact on corrective actions to do for
return to service.
Page 3
02-40-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 03-00-00-558-801-A01
General
1. General
The aim is to calculate the weight of the aircraft and the CG location in order to anticipate aircraft
stability changes.
The weight of the aircraft and the CG location are the basic data used to calculate the expected
loads and to select a recovery technique (selection of tooling and equipment).
The choice of a leveling/lifting scenario (see 06-60-00) and the use of the logic chart (see DESC
09-20-01-002-A01) will help to control aircraft weight and CG.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Use aircraft reference axes, glossary of terms (see 09-10-02) and the aircraft reference OEW or DOW.
A. Worksheet Principle
The worksheets are used to calculate the NRW and moments.
Chapter 03-60-01 gives the source of the specific data used to complete the ”interim
worksheets” and calculate the final NRW.
The NRW and CG worksheet indicates in front of each item which ARM chapter will give
relevant data to allow completion of ”interim worksheets” and final NRW calculation.
It is understood that NRW, CG position and calculation of expected loads will not be accurate if
generic data is used for the OEW, H-arm and Y-arm data.
It should be noted that the OEW or DOW and the H-arm and Y-arm apply to a specific aircraft
with all landing gears extended, flight controls retracted and thrust reversers in stowed position.
See DESC 09-50-01-001-A01 for the calculation worksheets.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
DESC 09-20-01-002-A01 Aircraft Recovery Logic Chart
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01 Worksheets
06-60-00 LEVELING AND LIFTING SCENARIOS
09-10-02 GLOSSARY OF TERMS
03-60-01 REFERENCE FOR CALCULATION
Page 1
03-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
09-50-01 WEIGHT AND CG CALCULATION WORKSHEETS
FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-A FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-A-CG Conversion Principle
FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-B FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-B-CG Conversion Principle
FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-C FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-C-CG Conversion Principle
FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-D FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-D-CG Conversion Principle
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONNEL IS AT A SAFE DISTANCE DURING THE
REMOVAL OF FUEL, CARGO OR LARGE COMPONENTS. AN UNEQUAL
REMOVAL OF FUEL OR CARGO OR THE REMOVAL OF LARGE COMPONENTS
CAN CHANGE THE CG AND THE LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL STABILITY OF
THE AIRCRAFT. DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT IF THE AIRCRAFT
FALLS ON RECOVERY PERSONNEL.
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-00-00-558-001-A01
A. CG Conversion Principle
(1) The CG location (in the longitudinal axis) can be expressed in % of the Reference Chord
(%RC) or in lever arm distance (H-arm). See FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-A.
In this manual, the lever arm distance (H-arm and Y-arm) is used to calculate the CG
location calculation.
(a) Use the formula that follows to convert the CG expressed in %RC from other manuals
into H-arm.
- H-arm (in meters) = (%RC × 0.041935) + 15.4139
Page 2
03-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-00-00-558-001-B01
A. CG Conversion Principle
(1) The CG location (in the longitudinal axis) can be expressed in % of the Reference Chord
(%RC) or in lever arm distance (H-arm). See FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-B.
In this manual, the lever arm distance (H-arm and Y-arm) is used to calculate the CG
location calculation.
(a) Use the formula that follows to convert the CG expressed in %RC from other manuals
into H-arm.
- H-arm (in meters) = (%RC × 0.041935) + 16.2016
- H-arm (in inches) = (%RC × 1.651) + 637.858
(b) Use the formula that follows to convert H-arm into %RC.
- %RC = (H-arm -- 16.2016) / 0.041935 (H-arm in meters)
- %RC = (H-arm -- 637.858) / 1.651 (H-arm in inches)
Subtask 03-00-00-558-001-C01
A. CG Conversion Principle
(1) The CG location (in the longitudinal axis) can be expressed in % of the Reference Chord
(%RC) or in lever arm distance (H-arm). See FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-C.
In this manual, the lever arm distance (H-arm and Y-arm) is used to calculate the CG
location calculation.
(a) Use the formula that follows to convert the CG expressed in %RC from other manuals
into H-arm.
- H-arm (in meters) = (%RC × 0.041935) + 17.8015
- H-arm (in inches) = (%RC × 1.651) + 700.85
(b) Use the formula that follows to convert H-arm into %RC.
- %RC = (H-arm -- 17.8015) / 0.041935 (H-arm in meters)
- %RC = (H-arm -- 700.85) / 1.651 (H-arm in inches)
Page 3
03-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-00-00-558-001-D01
A. CG Conversion Principle
(1) The CG location (in the longitudinal axis) can be expressed in % of the Reference Chord
(%RC) or in lever arm distance (H-arm). See FIGURE 03-00-00-991-002-D.
In this manual, the lever arm distance (H-arm and Y-arm) is used to calculate the CG
location calculation.
(a) Use the formula that follows to convert the CG expressed in %RC from other manuals
into H-arm.
- H-arm (in meters) = (%RC × 0.041935) + 22.0687
- H-arm (in inches) = (%RC × 1.651) + 868.85
(b) Use the formula that follows to convert H-arm into %RC.
- %RC = (H-arm -- 22.0687) / 0.041935 (H-arm in meters)
- %RC = (H-arm -- 868.85) / 1.651 (H-arm in inches)
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
Subtask 03-00-00-970-001-A01
B. Principle of the NRW and Related CG Position Calculation
NOTE : All calculations are based on OEW or DOW aircraft configuration and related CG. The
weight differences between the OEW or DOW and the real status of the aircraft are
then recorded on calculation worksheets. The data on these worksheets is used to
calculate the NRW and CG location of the aircraft.
(1) Find the weight and calculate the related H-arm moment of a known aircraft configuration
(OEW or DOW).
NOTE : It is considered that the Y-arm of components located inside the fuselage is
negligible for the calculation made, therefore they are ignored.
NOTE : The ARM gives all necessary data (for each scenario) to allow completion of
interim worksheet.
Page 4
03-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(4) Use the ”NRW and Related H and Y Moment” worksheet (see 09-50-01) to find the NRW,
the total H-arm moment and the total Y-arm moment.
NET RECOVERABLE WEIGHT =
TOTAL H-ARM MOMENT =
TOTAL Y-ARM MOMENT =
(5) Divide the ”total H-arm moment” value by the NRW value to find the longitudinal CG
position (XG).
(LONGITUDINAL CG POSITION) XG =
(6) Divide the ”total Y-arm moment value” by the NRW value to find the lateral CG position
(YG).
(LATERAL CG POSITION) YG =
Page 5
03-00-00 May 01/21
**ON A/C A318-100
Z 25% RC
16.462 m
(648.11 in)
2.540 m
(100 in)
FIGURE-03-00-00-991-002-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DATUM LINE
7.000 m
(275.591 in)
@A318/A319/A320/A321
H−ARM= 0
03-00-00
0 X
N_AR_030000_1_0020101_01_00
Page 6
May 01/21
**ON A/C A319-100 A319neo
25% RC
Z
17.250 m
(679.13 in)
2.540 m
(100 in) OPTIONAL
FIGURE-03-00-00-991-002-B01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DATUM LINE
7.000 m
(275.591 in)
H−ARM= 0
@A318/A319/A320/A321
03-00-00
0 X
N_AR_030000_1_0020201_01_00
Page 7
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_030000_1_0020301_01_00
DATUM LINE
FUSELAGE
X
(275.591 in)
7.000 m
REFERENCE CHORD
4.1935 m (165.10 in)
25% RC
(742.13 in)
18.850 m
(700.85 in)
17.8015 m
2.540 m
(100 in)
Z
H−ARM= 0
0
CG Conversion Principle
Reference Chord Data
FIGURE-03-00-00-991-002-C01
Page 8
03-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_030000_1_0020401_01_01
DATUM LINE
FUSELAGE
X
(275.591 in)
7.000 m
REFERENCE CHORD
4.1935 m (165.10 in)
25% RC
(910.12 in)
23.117 m
(868.85 in)
22.0687 m
2.540 m
(100 in)
Z
H−ARM= 0
0
CG Conversion Principle
Reference Chord Data
FIGURE-03-00-00-991-002-D01
Page 9
03-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 03-20-01-001-A01
General
1. To safely level or lift a damaged aircraft so that it can be moved on it’s own Landing Gear (or on a
suitable ground equipment trailer) you must establish the weight and center of gravity (CG) of the
aircraft.
This chapter contains the method and calculations needed to establish the effect of the fuel load on
the position of the aircraft CG. The weight and CG positions of the aircraft will change due to the
quantity of fuel in each tank. To find the changes in weight and CG position, calculate:
- The H-arm dimension along the longitudinal plane from nose to tail
(H-arm is a dimension from the CG of an item/component to the horizontal reference datum
plane)
- The Y-arm dimension along the lateral plane from wing tip to wing tip
(Y-arm is a dimension from the CG of an item/component to the lateral arm reference datum
plane).
The curves (see DESC 03-20-01-002-A01) in this chapter contain fuel weight and CG data for
selected incremental fuel volumes for each fuel tank and for each scenario.
NOTE : Fuel density used in calculations is: 0.785 kg/liter and 1.7306138 lb/liter
Page 1
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_032001_1_0010101_01_03
INNER TANK
WEIGHT
OUTER TANK
WEIGHT
LIFTING
LOAD
(IF INSTALLED)
CENTER TANK
CENTER TANK
ADDITIONAL
AIRCRAFT
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
AT CONTACT POINT
MOMENTS TAKEN
INNER TANK
WEIGHT
OUTER TANK
WEIGHT
Aircraft Loads
Type and Position of Loads Acting on the Aircraft
FIGURE-03-20-01-991-001-A01
Page 2
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 03-20-01-002-A01
CURVES
1. General
To find the weight and associated CG of remaining fuel on board, you must know the quantity of fuel
remaining in each tank. If you do not know the quantity of fuel remaining in each tank see 03-20-02
for information about how to assess the fuel quantity without serviceable aircraft systems.
Using the fuel quantity, you must determine the weight and moment (generated by H-arm and Y-
arm) of the fuel, using the curves below.
When you have found the data from the relevant curves, enter this data in the fuel remaining
onboard effect ’worksheet’ boxes (see DESC 09-50-01-001-A01 for calculation worksheets) with the
weight, the H-arm moment and the Y-arm moment values for the remaining fuel in each tank.
For information on defuel procedures see 05-10-00.
NOTE : The curves that follow give estimated values to help you estimate the CG position. The
values are calculated without any pitch or roll angle of the aircraft. Accurate data are
related to your aircraft configuration.
Page 3
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
100000
(8679616.62)
90000
(7811654.96)
80000
(6943693.3) 74545
70000
(6075731.63)
62568
60000
(5207769.97)
50000
(4339808.31)
40000
(3471846.65)
30000
(2603884.99)
20000
(1735923.32)
10000
(867961.66)
0 VOLUME
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 litres
(264.17) (528.34) (792.51) (1056.68) (1320.86) (1585.03) (1849.2) (2113.37) (US gal)
WEIGHT
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 kg
(2204.62) (4409.24) (6613.86) (8818.49) (11023.11) (13227.73) (lb)
EXAMPLE:
FOR A REMAINING FUEL VOLUME OF 6000 litres IN THE INNER CELL
THE BLUE LINE GIVES A RELATED H−ARM MOMENT OF 74545 kg m
FOR A REMAINING FUEL WEIGHT OF 4000 kg IN THE INNER CELL
THE BLUE LINE GIVES A RELATED H−ARM MOMENT OF 62568 kg m
H−ARM MOMENT
Y−ARM MOMENT
N_AR_032001_1_0040101_01_00
Page 4
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
14000
(1215146.33)
12000
(1041553.99)
10000
(867961.66)
8000
(694369.33)
6000
(520776.99)
4000
(347184.66)
2000
(173592.33)
0 VOLUME
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 litres
(26.41) (52.83) (79.25) (105.66) (132.08) (158.5) (184.92) (211.33) (237.75) (264.17) (US gal)
WEIGHT
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 kg
(220.46) (440.92) (661.39) (881.85) (1102.31) (1322.77) (1543.24) (lb)
H−ARM MOMENT
Y−ARM MOMENT
N_AR_032001_1_0040102_01_00
Page 5
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
120000
(10415539.94)
100000
(8679616.62)
80000
(6943693.3)
60000
(5207769.97)
40000
(3471846.65)
20000
(1735923.32)
0 VOLUME
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 litres
(264.17) (528.34) (792.51) (1056.68)(1320.86)(1585.03) (1849.2) (2113.37)(2377.55) (US gal)
WEIGHT
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 kg
(2204.62) (4409.24) (6613.86) (8818.49) (11023.11) (13227.73) (15432.36) (lb)
H−ARM MOMENT
Y−ARM MOMENT
N_AR_032001_1_0040103_01_00
Page 6
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
100000
(8679616.62)
80000
(6943693.3) 78256
65720
60000
(5207769.97)
40000
(3471846.65)
20000
(1735923.32)
0 VOLUME
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 litres
(264.17) (528.34) (792.51) (1056.68) (1320.86) (1585.03) (1849.2) (2113.37) (US gal)
WEIGHT
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 kg
(2204.62) (4409.24) (6613.86) (8818.49) (11023.11) (13227.73) (lb)
EXAMPLE:
FOR A REMAINING FUEL VOLUME OF 6000 litres IN THE INNER CELL
THE BLUE LINE GIVES A RELATED H−ARM MOMENT OF 78256 kg m
FOR A REMAINING FUEL WEIGHT OF 4000 kg IN THE INNER CELL
THE BLUE LINE GIVES A RELATED H−ARM MOMENT OF 65720 kg m
H−ARM MOMENT
Y−ARM MOMENT
N_AR_032001_1_0040201_01_00
Page 7
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
16000
(1388738.66)
14000
(1215146.33)
12000
(1041553.99)
10000
(867961.66)
8000
(694369.33)
6000
(520776.99)
4000
(347184.66)
2000
(173592.33)
0 VOLUME
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 litres
(26.41) (52.83) (79.25) (105.66) (132.08) (158.5) (184.92) (211.33) (237.75) (264.17) (US gal)
WEIGHT
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 kg
(220.46) (440.92) (661.39) (881.85) (1102.31) (1322.77) (1543.24) (lb)
H−ARM MOMENT
Y−ARM MOMENT
N_AR_032001_1_0040202_01_00
Page 8
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
120000
(10415539.94)
100000
(8679616.62)
80000
(6943693.3)
60000
(5207769.97)
40000
(3471846.65)
20000
(1735923.32)
0 VOLUME
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 litres
(264.17) (528.34) (792.51) (1056.68)(1320.86)(1585.03) (1849.2) (2113.37)(2377.55) (US gal)
WEIGHT
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 kg
(2204.62) (4409.24) (6613.86) (8818.49) (11023.11) (13227.73) (15432.36) (lb)
H−ARM MOMENT
Y−ARM MOMENT
N_AR_032001_1_0040203_01_00
Page 9
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
120000
(10415539.94)
100000
(8679616.62)
85684
80000
(6943693.3) 71794
60000
(5207769.97)
40000
(3471846.65)
20000
(1735923.32)
0 VOLUME
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 litres
(264.17) (528.34) (792.51) (1056.68) (1320.86) (1585.03) (1849.2) (2113.37) (US gal)
WEIGHT
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 kg
(2204.62) (4409.24) (6613.86) (8818.49) (11023.11) (13227.73) (lb)
EXAMPLE:
FOR A REMAINING FUEL VOLUME OF 6000 litres IN THE INNER CELL
THE BLUE LINE GIVES A RELATED H−ARM MOMENT OF 85684 kg m
FOR A REMAINING FUEL WEIGHT OF 4000 kg IN THE INNER CELL
THE BLUE LINE GIVES A RELATED H−ARM MOMENT OF 71794 kg m
H−ARM MOMENT
Y−ARM MOMENT
N_AR_032001_1_0040301_01_00
Page 10
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
16000
(1388738.66)
14000
(1215146.33)
12000
(1041553.99)
10000
(867961.66)
8000
(694369.33)
6000
(520776.99)
4000
(347184.66)
2000
(173592.33)
0 VOLUME
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 litres
(26.41) (52.83) (79.25) (105.66) (132.08) (158.5) (184.92) (211.33) (237.75) (264.17) (US gal)
WEIGHT
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 kg
(220.46) (440.92) (661.39) (881.85) (1102.31) (1322.77) (1543.24) (lb)
H−ARM MOMENT
Y−ARM MOMENT
N_AR_032001_1_0040302_01_00
Page 11
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
120000
(10415539.94)
100000
(8679616.62)
80000
(6943693.3)
60000
(5207769.97)
40000
(3471846.65)
20000
(1735923.32)
0 VOLUME
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 litres
(264.17) (528.34) (792.51) (1056.68)(1320.86)(1585.03) (1849.2) (2113.37)(2377.55) (US gal)
WEIGHT
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 kg
(2204.62) (4409.24) (6613.86) (8818.49) (11023.11) (13227.73) (15432.36) (lb)
H−ARM MOMENT
Y−ARM MOMENT
N_AR_032001_1_0040303_01_00
Page 12
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
160000
(13887386.59)
140000
(12151463.27) 137298
120000
(10415539.94)
105645
100000
(8679616.62)
80000
(6943693.3)
60000
(5207769.97)
40000
(3471846.65)
20000
(1735923.32)
0 VOLUME
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 litres
(264.17) (528.34) (792.51) (1056.68) (1320.86) (1585.03) (1849.2) (2113.37) (2377.55) (US gal)
WEIGHT
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 kg
(2204.62) (4409.24) (6613.86) (8818.49) (11023.11) (13227.73) (15432.36) (lb)
EXAMPLE:
FOR A REMAINING FUEL VOLUME OF 6000 litres IN THE WING TANK
THE BLUE LINE GIVES A RELATED H−ARM MOMENT OF 105645 kg m
FOR A REMAINING FUEL WEIGHT OF 6000 kg IN THE WING TANK
THE BLUE LINE GIVES A RELATED H−ARM MOMENT OF 137298 kg m
H−ARM MOMENT
Y−ARM MOMENT
N_AR_032001_1_0040401_01_00
Page 13
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
160000
(13887386.59)
140000
(12151463.27)
120000
(10415539.94)
100000
(8679616.62)
80000
(6943693.3)
60000
(5207769.97)
40000
(3471846.65)
20000
(1735923.32)
0 VOLUME
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 litres
(264.17) (528.34) (792.51) (1056.68) (1320.86) (1585.03) (1849.2) (2113.37) (2377.55) (US gal)
WEIGHT
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 kg
(2204.62) (4409.24) (6613.86) (8818.49) (11023.11) (13227.73) (15432.36) (lb)
H−ARM MOMENT
Y−ARM MOMENT
N_AR_032001_1_0040402_01_00
Page 14
03-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 03-20-02-970-801-A01
Use of Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
1. General
The Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI) are used on ground to calculate the fuel quantity in the wing
and center tanks.
See AMM 12-11-28-650-007 for detailed procedure.
This procedure is valid only when the aircraft attitude is between minus 1.5˚ and plus 1.5˚ roll and
minus 1.5˚ and plus 1.5˚ pitch.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable
3. Job Setup References
On A318, A319 and A320, there are five MLI in each wing tank and one in the center tank.
On A321, there are seven MLI in each wing tank and one in the center tank.
See FIGURE 03-20-02-991-001-AFIGURE 03-20-02-991-001-B.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
98A28104000000 PURGER WATER DRAIN
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
06-60-00 LEVELING AND LIFTING SCENARIOS
AMM 12-11-28-650-007
AMM 12-11-28-650-001
AMM 12-11-28-650-002
AMM 12-32-28-281-001
FIGURE 03-20-02-991-001-A FIGURE 03-20-02-991-001-A-Magnetic Level Indicators
FIGURE 03-20-02-991-001-B FIGURE 03-20-02-991-001-B-Magnetic Level Indicators
FIGURE 03-20-02-991-002-A FIGURE 03-20-02-991-002-A-Attitude Monitor
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
Page 1
03-20-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
WARNING : THIS PROCEDURE IS FOR INFORMATION ONLY TO HELP YOU PREPARE THE
RECOVERY OPERATION. TO DO THE PROCEDURE, YOU MUST REFER TO THE
OPERATORS CUSTOMIZED DOCUMENTATION.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY ALL THE APPLICABLE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WHEN YOU REMOVE FUEL OR WHEN YOU WORK IN AN ENVIRONMENT
WHERE THERE IS FUEL.
CAUTION : RETRACT THE MLI’S AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. YOU CAN EASILY CAUSE
DAMAGE TO AN EXTENDED MLI.
Subtask 03-20-02-869-001-A01
A. Preparation
(1) Safety Precaution
(a) You must obey the refuel/defuel safety precautions. See AMM 12-11-28-650-001 and
AMM 12-11-28-650-002.
(b) Put the safety barriers in position.
(2) Fuel Sampling
(a) Use the 98A28104000000 PURGER WATER DRAIN to get a fuel sample from the
aircraft. See AMM 12-32-28-281-001.
(b) Measure the Specific Gravity (SG) of the fuel sample.
(3) Get Access
(a) Put an access platform below the applicable MLI.
(b) Open the access door 192MB, see FIGURE 03-20-02-991-002-A.
(4) Aircraft Attitude
(a) Find and write down the aircraft attitude (pitch and roll). See 06-60-00.
(b) Or, if installed, read the aircraft attitude shown by the bubble on the attitude
monitor, see FIGURE 03-20-02-991-002-A.
See TABLE 3 to convert the attitude angles and grid square letters on the attitude
monitor.
Pitch Ref Roll Ref
- 1.5˚ 1 - 1.5˚ A
- 1.0˚ 2 - 1.0˚ B
- 0.5˚ 3 - 0.5˚ C
0.0˚ 4 0.0˚ D
Page 2
03-20-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-20-02-970-001-A01
B. Use of the Magnetic Level Indicators (MLI)
(1) Use a screwdriver to push the applicable MLI and turn it through 90 deg.
(2) Hold and carefully lower the MLI fully. Then carefully lift the MLI until you feel the
magnets engage.
(3) Read the units mark nearest to the bottom-skin of the wing and write down the number.
(4) Retract the MLI and use a screwdriver to turn it through 90 deg. to lock it.
(5) Find the volume of fuel in each tank:
(a) Use the applicable MLI stick number and the applicable aircraft attitude grid-square
letter to find the corresponding fuel quantity table. See AMM 12-11-28-650-007 for
the fuel quantity tables.
(b) Find the applicable MLI unit number row and the applicable A/C attitude (grid-
square letter and number) in the table.
Find the intersection of the applicable rows to give the correct volume of fuel in the
tank.
(c) Multiply the total volume of the fuel by the specific gravity (SG) of the fuel to obtain
the mass of the fuel.
Page 3
03-20-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
RIB2
RIB6
RIB10
RIB12
RIB21
N_AR_032002_1_0010101_01_00
Page 4
03-20-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
RIB2
RIB6
RIB10
RIB12
RIB21
N_AR_032002_1_0010201_01_00
Page 5
03-20-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
192MB
ATTITUDE MONITOR
39QM
A1 2 3 4 5 6 7
B
C
D
E
F
G
N_AR_032002_1_0020101_01_00
Attitude Monitor
Location
FIGURE-03-20-02-991-002-A01
Page 6
03-20-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 03-50-01-001-A01
Introduction
1. General
Management of the aircraft weight and related CG is one of the key issues of the recovery plan and
operation. It has a direct impact on aircraft stability, calculation of expected loads and the loads
recorded for a given recovery process.
2. Purpose
For a given aircraft attitude (See 06-60-00), it is necessary first to calculate the aircraft NRW and
CG (See 03-00-00) to make the calculations of the expected loads, based on the leveling/lifting
techniques that will be used.
These expected loads, and then the applied loads must be in the limits that follow:
- Aircraft allowable loads,
- Tooling capabilities.
If these loads are not in the limits, it will be necessary:
- To find an alternative leveling/lifting procedure to make sure that the aircraft, tooling and
equipment support loads are not more than the allowable loads,
- To manage aircraft weight and related CG to bring the expected loads in the allowable loads,
- To use other tooling, if the tool cannot support the expected loads.
NOTE : The tooling should not only be able to support expected loads, but should also be
appropriate for the travel range, arc movement, aircraft stability, ground stability, etc.…
NOTE : It is important to make sure that the aircraft is stable before and during the
implementation of the recovery phase/steps.
The installation of ballast or the removal of equipment, payload, fuel, etc. can help to change the
aircraft weight and CG location.
Every effort should be made to reduce the Total Weight of the aircraft to the minimum possible by
removal of significant amounts of payload. The easiest way to remove quickly large amounts of
weight can be fuel and cargo removal.
In some cases, it may be necessary to remove major aircraft components that are damaged. Before
removal of these components, it is important to do a careful study because it may be better to secure
them in place temporarily.
Galley catering units (trolleys, etc.) have a significant weight and every effort should be made to
remove them. If they remain on board, carefully evaluate their weight when you make the H-arm
calculations.
Food in the catering units can deteriorate quickly. During a long recovery operation, it may become a
priority to remove the catering units for health reasons.
Page 1
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Draining of potable water and lavatory waste and removal of the escape slides and slide rafts can also
reduce the weight.
It is not necessary to drain the fluids, such as hydraulic fluid, from closed systems unless there is
significant leakage that it is not possible to contain.
As every aircraft recovery is different, it will be necessary to decide what and how much must be
removed. These decisions will be based on access, time, cost and the actual ability to do the task.
The records made during the damage survey of the aircraft should include all major components that
are missing or that it is necessary to remove because of damage. It is necessary to include the weight
changes related to these components in the calculation of the aircraft weight and CG location.
Removal of any aircraft components and equipment should be done in accordance with the Aircraft
Maintenance Manual (AMM), and recorded with the data collected during the aircraft survey.
3. Calculation Iteration
The calculation iteration from NRW and CG up to expected loads, travel range, arc movement should
be continued until aircraft stability, expected loads, travel range, arc movement etc.… are in the
acceptable limits.
Changes to the different inputs used in the calculations can help to get satisfactory value related to
the settings of a recovery scenario.
4. List of Item Used for NRW and CG Calculation
See the related topic or task for the related item weight input.
Weight Inputs See
OEW 03-00-00
DOW 03-00-00
Fuel Remaining on Board Effect 03-20-01
Cargo and Baggage Remaining Effect TASK 03-50-01-558-801-
A01TASK 03-50-01-558-801-
B01TASK 03-50-01-558-801-
C01TASK 03-50-01-558-801-D01
Total Traffic Load Remaining Effect TASK 03-50-01-558-802-A01
Ballast Added Effect TASK 03-50-01-558-803-A01
Waste Water Remaining Effect TASK 03-50-01-558-804-A01
Non OEW Catering Equipment Added Effect TASK 03-50-01-558-805-A01
Large Component Movement Effect TASK 03-50-01-558-811-
A01TASK 03-50-01-558-811-
B01TASK 03-50-01-558-811-C01
Potable Water Removed Effect TASK 03-50-01-558-806-A01
Cockpit and Cabin Crew Removed Effect TASK 03-50-01-558-807-A01
Catering Equipment Removed Effect TASK 03-50-01-558-808-A01
Page 2
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 3
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 03-50-01-558-801-A01
Cargo and Baggage Remaining Effect
1. General
The aircraft has three cargo compartments.
- The FWD cargo compartment (N˚1), in zone 130,
- The aft cargo compartment (N˚4), in zone 150,
- The bulk cargo compartment (N˚5), in zone 160.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Use the value given in the standard combination or in your WBM to find the applicable H-arm.
NOTE : The Y-arm moment of the remaining lower cargo and baggage is negligible.
4. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01 Worksheets
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONNEL IS AT A SAFE DISTANCE DURING THE
REMOVAL OF FUEL, CARGO OR LARGE COMPONENTS. AN UNEQUAL
REMOVAL OF FUEL OR CARGO OR THE REMOVAL OF LARGE COMPONENTS
CAN CHANGE THE CG AND THE LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL STABILITY OF
THE AIRCRAFT. DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT IF THE AIRCRAFT
FALLS ON RECOVERY PERSONNEL.
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
Page 4
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculations related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-001-A01
A. How to Find the Effect of Cargo and Baggage Remaining
(1) Use the values in your WBM to find the H-arm of each container or pallet. With the
masses of each container or pallet, calculate the H-arm moment of the total lower deck
FWD cargo compartment (in zone 130), the total lower deck aft cargo compartment (in
zone 150) and the total lower deck bulk cargo compartment (in zone 160).
Record for each position the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm and the calculated
H-arm moment in the tables that follow.
(2) Record the total H-arm moments of the related lower deck cargo compartments in the
tables that follow.
(3) Record the total moments of the lower deck FWD cargo compartment (in zone 130), the
lower deck aft cargo compartment (in zone 150) and the lower deck bulk cargo
compartment (in zone 160) in the boxes of the Cargo and Baggage Interim Worksheet (See
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01).
Subtask 03-50-01-558-021-A01
B. FWD Lower Cargo Compartment Remaining Weight and Related H-arm
(1) Record for each FWD lower cargo position the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm
and the calculated H-arm moment in the table below.
ULD Position Remaining Weight H-arm Moment
Page 5
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-50-01-558-022-A01
C. Aft Lower Cargo Compartment Remaining Weight and Related H-arm
(1) Record for each aft lower cargo position the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm
and the calculated H-arm moment in the table below.
ULD Position Remaining Weight H-arm Moment
Page 6
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-50-01-558-023-A01
D. Bulk Cargo Compartment Remaining Weight and Related H-arm
(1) Record for each bulk cargo frame the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm and the
calculated H-arm moment in the table below.
Frame Remaining Weight H-arm Moment
Page 7
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 03-50-01-558-801-B01
Cargo and Baggage Remaining Effect
1. General
The aircraft has three cargo compartments.
- The FWD cargo compartment (N˚1), in zone 130,
- The aft cargo compartment (N˚4), in zone 150,
- The bulk cargo compartment (N˚5), in zone 160.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Use the value given in the standard combination or in your WBM to find the applicable H-arm.
NOTE : The Y-arm moment of the remaining lower cargo and baggage is negligible.
4. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01 Worksheets
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONNEL IS AT A SAFE DISTANCE DURING THE
REMOVAL OF FUEL, CARGO OR LARGE COMPONENTS. AN UNEQUAL
REMOVAL OF FUEL OR CARGO OR THE REMOVAL OF LARGE COMPONENTS
CAN CHANGE THE CG AND THE LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL STABILITY OF
THE AIRCRAFT. DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT IF THE AIRCRAFT
FALLS ON RECOVERY PERSONNEL.
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
Page 8
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculations related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-018-A01
A. How to Find the Effect of Cargo and Baggage Remaining
(1) Use the values in your WBM to find the H-arm of each container or pallet. With the
masses of each container or pallet, calculate the H-arm moment of the total lower deck
FWD cargo compartment (in zone 130), the total lower deck aft cargo compartment (in
zone 150) and the total lower deck bulk cargo compartment (in zone 160).
Record for each position the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm and the calculated
H-arm moment in the tables that follow.
(2) Record the total H-arm moments of the related lower deck cargo compartments in the
tables that follow.
(3) Record the total moments of the lower deck FWD cargo compartment (in zone 130), the
lower deck aft cargo compartment (in zone 150) and the lower deck bulk cargo
compartment (in zone 160) in the boxes of the Cargo and Baggage Interim Worksheet (See
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01).
Subtask 03-50-01-558-027-A01
B. FWD Lower Cargo Compartment Remaining Weight and Related H-arm
(1) Record for each FWD lower cargo position the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm
and the calculated H-arm moment in the table below.
ULD Position Remaining Weight H-arm Moment
Page 9
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-50-01-558-028-A01
C. Aft Lower Cargo Compartment Remaining Weight and Related H-arm
(1) Record for each aft lower cargo position the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm
and the calculated H-arm moment in the table below.
ULD Position Remaining Weight H-arm Moment
Page 10
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-50-01-558-029-A01
D. Bulk Cargo Compartment Remaining Weight and Related H-arm
(1) Record for each bulk cargo frame the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm and the
calculated H-arm moment in the table below.
Frame Remaining Weight H-arm Moment
Page 11
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 03-50-01-558-801-C01
Cargo and Baggage Remaining Effect
1. General
The aircraft has three cargo compartments.
- The FWD cargo compartment (N˚1), in zone 130,
- The aft cargo compartment (N˚4), in zone 150,
- The bulk cargo compartment (N˚5), in zone 160.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Use the value given in the standard combination or in your WBM to find the applicable H-arm.
NOTE : The Y-arm moment of the remaining lower cargo and baggage is negligible.
4. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01 Worksheets
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONNEL IS AT A SAFE DISTANCE DURING THE
REMOVAL OF FUEL, CARGO OR LARGE COMPONENTS. AN UNEQUAL
REMOVAL OF FUEL OR CARGO OR THE REMOVAL OF LARGE COMPONENTS
CAN CHANGE THE CG AND THE LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL STABILITY OF
THE AIRCRAFT. DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT IF THE AIRCRAFT
FALLS ON RECOVERY PERSONNEL.
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
Page 12
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculations related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-019-A01
A. How to Find the Effect of Cargo and Baggage Remaining
(1) Use the values in your WBM to find the H-arm of each container or pallet. With the
masses of each container or pallet, calculate the H-arm moment of the total lower deck
FWD cargo compartment (in zone 130), the total lower deck aft cargo compartment (in
zone 150) and the total lower deck bulk cargo compartment (in zone 160).
Record for each position the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm and the calculated
H-arm moment in the tables that follow.
(2) Record the total H-arm moments of the related lower deck cargo compartments in the
tables that follow.
(3) Record the total moments of the lower deck FWD cargo compartment (in zone 130), the
lower deck aft cargo compartment (in zone 150) and the lower deck bulk cargo
compartment (in zone 160) in the boxes of the Cargo and Baggage Interim Worksheet (See
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01).
Subtask 03-50-01-558-030-A01
B. FWD Lower Cargo Compartment Remaining Weight and Related H-arm
(1) Record for each FWD lower cargo position the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm
and the calculated H-arm moment in the table below.
ULD Position Remaining Weight H-arm Moment
Page 13
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-50-01-558-031-A01
C. Aft Lower Cargo Compartment Remaining Weight and Related H-arm
(1) Record for each aft lower cargo position the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm
and the calculated H-arm moment in the table below.
ULD Position Remaining Weight H-arm Moment
Page 14
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-50-01-558-032-A01
D. Bulk Cargo Compartment Remaining Weight and Related H-arm
(1) Record for each bulk cargo frame the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm and the
calculated H-arm moment in the table below.
Frame Remaining Weight H-arm Moment
Page 15
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 03-50-01-558-801-D01
Cargo and Baggage Remaining Effect
1. General
The aircraft has three cargo compartments.
- The FWD cargo compartment (N˚1 and 2), in zone 130,
- The aft cargo compartment (N˚ 3 and 4), in zone 150,
- The bulk cargo compartment (N˚5), in zone 160.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Use the value given in the standard combination or in your WBM to find the applicable H-arm.
NOTE : The Y-arm moment of the remaining lower cargo and baggage is negligible.
4. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01 Worksheets
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONNEL IS AT A SAFE DISTANCE DURING THE
REMOVAL OF FUEL, CARGO OR LARGE COMPONENTS. AN UNEQUAL
REMOVAL OF FUEL OR CARGO OR THE REMOVAL OF LARGE COMPONENTS
CAN CHANGE THE CG AND THE LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL STABILITY OF
THE AIRCRAFT. DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT IF THE AIRCRAFT
FALLS ON RECOVERY PERSONNEL.
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
Page 16
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculations related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-020-A01
A. How to Find the Effect of Cargo and Baggage Remaining
(1) Use the values in your WBM to find the H-arm of each container or pallet. With the
masses of each container or pallet, calculate the H-arm moment of the total lower deck
FWD cargo compartment (in zone 130), the total lower deck aft cargo compartment (in
zone 150) and the total lower deck bulk cargo compartment (in zone 160).
Record for each position the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm and the calculated
H-arm moment in the tables that follow.
(2) Record the total H-arm moments of the related lower deck cargo compartments in the
tables that follow.
(3) Record the total moments of the lower deck FWD cargo compartment (in zone 130), the
lower deck aft cargo compartment (in zone 150) and the lower deck bulk cargo
compartment (in zone 160) in the boxes of the Cargo and Baggage Interim Worksheet (See
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01).
Subtask 03-50-01-558-033-A01
B. FWD Lower Cargo Compartment Remaining Weight and Related H-arm
(1) Record for each FWD lower cargo position the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm
and the calculated H-arm moment in the table below.
ULD Position Remaining Weight H-arm Moment
Page 17
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-50-01-558-034-A01
C. Aft Lower Cargo Compartment Remaining Weight and Related H-arm
(1) Record for each aft lower cargo position the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm
and the calculated H-arm moment in the table below.
ULD Position Remaining Weight H-arm Moment
Page 18
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-50-01-558-035-A01
D. Bulk Cargo Compartment Remaining Weight and Related H-arm
(1) Record for each bulk cargo frame the remaining weight, the related WBM H-arm and the
calculated H-arm moment in the table below.
Frame Remaining Weight H-arm Moment
Page 19
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 03-50-01-558-802-A01
Total Traffic Load Remaining Effect
1. General
There are overhead stowage compartments for hand baggage and coats along the full length of the
passenger compartments, above the passenger seats.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Not Applicable.
4. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01 Worksheets
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-002-A01
A. How to Find the Effect of Traffic Load Remaining
(1) Use data from the Weight and Balance Manual and/or from your specific aircraft
configuration data to find the weight, H-arm values and related moment of traffic load
remaining.
(2) Calculate H-arm moments generated by the traffic load and record it on the Traffic Load
Remaining Interim Worksheet (See DESC 09-50-01-001-A01).
Page 20
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 03-50-01-558-803-A01
Ballast Added Effect
1. General
Ballast is any heavy material that you use to add weight if you want to stabilize the aircraft with the
CG change method.
Ballast can be non recovery kit stock items (such as sand bags, drums filled with water, livestock feed
sacks, etc.) that you can buy in-situ. It is important that the ballast is easily transportable to the site,
easily managed by the personnel on site and that, if there is a shift in the aircraft CG, no secondary
damage will occur if the ballast moves inside the aircraft or when it is necessary to transport the
aircraft.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Not Applicable.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01 Worksheets
09-10-06 FUSELAGE FRAMES AND H-ARM TABLE
09-10-08 WING RIBS AND STATIONS
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Page 21
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-50-01-558-003-A01
A. How to find the Effect of Added Ballast
(1) To find the effect of added ballast, you need to find the H-arm and, if applicable, the Y-
arm of the zone in which you added ballast.
To calculate the necessary average H-arm and Y-arm:
- See 09-10-06 for ballast added inside of fuselage,
- See 09-10-08 for ballast added on the wing,
(2) Calculate the H-arm and Y-arm moments generated by the weight of ballast you use and
record them on the Ballast Added Effect Interim Worksheet (See DESC 09-50-01-001-
A01).
Page 22
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 03-50-01-558-804-A01
Waste Water Remaining Effect
1. General
The aircraft is equipped with a vacuum system.
The waste water from the lavatories and galleys is stored in 1 waste tank.
The waste tank is installed in the pressurized underfloor area in the aft fuselage.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Item Remaining Weight H-arm Moment to add
Tank N˚1 - A318 25.928 m (1020.79 in)
Tank N˚1 - A319 28.316 m (1114.80 in)
Tank N˚1 - A320 32.050 m (1261.81 in)
Tank N˚1 - A321 38.984 m (1534.80 in)
Waste Water Remaining Weight and Relevant H-arm
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Page 23
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-50-01-558-004-A01
A. How to Find the Effect of Waste Water Remaining
(1) To find the effect of waste water remaining, you must know the weight of the waste water
remaining into tanks minus the pre-load. The generated H-arm moments must be
calculated with the data given in the table in .
Page 24
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 03-50-01-558-805-A01
Non OEW Catering Equipment Added Effect
1. General
If your Weight and CG calculation is based on OEW, you need to include the NON-OEW Catering
Equipment effect.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Not Applicable.
4. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01 Worksheets
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-005-A01
A. How to Find the Effect of NON-OEW Catering Equipment Added
(1) Use data from the Weight and Balance Manual and/or from your specific aircraft
configuration data to find the weight and H-arm values and related moments of NON-
OEW catering equipment, which was removed.
(2) Calculate H-arm moments generated by the NON-OEW Catering Equipment and record
them on the NON-OEW Catering Equipment Interim Worksheet (See DESC 09-50-01-001-
A01).
Page 25
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 03-50-01-558-806-A01
Potable Water Removed Effect
1. General
The aircraft is equipped with a pressurized potable water system.
Potable water for the toilets and galleys is stored in 1 tank, which is installed in the pressurized
underfloor area.
NOTE : The number of items of equipment can change with the customer.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
The table that follow gives the average H-arm, from standard aircraft configuration.
Item Remaining Weight Average H-arm Moment to subtract
Tank N˚ 1 - A318 25.663 m (1010.35 in)
Tank N˚1 - A319 28.051 m (1104.37 in)
Tank N˚1 - A320 31.785 m (1251.38 in)
Tank N˚1 - A321 38.719 m (1524.37 in)
Average H-arm
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
Page 26
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-006-A01
A. How to Find the Effect of Potable Water Removed
(1) Weight and CG calculation is based on OEW or DOW, which include full potable water
tank.
(2) To find the effect of removed potable water, you must know the weight of the potable
water which was moved to the waste tank during flight or manually removed on recovery
site. The generate H-arm moments have to be calculated with data provided in the table in
.
Page 27
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 03-50-01-558-807-A01
Cockpit and Cabin Crew Removed Effect
1. General
Weight and CG calculation is based on OEW or DOW, which include cockpit and cabin crew.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Not Applicable.
4. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01 Worksheets
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-007-A01
A. How to Find the Effect of Removed Cockpit and Cabin Crew
(1) Use data from Weight and Balance Manual and/or from your specific aircraft configuration
data to find weight, H-arm value and related moment of cockpit and cabin crew included in
the OEW or in the DOW, which were removed.
(2) Calculate H-arm moments generated by the cockpit and cabin crew removed and report it
on the Cockpit and Cabin Crew Removed interim worksheet (See DESC 09-50-01-001-
A01).
Page 28
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 03-50-01-558-808-A01
Catering Equipment Removed Effect
1. General
Weight and CG calculation is based on OEW or DOW, which include catering equipment.
5. Procedure
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-008-A01
A. How to find the Effect of Catering Equipment Removed
(1) Use data from the Weight and Balance Manual and/or from your specific aircraft
configuration data to find the weight, H-arm and Y-arm and related moments of catering
equipment which was removed from OEW or DOW configuration.
Page 29
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(2) Calculate H-arm and Y-arm moments generated by the Catering Equipment Removed and
report it on the Catering Equipment Removed Interim Worksheet (See DESC 09-50-01-001-
A01).
Page 30
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 03-50-01-558-809-A01
Hydraulic Fluid Removed Effect
1. General
The aircraft has 3 hydraulic circuits.
2. Inspections
Not applicable.
3. Job Setup References
The tables that follow give the average H-arm from standard aircraft configuration, with hydraulic
fluid removed. Use these values with the total weight of hydraulic fluid.
The weights are based on an hydraulic fluid density of 1.002 kg/l (8.36 lb/US gal).
Hydraulic System - A318
Item Capacity Remaining Weight H-arm Moment to subtract
Green Tank 14 l (3.70 US gal) 16.594 m (653.31
in)
Yellow Tank 12 l (3.17 US gal) 15.944 m (627.72
in)
Blue Tank 6 l (1.59 US gal) 20.294 m (798.98
in)
Systems 147 l (38.83 US 16.708 m (657.80
gal) in)
A/C Total 202 l (53.36 US 16.769 m (660.20
gal) in)
Hydraulic-Fluid-Tank Remaining Weight and Relevant H-arm - A318
TABLE 1
Page 31
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 32
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 33
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-009-A01
A. How to Find the Effect of Hydraulic Fluid Removed
(1) Weight and CG calculation is based on OEW or DOW which include hydraulic fluid.
(2) Use the table in to calculate H-arm moment to subtract.
(3) Calculate H-arm moments generated by the hydraulic fluids removed and record them on
the Hydraulic Fluids Removed Interim Worksheet, see DESC 09-50-01-001-A01.
Page 34
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 03-50-01-558-810-A01
Large Components Removed / Missing
1. General
The equipment or aircraft parts that follow may have a significant effect on weight and balance
management for the recovery.
- APU and tail cone
- APU
- Pax doors
- Cargo doors
- Radome
- Pylon
- Thrust reversers
- Bare engines
- Complete power plant
- Rudders
- VTP equipped
- HTP equipped
- Elevators
- Slats
- Flaps
- Ailerons
- Spoilers
- Winglet / wingtip
- Landing gear equipped
- Landing gear Leg Fairing
- Wheels
- Brakes
If you need to remove some of these large components during recovery or if some of these large
components are missing when you start the recovery process, use the data that follow and calculation
tables to determine the effect on NRW and the CG position.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
A. Wing Equipment Table
Item Weight H-Arm H-Arm Moment
Slat 1 43 kg 14.092 m 605.956 kgm
(95 lb) (554.80 in) (52706 lb.in)
Page 35
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 36
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 37
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 38
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 39
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONNEL IS AT A SAFE DISTANCE DURING THE
REMOVAL OF FUEL, CARGO OR LARGE COMPONENTS. AN UNEQUAL
REMOVAL OF FUEL OR CARGO OR THE REMOVAL OF LARGE COMPONENTS
CAN CHANGE THE CG AND THE LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL STABILITY OF
THE AIRCRAFT. DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT IF THE AIRCRAFT
FALLS ON RECOVERY PERSONNEL.
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
WARNING : YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS BEFORE YOU MANUALLY OPERATE A SYSTEM
OR REMOVE A COMPONENT WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS IN AN ABNORMAL
ATTITUDE OR DISABLED. THE AMM PROCEDURES ARE APPLICABLE ON AN
AIRCRAFT IN A LEVEL CONFIGURATION ONLY.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-010-A01
A. How to find the Effect of Large Components Removed / Missing
(1) See the tables in to determine the weight, H-arm, Y-arm and Z-arm Moment.
(2) Record Weight, H-arm, Y-arm and Z-arm moment into the relevant boxes of the Large
Component Removed / Missing Effect Interim Worksheet (See DESC 09-50-01-001-A01).
Page 40
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 03-50-01-558-810-B01
Large Components Removed / Missing
1. General
The equipment or aircraft parts that follow may have a significant effect on weight and balance
management for the recovery.
- APU and tail cone
- APU
- Pax doors
- Cargo doors
- Radome
- Pylon
- Thrust reversers
- Bare engines
- Complete power plant
- Rudders
- VTP equipped
- HTP equipped
- Elevators
- Slats
- Flaps
- Ailerons
- Spoilers
- Winglet / wingtip
- Landing gear equipped
- Landing gear Leg Fairing
- Wheels
- Brakes
If you need to remove some of these large components during recovery or if some of these large
components are missing when you start the recovery process, use the data that follow and calculation
tables to determine the effect on NRW and the CG position.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
A. Wing Equipment Table
Item Weight H-Arm H-Arm Moment
Slat 1 43 kg 14.092 m 605.956 kgm
(95 lb) (554.80 in) (52706 lb.in)
Page 41
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 42
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 43
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 44
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 45
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 46
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONNEL IS AT A SAFE DISTANCE DURING THE
REMOVAL OF FUEL, CARGO OR LARGE COMPONENTS. AN UNEQUAL
REMOVAL OF FUEL OR CARGO OR THE REMOVAL OF LARGE COMPONENTS
CAN CHANGE THE CG AND THE LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL STABILITY OF
THE AIRCRAFT. DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT IF THE AIRCRAFT
FALLS ON RECOVERY PERSONNEL.
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
WARNING : YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS BEFORE YOU MANUALLY OPERATE A SYSTEM
OR REMOVE A COMPONENT WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS IN AN ABNORMAL
ATTITUDE OR DISABLED. THE AMM PROCEDURES ARE APPLICABLE ON AN
AIRCRAFT IN A LEVEL CONFIGURATION ONLY.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-012-A01
A. How to find the Effect of Large Components Removed / Missing
(1) See the tables in to determine the weight, H-arm, Y-arm and Z-arm Moment.
(2) Record Weight, H-arm, Y-arm and Z-arm moment into the relevant boxes of the Large
Component Removed / Missing Effect Interim Worksheet (See DESC 09-50-01-001-A01).
Page 47
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 03-50-01-558-810-C01
Large Components Removed / Missing
1. General
The equipment or aircraft parts that follow may have a significant effect on weight and balance
management for the recovery.
- APU and tail cone
- APU
- Pax doors
- Cargo doors
- Radome
- Pylon
- Thrust reversers
- Bare engines
- Complete power plant
- Rudders
- VTP equipped
- HTP equipped
- Elevators
- Slats
- Flaps
- Ailerons
- Spoilers
- Winglet / wingtip
- Landing gear equipped
- Landing gear Leg Fairing
- Wheels
- Brakes
If you need to remove some of these large components during recovery or if some of these large
components are missing when you start the recovery process, use the data that follow and calculation
tables to determine the effect on NRW and the CG position.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
A. Wing Equipment Table
Item Weight H-Arm H-Arm Moment
Slat 1 39 kg 16.470 m 642.33 kgm
(86 lb) (648.43 in) (55764.98 lb.in)
Page 48
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 49
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 50
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 51
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 52
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 53
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONNEL IS AT A SAFE DISTANCE DURING THE
REMOVAL OF FUEL, CARGO OR LARGE COMPONENTS. AN UNEQUAL
REMOVAL OF FUEL OR CARGO OR THE REMOVAL OF LARGE COMPONENTS
CAN CHANGE THE CG AND THE LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL STABILITY OF
THE AIRCRAFT. DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT IF THE AIRCRAFT
FALLS ON RECOVERY PERSONNEL.
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
WARNING : YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS BEFORE YOU MANUALLY OPERATE A SYSTEM
OR REMOVE A COMPONENT WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS IN AN ABNORMAL
ATTITUDE OR DISABLED. THE AMM PROCEDURES ARE APPLICABLE ON AN
AIRCRAFT IN A LEVEL CONFIGURATION ONLY.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-013-A01
A. How to find the Effect of Large Components Removed / Missing
(1) See the tables in to determine the weight, H-arm, Y-arm and Z-arm Moment.
(2) Record Weight, H-arm, Y-arm and Z-arm moment into the relevant boxes of the Large
Component Removed / Missing Effect Interim Worksheet (See DESC 09-50-01-001-A01).
Page 54
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 03-50-01-558-810-D01
Large Components Removed / Missing
1. General
The equipment or aircraft parts that follow may have a significant effect on weight and balance
management for the recovery.
- APU and tail cone
- APU
- Pax doors
- Cargo doors
- Radome
- Pylon
- Thrust reversers
- Bare engines
- Complete power plant
- Rudders
- VTP equipped
- HTP equipped
- Elevators
- Slats
- Flaps
- Ailerons
- Spoilers
- Winglet / wingtip
- Landing gear equipped
- Landing gear Leg Fairing
- Wheels
- Brakes
If you need to remove some of these large components during recovery or if some of these large
components are missing when you start the recovery process, use the data that follow and calculation
tables to determine the effect on NRW and the CG position.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
A. Wing Equipment Table
Item Weight H-Arm H-Arm Moment
Slat 1 43 kg 20.747 m 892.121 kgm
(95 lb) (816.81 in) (77596.95 lb.in)
Page 55
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 56
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 57
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 58
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 59
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 60
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 61
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONNEL IS AT A SAFE DISTANCE DURING THE
REMOVAL OF FUEL, CARGO OR LARGE COMPONENTS. AN UNEQUAL
REMOVAL OF FUEL OR CARGO OR THE REMOVAL OF LARGE COMPONENTS
CAN CHANGE THE CG AND THE LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL STABILITY OF
THE AIRCRAFT. DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT IF THE AIRCRAFT
FALLS ON RECOVERY PERSONNEL.
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
WARNING : YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS BEFORE YOU MANUALLY OPERATE A SYSTEM
OR REMOVE A COMPONENT WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS IN AN ABNORMAL
ATTITUDE OR DISABLED. THE AMM PROCEDURES ARE APPLICABLE ON AN
AIRCRAFT IN A LEVEL CONFIGURATION ONLY.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-014-A01
A. How to find the Effect of Large Components Removed / Missing
(1) See the tables in to determine the weight, H-arm, Y-arm and Z-arm Moment.
(2) Record Weight, H-arm, Y-arm and Z-arm moment into the relevant boxes of the Large
Component Removed / Missing Effect Interim Worksheet (See DESC 09-50-01-001-A01).
Page 62
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 03-50-01-558-811-A01
Large Components Movement Effect
1. General
The CG positions of the OEW or the DOW apply to specific aircraft conditions which include the
landing gear extended and the flaps and slats retracted.
NOTE : The thrust reverser extension effect is negligible on the A/C CG.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
A. Landing Gear Retraction
Landing Gear Retraction H-arm Moment to Subtract
NLG 204 kgm (17706 lb.in)
MLG 801 kgm (69523 lb.in)
L/G Retraction Effect
TABLE 1
NOTE : Add or subtract H-arm moments in accordance with the positive or negatives values.
Page 63
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL
SURFACES AND THE LANDING GEARS AND RELATED DOORS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF THE CONTROL SURFACES AND LANDING GEARS/DOORS CAN
CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT OR
EQUIPMENT.
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
WARNING : YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS BEFORE YOU MANUALLY OPERATE A SYSTEM
OR REMOVE A COMPONENT WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS IN AN ABNORMAL
ATTITUDE OR DISABLED. THE AMM PROCEDURES ARE APPLICABLE ON AN
AIRCRAFT IN A LEVEL CONFIGURATION ONLY.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-011-A01
A. How to Find the Effect of Large Component Movement
(1) To find the effect of large component movement, you must know the moments (generated
by H-arm and Y-arm) depending of Aircraft Landing Gear retraction and Slats and Flaps
extension.
(2) To know this, see and record the H-arm and Y-arm moment on the Large Component
Movement Effect Interim Worksheet (See DESC 09-50-01-001-A01).
Page 64
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 03-50-01-558-811-B01
Large Components Movement Effect
1. General
The CG positions of the OEW or the DOW apply to specific aircraft conditions which include the
landing gear extended and the flaps and slats retracted.
NOTE : The thrust reverser extension effect is negligible on the A/C CG.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
A. Landing Gear Retraction
Landing Gear Retraction H-arm Moment to Subtract
NLG 202 kgm (17533 lb.in)
MLG 738 kgm (64055 lb.in)
L/G Retraction Effect - Twin Wheel MLG
TABLE 1
Page 65
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : Add or subtract H-arm moments in accordance with positive or negative values.
4. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01 Worksheets
Referenced Information
TABLE 4
5. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL
SURFACES AND THE LANDING GEARS AND RELATED DOORS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF THE CONTROL SURFACES AND LANDING GEARS/DOORS CAN
CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT OR
EQUIPMENT.
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
WARNING : YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS BEFORE YOU MANUALLY OPERATE A SYSTEM
OR REMOVE A COMPONENT WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS IN AN ABNORMAL
ATTITUDE OR DISABLED. THE AMM PROCEDURES ARE APPLICABLE ON AN
AIRCRAFT IN A LEVEL CONFIGURATION ONLY.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Page 66
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 03-50-01-558-015-A01
A. How to Find the Effect of Large Component Movement
(1) To find the effect of large component movement, you must know the moments (generated
by H-arm and Y-arm) depending of Aircraft Landing Gear retraction and Slats and Flaps
extension.
(2) To know this, see and record the H-arm and Y-arm moment on the Large Component
Movement Effect Interim Worksheet (See DESC 09-50-01-001-A01).
Page 67
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 03-50-01-558-811-C01
Large Components Movement Effect
1. General
The CG positions of the OEW or the DOW apply to specific aircraft conditions which include the
landing gear extended and the flaps and slats retracted.
NOTE : The thrust reverser extension effect is negligible on the A/C CG.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
A. Landing Gear Retraction
Landing Gear Retraction H-arm Moment to Subtract
NLG 207 kgm (17967 lb.in)
MLG 1017 kgm (88271 lb.in)
L/G Retraction Effect
TABLE 1
NOTE : Add or subtract H-arm moments in accordance with positive or negative values.
Page 68
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL
SURFACES AND THE LANDING GEARS AND RELATED DOORS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF THE CONTROL SURFACES AND LANDING GEARS/DOORS CAN
CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT OR
EQUIPMENT.
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
WARNING : YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS BEFORE YOU MANUALLY OPERATE A SYSTEM
OR REMOVE A COMPONENT WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS IN AN ABNORMAL
ATTITUDE OR DISABLED. THE AMM PROCEDURES ARE APPLICABLE ON AN
AIRCRAFT IN A LEVEL CONFIGURATION ONLY.
NOTE : It is important to use accurate data for the calculation related to the recovery process.
Some of the necessary data is the responsibility of the operator and to be accurate, it must
be applicable to the specific MSN involved. Data supplied by the manufacturer as generic
data is not necessarily accurate for a specific MSN. Refer to the operator’s documentation
for precise calculations.
If some of the necessary data is not available or if it is not possible to get it, then it is the
responsibility of the recovery manager to decide to use estimated data and to continue with
the process.
Subtask 03-50-01-558-016-A01
A. How to Find the Effect of Large Component Movement
(1) To find the effect of large component movement, you must know the moments (generated
by H-arm and Y-arm) depending of Aircraft Landing Gear retraction and Slats and Flaps
extension.
(2) To know this, see and record the H-arm and Y-arm moment on the Large Component
Movement Effect Interim Worksheet (See DESC 09-50-01-001-A01).
Page 69
03-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 03-60-01-001-A01
Information Required and Source Data
1. General
CAUTION : THE NRW AND CG LOCATION CAN ONLY BE AS ACCURATE AS THE DATA
USED TO CALCULATE THEM. IF ACCURATE DATA IS NOT AVAILABLE OR IF
THE DATA USED ARE EXTRAPOLATIONS, THIS WILL HAVE AN EFFECT ON
THE RESULTS THAT YOU GET.
This section gives the details on definitions related to CG management, and the source of the
required data. It also tells you how to use these data to calculate the NRW and CG location.
In most cases, several sources exist to find the required data.
Accurate calculations require specific data based on the specific aircraft MSN and actual airline load
and trim sheet information.
In case of a serious aircraft accident and subsequent freeze of the aircraft documentation, generic
aircraft type data can be used. This can also apply if it is impossible to power the onboard
computers.
NOTE : Contact telephone numbers for the load and weight and balance office should be readily
available.
CAUTION : IF YOU USE THE OEW GENERIC DATA TO CALCULATE THE NRW, THE CG
POSITION AND THE EXPECTED LOADS, THE RESULTS YOU GET WILL NOT BE
ACCURATE.
It is possible to take the data from these sources:
- Airline Load and Trim Sheet,
- Onboard Computers,
- Weight and Balance Manual,
- The generic OEW with an associated CG at 25 %RC is about 38818 kg (85579 lb) with CFM
engines or 38661 kg (85233 lb) with PW Engines.
NOTE : The OEW or DOW and the associated H-arm are given for a specific aircraft configuration:
all landing gear extended flight control retracted and thrust reversers in stored position.
Page 1
03-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CAUTION : IF YOU USE THE OEW GENERIC DATA TO CALCULATE THE NRW, THE CG
POSITION AND THE EXPECTED LOADS, THE RESULTS YOU GET WILL NOT BE
ACCURATE.
It is possible to take the data from these sources:
- Airline Load and Trim Sheet,
- Onboard Computers,
- Weight and Balance Manual,
- The generic OEW with an associated CG at 25 %RC is about 39725 kg (87579 lb) with CFM
engines or 39826 kg (87801 lb) with IAE engines.
NOTE : The OEW or DOW and the associated H-arm are given for a specific aircraft configuration:
all landing gear extended flight control retracted and thrust reversers in stored position.
CAUTION : IF YOU USE THE OEW GENERIC DATA TO CALCULATE THE NRW, THE CG
POSITION AND THE EXPECTED LOADS, THE RESULTS YOU GET WILL NOT BE
ACCURATE.
It is possible to take the data from these sources:
- Airline Load and Trim Sheet,
- Onboard Computers,
- Weight and Balance Manual,
- The generic OEW with an associated CG at 25 %RC is about 41244 kg (90927 lb) with CFM
engines or 41345 kg (91150 lb) with IAE engines.
NOTE : The OEW or DOW and the associated H-arm are given for a specific aircraft configuration:
all landing gear extended flight control retracted and thrust reversers in stored position.
CAUTION : IF YOU USE THE OEW GENERIC DATA TO CALCULATE THE NRW, THE CG
POSITION AND THE EXPECTED LOADS, THE RESULTS YOU GET WILL NOT BE
ACCURATE.
It is possible to take the data from these sources:
- Airline Load and Trim Sheet,
- Onboard Computers,
- Weight and Balance Manual,
- The generic OEW with an associated CG at 25 %RC is about 46858 kg (103304 lb) with CFM
engines or 46959 kg (103527 lb) with IAE engines.
Page 2
03-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : The OEW or DOW and the associated H-arm are given for a specific aircraft configuration:
all landing gear extended flight control retracted and thrust reversers in stored position.
Page 3
03-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 4
03-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
PREPARATION
04-00 PREPARATION
04-00-00 PREPARATION
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 04-00-00-001-A01
General
1. Tethering
It is generally agreed that the aircraft must be tethered during recovery leveling and lifting operations.
However, it is necessary to evaluate carefully the benefit and purpose.
A. During leveling or lifting, make sure that the aircraft is stable, and prevent uncontrolled
movement of the aircraft.
This movement can be caused by:
- Change of CG position during aircraft lifting/leveling
- Weather conditions
- Terrain conditions change: humidity, temperature, soil capability.
B. These conditions will help you decide whether to tether the aircraft or not:
- Aircraft attitude
- Leveling/lifting procedure used
- Terrain conditions
- Wind/weather condition
- Increase of aircraft stability foreseen.
It is necessary to do an evaluation of the tethering loads. They must be in the aircraft allowable
limits. During the tethering operation, it is necessary to continuously monitor these loads.
2. Shoring
Shoring of the aircraft can also be necessary to make it stable prior to remove fuel or cargo payload
or to allow a change/repositioning of the recovery tooling.
For the shoring operation, it is possible to use large timbers to support or stabilize the forward or aft
fuselage and/or the lower wing surfaces. These supports must be placed in the correct load bearing
areas and be adequately padded to prevent damage.
For example, it is possible to make fuselage supports or cradles to match the contours of the fuselage
frames. Adequate padding can consist of heavy felt, rubber sheets, rubber tires, mattresses or sand
bags.
The same conditions as above will help you decide whether to shore the aircraft or not.
The shoring loads must be evaluated, be in the aircraft allowable limits and monitored. All applied
loads for allowable skin pressure and fuselage bending moment calculations must also be in the ARM
limits.
Page 1
04-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 2
04-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 04-20-00-588-801-A01
Stabilizing the Aircraft
1. General
The operations that follow are necessary to stabilize the aircraft.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Not Applicable.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01 Installation of the Safety Devices on Landing Gears
03-50-01 MANAGING AIRCRAFT WEIGHT AND CG
04-30-00 TETHERING THE AIRCRAFT
05-30-00 MOVING FUEL FOR CG CONTROL
04-80-00 MANUAL OPERATION OF SYSTEMS
FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-A FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-A-Aircraft Stability
FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-B FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-B-Aircraft Stability
FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-C FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-C-Aircraft Stability
FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-D FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-D-Aircraft Stability
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
Subtask 04-20-00-588-001-A01
A. General
(1) Make sure that maximum weight has been removed to make the aircraft as light as
possible.
(2) Calculate the NRW and CG position (see 03-50-01).
Page 1
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(3) You must also make sure that the wind speed is not more than the maximum allowable
speed. See FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-AFIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-BFIGURE
04-20-00-991-001-CFIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-D.
(4) Monitor visually the ground contact point of the A/C (either L/G or jack) to detect any
movement or attitude change during the leveling and lifting operation. If load cells are
available on recovery jacks, monitor load indication shift.
The monitoring of the vertical position of the shock absorber in the strut with a reference
line can be also an indicator of A/C stability.
(5) Select the method that you will use to control the CG during the leveling/lifting operation
by addition or removal of ballast and transfer of fuel.
(6) Make sure the aircraft is correctly grounded.
(7) Install landing gear downlock pins in all landing gears that are extended (see TASK
02-30-01-481-801-A01).
(8) Install tethers as soon as possible if the aircraft is unstable and moves in the wind (see
04-30-00).
(9) Install temporary shoring timbers in relation with the tethers to help stabilize the aircraft
when necessary.
(10) Transfer fuel from the low wing to the opposite wing to move weight and leveling/lifting
load from the low wing (see 05-30-00).
It is also possible to use this procedure to reduce the loads on an engine resting on the
ground.
(11) The shock absorber of the low wing landing gear can be inflated while the shock absorber
of the landing gear on the high wing can be deflated to help raise a low wing.
(12) It is possible to operate the spoilers in strong wind conditions to help stabilize the aircraft
(see 04-80-00).
(13) Put the horizontal stabilizer to a slightly nose down position.
NOTE : Other operations may be necessary depending on the specific recovery conditions.
(16) To determine the aircraft stability refer to FIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-AFIGURE
04-20-00-991-001-BFIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-CFIGURE 04-20-00-991-001-D.
Page 2
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
)
Kt
65
74 km
)
83
Kt
t)
60
Kt Kt 0 K
Kt)
5
/h (70
6
m
130 k
) )
km km 6 k
55
NRW IN TONS
0
Kt)
/h (65
37 6 4
m
50 120 k
)
Kt
10
(0 t) m (
0 Kt)
m/h (6
km (5 9 k
45
111 k
)
Kt
1
K
)
5
Kt
(1
km
km
)
40 55 Kt
m/h (
9
28
102 k
0
35 Kt)
/h (50
93 km
30
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 CG % RC
N_AR_042000_1_0010101_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Wheels on Dry Ground (Sheet 1 of 3)
FIGURE-04-20-00-991-001-A01
Page 3
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
)
60 Kt
m/h (
111 k
65
)
Kt
Kt Kt 0 K 15 (2 (2 (3 (35
)
60 55 Kt
m/h (
t) t)
102 k
(0 (5 (1 m ( km km km m
t) Kt) 0 K 5 K 0 K
k
km km km 8 k 37 46 56 65
55
NRW IN TONS
t)
Kt)
/h (50
93 km
50
45 Kt)
9 19 2
/h (45
)
83 km
)
40
Kt)
/h (40
0
74 km
35
30
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 CG % RC
N_AR_042000_1_0010102_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Wheels on Wet Ground (Sheet 2 of 3)
FIGURE-04-20-00-991-001-A01
Page 4
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
AIRCRAFT CG (% RC)
SHIF
TING
/h)
km
65
(28
Kt
15
60
55
/h)
km
NRW IN TONS
(19
50
Kt
10
/h)
45
km
t (0
0K
40 km
/h)
t (9
35
5K
30
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 CG (% RC)
N_AR_042000_1_0010103_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Wheels on Ice Ground (Sheet 3 of 3)
FIGURE-04-20-00-991-001-A01
Page 5
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
80
75
TING
SHIF
G
IN
80 Kt)
PP
70 m/h (
148 k
TI
65 ) W
75 Kt IN
m/h ( D
139 k
NRW IN TONS
SP
)
Kt
EE
t)
0
60
K
(5
D
km
)
/h
0
m/h (
Kt
(4
km
130 k
19 /h h (2 (2 Kt)
93
55
K t) t)
/
83
km 15 K K
/h 30
/h
k
5
Kt 28 k km (
56 m
74
)
65 Kt
k
m/h (
(1 t)
65
)
0
Kt
50 120 k
0
km m/
(
/h
)
0 Kt)
Kt
45
m/h (6
(0
111 k
/h
km
)
)
40 55 Kt
0
(5
m/h (
102 k
/h
km
9
35
8 10 12 14 16 1820 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 CG %RC
N_AR_042000_1_0010201_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Wheels on Dry Ground (Sheet 1 of 3)
FIGURE-04-20-00-991-001-B01
Page 6
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
80
G
IN
PP
75
TING
SHIF
TI
)
65 Kt
m/h (
70 120 k
65
Kt)
/h (60
NRW IN TONS
m
111 k W
60 IN
D
SP
EE
t)
(3 0 K
(55 Kt) D
)
55
Kt
2 km/h
)
(4
Kt
10
0
/h
)
5
(1
(5 km /h (25 Kt
(1 0 K Kt)
km
/h
/h 28 km /h 30
/h
km
Kt t)
74
km
50
37 km ( h
)
19
/
46 m
Kt) 65
/h (2
/h (50
k
5
93 km 56
)
Kt
45
(0
/h
)
km
Kt
Kt)
/h (45
0
40 83 km
km
9
35
8 10 12 14 16 1820 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 CG % RC
N_AR_042000_1_0010202_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Wheels on Wet Ground (Sheet 2 of 3)
FIGURE-04-20-00-991-001-B01
Page 7
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
20 K
t (37
AIRCRAFT CG (% RC) km/h
)
80
75
70
/h)
SHIF
km
TING
(28
65
Kt
15
NRW IN TONS
60
55
/h)
/h)
km
50
km
(19
t (0
Kt
0K
10
45
/h)
40
km
t (9
5K
35
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 AIRCRAFT CG (% RC)
N_AR_042000_1_0010203_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Wheels on Ice Ground (Sheet 3 of 3)
FIGURE-04-20-00-991-001-B01
Page 8
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
80
G
IN
75
PP
TI
70
)
70 Kt
m/h (
65 130 k
W
NRW IN TONS
IN
G D
60 SHIFTIN 65 K t) SP
m/h ( EE
120 k
Kt t)
(4 5 K
D
)
(4
55
/h
)
Kt
km
)
(2 K Kt)
60 Kt
5
m/h ( /h
(3
83
km
111 k
/h (25 30
46 56 m/h
50
0 t)
(
74
h
k
)
/
Kt
37 km km
65
)
55 Kt km /h
45 m/h (
102 k Kt)
/h (45
83 km
40 Kt)
/h (50
93 km
35
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 CG (% RC)
N_AR_042000_1_0010301_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Wheels on Dry Ground (Sheet 1 of 3)
FIGURE-04-20-00-991-001-C01
Page 9
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
80
G
IN
PP
)
75 60 Kt
m/h (
TI
111 k
70
TING
SHIF
Kt)
65 m /h (55 W
102 k IN
D
NRW IN TONS
SP
60 EE
D
(50 Kt)
93 km/h
55
t)
km km h ( 5 K
(2 25 Kt)
37 46 km/ h (3
Kt t)
/h /h ( 30
K
/
50
km
Kt)
/h (45
)
83 km
65
0
56
Kt)
45 /h (35
65 km
Kt)
/h (40
40 74 km
35
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 CG (% RC)
N_AR_042000_1_0010302_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Wheels on Wet Ground (Sheet 2 of 3)
FIGURE-04-20-00-991-001-C01
Page 10
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
80
75
70
)
m/h
SHIFT t( 28 k
ING 15 K
65
NRW IN TONS
60
55
/h)
50
km
)
km/h
t (19
t (9
10 K
5K
45
40
35
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 CG (% RC)
N_AR_042000_1_0010303_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Wheels on Ice Ground (Sheet 3 of 3)
FIGURE-04-20-00-991-001-C01
Page 11
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
80
G
75
IN
PP
TI
70
W
TING IN
SHIF D
65 SP
)
Kt)
Kt
EE
(65
)
km/h
Kt
5
D
NRW IN TONS
km h (4
120
/h (30 Kt)
60
(4
/
km
Kt )
5
/h
25 t
3
K
)
46 km h (
83
)
60 Kt
/
56 km
74
55 m/h (
)
km h
Kt
111 k
(
/
65
0
(2
/h
km
50 )
55 Kt
m/h (
37
102 k
45
Kt)
/h (50 Kt)
93 km /h (40
40 74 km
35
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 CG % RC
N_AR_042000_1_0010401_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Wheels on Dry Ground (Sheet 1 of 3)
FIGURE-04-20-00-991-001-D01
Page 12
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
80
G
IN
PP
75
Kt)
/h (55
TI
m
102 k
70
TING
SHIF
65 Kt)
/h (50
93 km
NRW IN TONS
W
60
IN
D
SP
Kt)
EE
55
/h (45
D
83 km
/h (25 Kt)
0 Kt)
km /h (30
50
)
Kt
km /h
km
Kt)
(2
/h (40
56
45 74 km
46
37
(30 Kt)
m/h
40 Kt) 56 k
/h (35
65 km
35
8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 CG % RC
N_AR_042000_1_0010402_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Wheels on Wet Ground (Sheet 2 of 3)
FIGURE-04-20-00-991-001-D01
Page 13
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
AIRCRAFT CG (% RC)
80
h)
75
28 km/
15 Kt (
70
SHIFTIN
G
65
NRW IN TONS
60
55 )
m/h
19 k
/h)
t(
10 K
km
/h)
km
50
t (9
t (0
5K
0K
45
40
35
10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 CG (% RC)
N_AR_042000_1_0010403_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Wheels on Ice Ground (Sheet 3 of 3)
FIGURE-04-20-00-991-001-D01
Page 14
04-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 04-30-00-001-A01
General
1. Tethering the Aircraft
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT USE THE SAME FITTING TO TETHER THE AIRCRAFT AND
TO LIFT IT AT THE SAME TIME.IF YOU USE THE SAME FITTING, THERE IS A
RISK THAT THE LOADS APPLIED WILL BE MORE THAN THE ALLOWABLE
LOADS. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE STRUCTURE.
CAUTION : DURING THE LEVELING AND LIFTING PROCESS, YOU MUST MONITOR AND
ADJUST THE TENSIONING DEVICES TO MAKE SURE THAT THE LOADS
APPLIED ARE NOT MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM LOADS.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
During the lifting operations of a damaged aircraft with cranes, jacks and/or pneumatic lifting bags,
you should tether the aircraft to prevent horizontal movement due to lifting side force (weight of the
aircraft, wind force, etc...).
You can attach the tether to fabric straps installed around the fuselage or the engine pylons or to
different fittings such as pylon hoist fittings, fuselage fittings and vertical stabilizer fittings.
To make sure that the horizontal stability is satisfactory, it is necessary to safely attach the aircraft
tethering cables to heavy vehicles or to a deadman anchors tightly attached to the ground. The
tethers should make different angles with the fuselage centerline to prevent aircraft movement in all
the directions.
A tensioning device should be provided for each tethering line so that tension is satisfactory at each
tether during the lifting operation.
The number of tethers changes with the type of recovery operation and is related to the strength and
direction of the wind.
See FIGURE 04-30-00-991-001-A for wind loads applied on the aircraft on ground.
Page 1
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 2
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
6. Tether Lines Installation
The tethering load distribution must be symmetric around the fuselage. For this purpose, you must
install the tethering lines on each side of the fuselage.
Chapter 04-40-00 gives details on the ground anchors that you can use for tethering the aircraft.
FIGURE 04-30-00-991-003-A gives an example of tethering line installation.
Page 3
04-30-00 May 01/21
Fz
Mz
Fy
Fx
Tethering
Ground Wind Loads
FIGURE-04-30-00-991-001-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Mx
My
@A318/A319/A320/A321
CASE 3
04-30-00
45? STRIKE
CASE 1
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
Page 4
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR62
FR15 FR21 FR30 FR63
FR8
A B C D E
4 HOLES 7 HOLES
4 HOLES
A B
C
4 HOLES
4 HOLES
E
D
N_AR_043000_1_0020101_01_00
Tethering
Location of the Mooring Fittings
FIGURE-04-30-00-991-002-A01
Page 5
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR62
FR15 FR21 FR30 FR63
FR8
A B C D E
4 HOLES 7 HOLES
4 HOLES
A B
C
4 HOLES
4 HOLES
E
D
N_AR_043000_1_0020201_01_00
Tethering
Location of the Mooring Fittings
FIGURE-04-30-00-991-002-B01
Page 6
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR62
FR15 FR21 FR33 FR63
FR8
A B C D E
4 HOLES 7 HOLES
4 HOLES
A B
C
4 HOLES
4 HOLES
E
D
N_AR_043000_1_0020301_01_00
Tethering
Location of the Mooring Fittings
FIGURE-04-30-00-991-002-C01
Page 7
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR62
FR15 FR21 FR33 FR63
FR8
A B C D E
4 HOLES 7 HOLES
4 HOLES
A B
C
4 HOLES
4 HOLES
E
D
N_AR_043000_1_0020401_01_00
Tethering
Location of the Mooring Fittings
FIGURE-04-30-00-991-002-D01
Page 8
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR77
FR57
FR18 FR23 FR56 FR61
A C D E
B
4 HOLES 7 HOLES
4 HOLES
A B
C
4 HOLES
4 HOLES
E
D
N_AR_043000_1_0080101_01_00
Tethering (ACF)
Location of the Mooring Fittings (ACF)
FIGURE-04-30-00-991-008-A01
Page 9
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_043000_1_0030101_01_00
Tethering
Typical Tethering Lines Installation
FIGURE-04-30-00-991-003-A01
Page 10
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 04-30-00-556-801-A01
Mooring
1. General
During the recovery operation, you can moor the aircraft to help the tethering.
2. Inspections
Make sure that there is no damage on the landing gears.
3. Job Setup References
A. Preparation
Make sure that the landing gear safety devices are in position (see TASK 02-30-01-200-801-
A01).
Install the wheel chocks in front and behind the wheels.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
98D10203500000 MOORING KIT - NLG
98D10203500002 MOORING KIT - NLG
98D10203500004 MOORING KIT - NLG
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 02-30-01-200-801-A01 Landing Gear Survey
04-40-00 GROUND ANCHORS
FIGURE 04-30-00-991-004-A FIGURE 04-30-00-991-004-A-Mooring on the Nose Landing Gear
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
Page 11
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
Subtask 04-30-00-556-001-A01
A. Mooring of the Nose Landing Gear
(1) With the mooring kit
(a) Put the applicable mooring kit in position:
- 98D10203500000 MOORING KIT - NLG (applicable for basic standard towing
bracket) or
- 98D10203500002 MOORING KIT - NLG (applicable for B737 towing bracket) or
- 98D10203500004 MOORING KIT - NLG (applicable for B727 towing bracket).
See FIGURE 04-30-00-991-004-A.
See 04-40-00 for details on the ground anchors.
(2) With ropes
(a) Attach the ropes (3) and (4) of a diameter of 50.8 mm (2.0 in) on the towing lug and
the debogging lug of the nose landing gear.
NOTE : If manila or sisal rope is used, make sure that there is not too much tension
on the rope because contraction can occur in wet weather.
(b) Attach the other ropes (2) of a diameter of 50.8 mm (2.0 in).
(c) Attach all the ropes on the ground with the mooring points. Put tension on this
assembly.
Subtask 04-30-00-556-002-A01
B. Mooring on the Main Landing Gears with Ropes
(1) Attach the ropes (3) and (4) of a diameter of 50.8 mm (2.0 in) on the towing lug and the
debogging lug of the main landing gear.
NOTE : If manila or sisal rope is used, make sure that there is not too much tension on
the rope because contraction can occur in wet weather.
(2) Attach the ropes on the ground with the mooring points. Put tension on this assembly.
Page 12
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TOWING FITTING
TOWING FITTING
B
GROUND ANCHOR
FWD A
B
N_AR_043000_1_0040101_01_00
Page 13
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TOWING FITTING
1 2
GROUND ANCHOR
N_AR_043000_1_0050101_01_00
Page 14
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DEBOGGING LUG
TOWING LUG
4
3
FWD A
N_AR_043000_1_0060101_01_00
Page 15
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
45?
TYPICAL ALL
POSITIONS
N_AR_043000_1_0070101_01_00
Mooring
Position of the Mooring Ropes
FIGURE-04-30-00-991-007-A01
Page 16
04-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 04-40-00-001-A01
General
1. Ground Anchors for Tethers
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
There are three basic ways of supplying anchors for the tether lines:
- Commercial type ground anchors,
- Dead-man anchors,
- Heavy vehicles.
A. Commercial Type Ground Anchors
There are several types of commercially manufactured ground anchors on the market. Before
installation of any type of ground anchor the manufacturer’s instructions must be reviewed and
the stability of the soil must be analyzed. Different sizes of these anchors are available to cater
for the various loads. Most anchor units must be hammered or turned to a necessary depth
depending on the stability of the soil. Generally longer models are required for loose soils and
shorter ones for harder soils.
B. Dead-Man Anchors
Dead-man anchors are those constructed on the site from available materials such as vehicle
wheels complete with tires, heavy cribbing timbers or railroad ties. A hole is excavated to an
adequate depth and the materials are buried after being attached to cables. The hole is then
back-filled with the cables forming an angle of approximate of 30 degrees between the wheel or
timber and the ground. Use of this type of anchors requires a good experience of their use to
ensure adequate strength.
C. Heavy Vehicles
It is possible to use large and/or heavy vehicles, if there is an adequate supply. Once the vehicle
is used as anchor, it cannot be used for its original purpose during the recovery operation.
2. Anchor Holding Capacity
A. Anchor holding capacity is dependent on the type of soil and the depth of the anchor.
B. The holding capacity of the anchor will decrease as the moisture content of the soil increases.
C. It is necessary to test the soil stability:
- Evaluate the type of anchoring method,
- Determine the holding capacity of a given anchor in various soil types.
D. The soil stability can be tested in the field using a number of portable soil test probes.
Page 1
04-40-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 04-50-00-001-A01
General
1. Soil stability is of prime importance to ensure personnel safety, avoidance of secondary damage,
selection of ground corrective action or of tooling to be used to allow implementation of the recovery
procedure.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
Basically you must make sure that ground remains stable for the intended purpose and keep in mind
that load bearing capacity of soil might change with weather conditions.
Page 1
04-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 04-80-00-001-A01
General
1. Manual Operation of Flight Control Surfaces
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL
SURFACES AND THE LANDING GEARS AND RELATED DOORS ARE CLEAR.
MOVEMENT OF THE CONTROL SURFACES AND LANDING GEARS/DOORS CAN
CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT OR
EQUIPMENT.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE
IN POSITION BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR THE FLIGHT
CONTROLS, THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES, THE LANDING GEARS AND
RELATED DOORS AND COMPONENTS THAT MOVE. MOVEMENT OF
COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE.
WARNING : YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS BEFORE YOU MANUALLY OPERATE A SYSTEM
OR REMOVE A COMPONENT WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS IN AN ABNORMAL
ATTITUDE OR DISABLED. THE AMM PROCEDURES ARE APPLICABLE ON AN
AIRCRAFT IN A LEVEL CONFIGURATION ONLY.
For the manual operation of flight control surfaces, see:
- Manual Retraction of the Flaps: see AMM 27-50-00-866-012,
- Manual Retraction of the Slats: see AMM 27-80-00-866-008,
- Extension-Retraction of the Spoilers for Maintenance: see AMM 27-60-00-866-002.
2. Manual Operation of Landing Gears
For the manual operation of landing gears, see AMM 32-30-00PB201 or AMM 32-33-00 for the free-
fall extension.
For the manual operation of landing gear doors, see:
- AMM 32-12-00PB201 for the MLG doors,
- AMM 32-22-00PB201 for the NLG doors.
3. Manual Operation of Cargo Doors
For the manual operation of cargo doors, see AMM 52-30-00PB201.
Page 1
04-80-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
WEIGHT REDUCTION
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 05-00-00-001-A01
General
1. You must control aircraft weight.
WARNING : YOU MUST CONTROL ALL MOVEMENT OF THE PAYLOAD DURING REMOVAL
TO PREVENT TAIL TIPPING.
NOTE : For disposition and locations of containers and pallets in the cargo compartments, see
09-10-14.
Sometimes, it is not necessary to remove the cargo payload or fuel. This depends on main factors
such as:
- CG control
- Weight and amount of the cargo payload on board
- Need to excavate and build roadways for access
- Need to stabilize the ground so that cargo loaders and fuel trucks can go near the aircraft
- Expected removal: defueling time versus the time requirements to move the aircraft
- Capacity of the available lifting means
- Expected leveling/lifting loads
- Structural limitations on allowable leveling/lifting loads
Page 1
05-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : Always be prepared for sudden attitude changes of the aircraft as the payload or fuel, etc.
is removed. The changes can affect both the longitudinal and lateral axes of the aircraft.
For Fuel Weight Reduction see 05-10-00.
For Cargo Weight Reduction see 05-50-00.
Page 2
05-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
05-10 DEFUELING
05-10-00 DEFUELING
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 05-10-00-001-A01
Defueling
1. Defueling
Defueling is one of the most important tasks to be carried out during an aircraft recovery operation.
The importance relates not only to weight reduction, but also to control of the Center of Gravity
(CG). The total mass of fuel on board the aircraft can be many tons. When the aircraft is in an
abnormal attitude a significant shift in CG can take place as the aircraft is returned to a normal
attitude. The procedures chosen to defuel a disabled aircraft should be made only after a thorough
investigation has been carried out to determine:
- The aircraft attitude
- The extent of damage to the structure and the functional status of the fuel and electrical
systems. The ability to energize the aircraft electrical power system through an external ground
power source (or the aircraft batteries) will reduce the total time required for the defuel process.
The lack of electrical power due to an inoperative electrical system, is the most common problem
associated with the defuel process.
The defuel system uses the same valves and fuel lines as the refuel system and components of the
engine feed and transfer systems. The aircraft can be defueled through one or more of the four hose
adapter couplings at the wing leading edges.
The quantity of fuel removed will vary considerably dependant on the aircraft attitude and the
method used to defuel.
Sufficient storage for the removed fuel must be available. This is a very important issue specially
when large amounts of fuel are involved. If the aircraft was involved in an incident where fuel
contamination is suspected, it is necessary to quarantine the removed fuel. Only when the applicable
authorities have made sure that this fuel is safe to use can it be used according to company and state
regulations.
Remove as much fuel as is possible prior to lifting the aircraft.
Large quantities of fuel can be trapped in the tanks due to abnormal aircraft attitudes. It is possible
that this fuel cannot be removed until the aircraft is level.
When one main landing gear has collapsed (or is deeply bogged in mud) the transfer of fuel from the
low wing to the opposite wing will reduce the weight of the low wing. This weight reduction will shift
the CG of the opposite wing outboard from the main landing gear. This transfer process is only
available when the fuel system is intact and power can be supplied to the fuel pumps and valves.
The defuel process may have to be carried out in several steps, as the aircraft is levelled and
stabilized several times.
Page 1
05-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Although the removal of the fuel is important, not all recovery operations will require its removal.
Where relatively small quantities of fuel remain, it is not necessary to remove it. This decision can
only be made once the survey has been completed. Decisions can also be made to reduce weight only
to the point where maximum lifting and jacking loads will not be exceeded. This is not a
recommended procedure and should be evaluated thoroughly.
2. General Preparation
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY ALL THE APPLICABLE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WHEN YOU REMOVE FUEL OR WHEN YOU WORK IN AN ENVIRONMENT
WHERE THERE IS FUEL.
WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL
ON ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSES FIRE.
Before you start the defuel, you must make sure that:
A. You obey all the safety precautions applicable to refueling/defueling.
B. The safety area is clearly identified and the tankers are in correct position, see FIGURE
05-10-00-991-004-A.
C. The aircraft is correctly grounded, see 09-10-13.
D. A ground cable connects the tanker to the MLG ground connection.
E. There are no open flames or smoking in the safety area.
F. Only personnel qualified to do the defuel operation are in the safety area.
G. All the equipment and material not necessary for the defuel procedure are moved out of the
safety area.
H. The correct safety and fire fighting equipment is in position with the qualified personnel to
operate it.
J. The escape lanes for the fuel tankers are clear of obstruction.
K. The fuel tankers have sufficient capacity for the quantity to be defueled.
L. Only the electrical equipment necessary for the defuel procedure is used.
M. You do not operate the aircraft main engines or the APU during the defuel procedure.
N. The electrical equipment you use will not create a spark.
P. Caps are installed on all damaged fuel pipes.
Q. All damaged electrical wiring and fuel pumps are isolated.
R. You only use pumps that are serviceable.
S. Do not do the defuel procedure in bad weather conditions. Lightning is dangerous.
T. Do not operate radio, radar equipment or mobile phone during the defuel procedure.
U. Immediately remove all fuel spillage in accordance with local procedures.
Page 2
05-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 3
05-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
15 m
(49 ft)
FUEL TANKER
LH REFUEL/
15 m DEFUEL−COUPLING 15 m
(49 ft) (IF INSTALLED) (49 ft)
SAFETY AREA
15 m 15 m
(49 ft) (49 ft)
15 m
(49 ft)
Defueling
Refueling/Defueling Area and Safety Zone
FIGURE-05-10-00-991-004-A01
Page 4
05-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 05-20-00-001-A01
Fuel System Basic Description
1. Basic Description
The fuel system:
- Controls and supplies fuel in the correct quantities to the fuel tanks during refuel operations,
- Supplies fuel to the engines via the engine feed tanks during flight,
- Supplies fuel to the APU,
- Gives indications in the cockpit of system operation,
- Gives indications in the cockpit of a malfunction in the system that could cause an unusual
condition,
- Controls defuel and fuel ground transfers.
See DESC 09-10-12-001-A01 for the ground service connections (refuel/defuel coupling and
refuel/defuel control panel).
Page 1
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 05-20-00-002-A01
Tanks
NOTE : On A319 and A320, Additional Centre Tanks (ACT) can be installed with a capacity of
2992 l (790 US gal) per tank.
NOTE : On A321, Additional Centre Tanks (ACT) can be installed with a capacity of 2900 l (766
US gal) per tank.
Page 2
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
3. Each tank has one or more water drain valves. These are used to:
- drain the water, which could possibly come out of the fuel in the tank
- drain the fuel that remains after a defuel procedure has been completed (for maintenance).
4. All of the fuel tanks are fueled/defueled through a standard 2.5 inch fuel coupling, located in the
right wing leading edge.
5. Each wing tank is vented through the vent/surge tanks.
6. The system uses the fuel transfer-pump to move the fuel.
7. The FQIC (Fuel Quantity Indication Computer) automatically controls the system, but if necessary,
the system can be manually controlled in the cockpit.
8. The fuel is delivered to the engines by booster pumps (2 per tank).
Page 3
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CENTER TANK
N_AR_052000_1_0130101_01_00
Fuel System
Fuel Tank General Arrangement
FIGURE-05-20-00-991-013-A01
Page 4
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CENTER TANK
N_AR_052000_1_0130201_01_00
Fuel System
Fuel Tank General Arrangement
FIGURE-05-20-00-991-013-B01
Page 5
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
CENTER TANK
N_AR_052000_1_0010101_01_00
Page 6
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
CENTER
TRANSFER
TANK
DIFFUSER
N_AR_052000_1_0010201_01_00
Page 7
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SENSOR
RIB2
LP VALVE
SUCTION
AIR VALVE
RELEASE
VALVE
RIB1
FUEL DRAIN
VALVE
RIB4 STRAINER
RIB6 MAIN FUEL PUMP
PRESSURE SWITCH
RIB8
Page 8
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
RIB16
RIB17
RIB16
OVERWING REFUEL ADAPTOR
WING TANK
NACA VENT INTAKE
FUEL VENT
PROTECTOR
RIB13
WING TANK
VENT DUCT
RIB15
RECIRCULATION
RIB17 PIPE
RIB19
RIB21 INNER TANK
PRESSURE
RIB22 HOLDING
VALVE OUTER TANK
REFUEL
SPILL
RIB27 RIB25 RIB23 PIPE
N_AR_052000_1_0020102_01_00
Page 9
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
LEGEND
RIB23
RIB13
RECIRCULATION
PIPE
RIB17 WING TANK VENT DUCT
RIB19 RIB15
RIB21
RIB22 PRESSURE HOLDING VALVE
RIB25 AIR INLET PIPE
RIB27
FUEL VENT PROTECTOR
N_AR_052000_1_0020201_01_00
Page 10
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
STRAINER
RIB2
ENGINE
CL
LP VALVE
SUCTION
VALVE
AIR
RELEASE
VALVE
RIB1
RIB11
N_AR_052000_1_0020202_01_00
Page 11
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 05-20-00-004-A01
Fuel Quantity Indicating System
1. The Fuel Quantity Indicating (FQI) system measures the total quantity of fuel in the fuel tanks. It
gives indications for these areas:
- The LH and RH wing tanks,
For A318, A319 and A320, it gives indications for the inner and outer tank.
- The center tank,
- The ACT, if installed
- Fuel on board (FOB).
2. The Magnetic Level Indicator (MLI) provides a secondary method to measure the fuel quantity.
See TASK 03-20-02-970-801-A01.
Page 12
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
B FUEL KG
F.USED 1 F.USED 2
3100 FOB 3100
14360
APU
A
LEFT CTR RIGHT
C
750 5030 2800 5030 750
−11 ?C + 10 + 10 ?C −11
X FEED
ENG 1 APU ENG 2
F OPEN F
U ON U
E L TK PUMPS CTR TK CTR TK R TK PUMPS E
1 2 PUMP 1 MODE SEL PUMP 2 1 2
L A
L
FAULT FAULT FAULT FAULT U FAULT FAULT FAULT
OFF OFF OFF MAN T OFF OFF OFF
O
ECAM TO
CONFIG CANC
UPPER DISPLAY
Fuel System
Control and Indications - Typical View
FIGURE-05-20-00-991-014-A01
Page 13
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
REFUEL/DEFUEL
CONTROL PANEL
FUEL QTY
kg x 1000
HI LVL
LEFT CTR RIGHT
REFUEL VALVES
OPEN OPEN OPEN
NORM NORM NORM
SHUT SHUT SHUT
OFF
DEFUEL / XFR
OPEN LTS NORM
A
NOTE: DEPENDING ON YOUR AIRCRAFT CONFIGURATION
N_AR_052000_1_0150101_01_00
Page 14
05-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 05-30-00-650-801-A01
Fuel Transfer
1. General
Not applicable.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
AMM 28-25-00-869-001
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 05-30-00-650-004-A01
A. General
(1) For the fuel transfer procedures, refer to AMM 28-25-00-869-001.
Page 1
05-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 05-40-00-001-A01
Defuel Scenarios
1. You can use one of the procedures that follow to defuel the aircraft:
A. Normal pressure defuel (with aircraft fuel pumps), with all systems serviceable, see TASK
05-40-01-650-801-A01.
B. Drain remaining fuel, see TASK 05-40-02-650-801-A01.
Page 1
05-40-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
05-40-01 DEFUEL SCENARIO 1 NORMAL PRESSURE DEFUEL WITH ALL AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS
SERVICEABLE
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 05-40-01-650-801-A01
Normal Pressure Defuel With All Aircraft Systems Serviceable
1. General
Not applicable.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
AMM 28-25-00-650-001
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 05-40-01-650-004-A01
A. General
(1) For the normal pressure defuel with all aircraft systems serviceable, refer to AMM
28-25-00-650-001.
Page 1
05-40-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 05-40-02-650-801-A01
Drain Remaining Fuel
1. General
This procedure can be used:
- To drain the fuel that remains in the fuel tanks.
- To defuel the aircraft when no other procedure can be done.
2. Inspections
Not applicable.
3. Job Setup References
See DESC 05-10-00-001-A01 for general preparation before you start the defuel procedure.
See DESC 09-10-12-001-A01 for the fuel system ground-connections.
See AMM 28-25-00-650-003 for the customized procedure.
To do this procedure, you can use:
- 97A28002117002 PURGING TOOL for wing and center tank.
or
- 98A28104000002 TOOL - PURGING for center tank only.
or
- 98A28203000000 TEST EQUIPMENT JET PUMP for wing and center tank.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
98A28104000002 TOOL - PURGING
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
TABLE 1
B.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01 Installation of the Safety Devices on Landing Gears
DESC 05-10-00-001-A01 General
DESC 09-10-12-001-A01 General
AMM 28-25-00-650-003
FIGURE 05-40-02-991-004-A FIGURE 05-40-02-991-004-A-Drain Remaining Fuel
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
Page 1
05-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT ALL PERSONNEL IS AT A SAFE DISTANCE DURING THE
REMOVAL OF FUEL, CARGO OR LARGE COMPONENTS. AN UNEQUAL
REMOVAL OF FUEL OR CARGO OR THE REMOVAL OF LARGE COMPONENTS
CAN CHANGE THE CG AND THE LONGITUDINAL AND LATERAL STABILITY OF
THE AIRCRAFT. DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT IF THE AIRCRAFT
FALLS ON RECOVERY PERSONNEL.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY ALL THE APPLICABLE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
WHEN YOU REMOVE FUEL OR WHEN YOU WORK IN AN ENVIRONMENT
WHERE THERE IS FUEL.
WARNING : DO NOT SPILL FUEL ON THE ENGINES OR THE BRAKES. IF YOU SPILL FUEL
ON ENGINES OR BRAKES THAT ARE HOT, IT CAN CAUSES FIRE.
Subtask 05-40-02-869-001-A01
A. Preparation
(1) Make sure that the ground safety locks are installed on the landing gears, see TASK
02-30-01-481-801-A01.
(2) On the panel 400VU:
- Make sure that the L/G control lever is in the DOWN position.
- put a warning notice in position to tell persons not to operate the landing gear.
(3) Put warning notices in position to tell persons not to operate L/G doors.
(4) Put safety barriers and access platforms in position.
(5) If the fuel temperature is less that -5 ˚C (+23.00 ˚F) and/or the water drain valves are
frozen, heat the drain valve areas with an approved hot air blower.
(6) For access to the CTR tank water drain valves, open access panels 195BB and 196BB.
Subtask 05-40-02-650-002-A01
B. Drain Fuel
NOTE : To drain fuel from the center tank, it is recommended to use 98A28104000002 TOOL
- PURGING to prevent leaks.
(1) On the PURGING TOOL, fully retract the nut (4), the screw (3) and the plunger assembly
(1).
Page 2
05-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : To increase the defueling rate, you can use a suction pump driven by an air drill.
Page 3
05-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
A 25QM
(26QM)
(A318/A319/A320 ONLY)
23QM
(24QM)
21QM
(22QM)
95QM 94QM
FUEL TANK
BOTTOM−SKIN 1
HOSE HOSE
OUTLET
AIR DRILL
A
N_AR_054002_1_0040101_01_00
Page 4
05-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 05-50-00-005-A01
General
1. See 09-10-14 for the description of the cargo compartments.
For data related to the different cargo compartment doors see DESC 09-10-10-003-A01.
Page 1
05-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 05-50-01-005-A01
Cargo Removal
1. General
This chapter gives data related to the removal of the cargo from the aircraft. The removal of the
cargo is an important task carried out during an aircraft recovery operation. Cargo removal will
remove a large amount of weight from the aircraft and can also control the Center of Gravity (CG).
The procedure you select to remove the cargo during the aircraft recovery operation should only be
made after a survey has been carried out to find:
- The aircraft stability and attitude.
- The extent of damage to the aircraft structure and components.
- The condition of the aircraft electrical systems.
- The condition of the cargo loading system.
- If an external ground power source is available.
- If the equipment necessary to remove the cargo is available.
The removal of the cargo is important but not all recovery operations will require its removal. When
a small amount of cargo is loaded it is possible that it is not necessary to remove it. This decision can
only be made once the survey has been completed. Decisions can also be made to remove the cargo
only to the point where the maximum lifting and jacking loads will not be exceeded or the aircraft
recovery operation can be completed.
See the Cargo Loading Manual (CLS) for the cargo removal procedure.
Page 1
05-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 05-60-00-001-A01
General
1. Large aircraft components are not usually removed during a recovery operation.
WARNING : YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS BEFORE YOU MANUALLY OPERATE A SYSTEM
OR REMOVE A COMPONENT WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS IN AN ABNORMAL
ATTITUDE OR DISABLED. THE AMM PROCEDURES ARE APPLICABLE ON AN
AIRCRAFT IN A LEVEL CONFIGURATION ONLY.
Removal can be necessary when:
- Damaged components such as flap sections, ailerons, elevators, etc. are not safely attached,
- It is necessary to decrease the weight and/or to control CG,
- The runway or the airport was closed because of the accident. In this case, it is necessary to
remove the vertical stabilizer. This is an unusual event which can occur only if the runway or
airport would be closed for a long time,
- You used escape slides during evacuation. After the evacuation, it is necessary to carefully
disconnect and remove the escape slides,
- Landing gear and/or other components are broken.
Page 1
05-60-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 06-00-00-001-A01
General
1. Leveling and Lifting Families
There are 5 basic leveling families (see 06-60-00).
2. Aircraft Pitch and Roll Angles
Before you start the recovery, it is possible to find the aircraft pitch and roll angles when no electrical
power is available.
The items of equipment that you can use are:
- An attitude monitor (clinometer), located in the belly fairing
- A spirit level, a clinometer or similar device located on the forward cargo-compartment floor
beams or on the cabin floor seat tracks.
It is possible to use the same equipment to find when the aircraft is leveled.
3. Leveling/Lifting of the Aircraft
Page 1
06-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
However, to replace a landing gear, the necessary height of the fuselage datum is 5210 mm
(205.12 in) above the ground.
C. The aircraft can be in such an attitude that it is necessary to do the leveling operation before
the lifting operation.
In this case, you must keep the aircraft in a level attitude during the lifting phase.
NOTE : As each aircraft recovery situation is different, you must analyze the conditions and
available equipment before you decide which leveling or lifting procedure you will use.
Page 2
06-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 06-00-00-002-A01
Leveling/Lifting Obstructions
1. It may be necessary to remove the items that follow to make the leveling / lifting operation easier.
NOTE : The list is not exhaustive. The optional items of equipment can change as they are related
to the customer configuration.
Name Zone IPC AMM
GPS Antenna 1 & 2 220 IPC 34-36-16 AMM 34-36-16-000-001
VHF 1 Antenna 220 IPC 23-12-11 AMM 23-12-11-000-001
ATC Antenna 1 & 2 (Top & 120/230 IPC 34-52-11 AMM 34-52-11-000-001
Bottom)
TCAS Antenna (Top & Bottom) 130/230 IPC 34-43-11 AMM 34-43-11-000-001
DME 2 Antenna 120/130 IPC 34-51-11 AMM 34-51-11-000-002
MARKER Antenna 130 IPC 34-55-18 AMM 34-55-18-000-001
Angle of Attack Sensors 127/231/232IPC 34-11-19 AMM 34-11-19-000-001
Drain Mast 130 IPC 30-71-51 AMM 30-71-51-000-001
FWD Fuselage
TABLE 1
Page 3
06-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR23
MARKER
FR25 FR35
N_AR_060000_1_0010101_01_00
Antennas Location
FWD Fuselage (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-00-00-991-001-A01
Page 4
06-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR57 FR69
N_AR_060000_1_0010103_01_00
Antennas Location
AFT Fuselage (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-00-00-991-001-A01
Page 5
06-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR20 FR34
AOA SENSOR 3
FR15
N_AR_060000_1_0010201_01_00
Antennas Location
FWD Fuselage (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-00-00-991-001-B01
Page 6
06-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR53 FR62
N_AR_060000_1_0010202_01_00
Antennas Location
AFT Fuselage (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-00-00-991-001-B01
Page 7
06-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR20 FR32
AOA SENSOR 3
FR15
N_AR_060000_1_0010301_01_00
Antennas Location
FWD Location (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-00-00-991-001-C01
Page 8
06-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR51 FR59
N_AR_060000_1_0010302_01_00
Antennas Location
AFT Fuselage (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-00-00-991-001-C01
Page 9
06-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 06-10-00-970-801-A01
Vertical Loads Determination
1. General
This section gives data about the vertical loads related to aircraft leveling/lifting during the recovery
operation and about the way to calculate them.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
A. General
The theoretical calculations that follow help to find the loads necessary for leveling/lifting. They
also help to:
- Make sure the aircraft is stable,
- Do a selection of applicable methods of leveling/lifting,
- Do a check of the local structural capability of the aircraft to prevent secondary damage,
- Make sure the recovery procedure is applicable to the related weight condition of the
aircraft.
The simplified calculations are related to the assumptions that follow:
- The aircraft structure is considered as rigid. The calculations do not take into account the
flexibility in the aircraft structure,
- The leveling/lifting is done at 3 points (isostatic conditions),
- The calculation take into account only the vertical loads,
- You do the leveling/lifting operations on solid ground conditions and the slings are without
elongation,
- The calculation do not take into account the effects of wind and temperature.
B. Location of the 3 lifting points on the aircraft X and Y reference axes
See FIGURE 06-10-00-991-001-A.
- For the left wing: X1 and Y1 position of the lifting point,
- For the right wing: X3 and Y3 position of the lifting point,
- For the fuselage: X2 and Y2 position of the lifting point.
As the fuselage lifting point is located on the aircraft centerline, Y2 = 0.
Page 1
06-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : During the leveling/lifting procedure, it can be necessary to use only one lifting point.
The aircraft will then pivot around a fixed point such as a main landing gear. For
example, with the nose landing gear collapsed, there is only one lifting point and the
aircraft will pivot around main landing gears.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
06-60-00 LEVELING AND LIFTING SCENARIOS
03-00-00 WEIGHT AND CG MANAGEMENT
FIGURE 06-10-00-991-001-A FIGURE 06-10-00-991-001-A-Load Determination
FIGURE 06-10-00-991-002-A FIGURE 06-10-00-991-002-A-Load Determination
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
Subtask 06-10-00-970-001-A01
A. Load Calculation
NOTE : Principle for the calculation of the loads at the recovery leveling/lifting points.
(1) Find the 3 leveling/lifting points and related X and Y values, applicable to the attitude of
the aircraft and the related scenario (see 06-60-00).
(2) Find the values of the NRW, XG and YG (X and Y coordinates of aircraft CG position)
calculated for your aircraft condition (see 03-00-00).
(3) Record these values in the load calculation worksheet (see FIGURE 06-10-00-991-002-A)
and calculate the necessary intermediate values.
(4) Use the results of the load calculation worksheet (see FIGURE 06-10-00-991-002-A) to find
the values of the vertical loads (Fz) at the 3 leveling/lifting points.
Fz1 = NRW × ((YG - Y2)(X2 - X3) - (XG - X2)(Y2 - Y3)) / ((X1 - X2)(Y2 - Y3) - (Y1 -
Y2)(X2 - X3))
Fz1 =
Fz2 = NRW × ((YG - Y3)(X3 - X1) - (XG - X3)(Y3 - Y1)) / ((X2 - X3)(Y3 - Y1) - (Y2 -
Y3)(X3 - X1))
Fz2 =
Fz3 = NRW × ((YG - Y1)(X1 - X2) - (XG - X1)(Y1 - Y2)) / ((X3 - X1)(Y1 - Y2) - (Y3 -
Y1)(X1 - X2))
Fz3 =
Page 2
06-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 06-10-00-869-001-A01
B. Load Distribution Compared to Allowable Loads
(1) For jacks: You must compare the vertical load directly with the allowable load.
(2) For pneumatic lifting bags:
Use the formula that follows to calculate the pressure of the pneumatic lifting bag:
p = Fz / (L × W)
L = length and W = width of the pneumatic lifting bag.
This pressure must be less than or equal to:
- The maximum pressure of the pneumatic lifting bag,
- The maximum allowable pressure that the pneumatic lifting bag can apply to the
aircraft structure.
(3) For slings:
Use the formula that follows to calculate the load on each sling:
f = Fz / N
N = number of slings.
This load must be less than or equal to the aircraft maximum allowable load at the related
frame.
NOTE : If loads at leveling/lifting points are not in the allowable values, it is necessary to
make new calculations for the recovery configuration, with:
- A modified weight and balance,
- A change in the recovery means arrangements,
- The use of other applicable recovery methods,
- Or any combinations of these modifications.
Page 3
06-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_061000_1_0010101_01_02
+X
Y3
Y1
X3
X1
Y2 = 0
2540 mm
(100 in)
LIFTING POINT
X2
NOTE:
−Y
CL
Load Determination
Location of the 3 Lifting Points
FIGURE-06-10-00-991-001-A01
Page 4
06-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
LEVELING/LIFTING POINT 1 X1 Y1
SEE 06−00−00
LEVELING/LIFTING POINT 2 X2 Y2
SEE 06−00−00
LEVELING/LIFTING POINT 3 X3 Y3
SEE 06−00−00
N_AR_061000_1_0020101_01_00
Load Determination
Load Calculation Worksheet
FIGURE-06-10-00-991-002-A01
Page 5
06-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 06-10-00-970-802-A01
Side loads on Jack Fittings
1. General
This section gives data about the side loads on jack fittings related to the aircraft leveling/lifting
phase during the recovery operation and about the way to calculate them.
When you level the aircraft from an unusual attitude, an arc movement (horizontal translation) of the
jacking point is related to the displacement.
If you use a special recovery jack, the jack head can move along the arc movement. Thus, there are
no related side loads applied on the jacking point.
If you use a jack that cannot move along the arc movement, the jack will apply side loads to the
aircraft structure. If these side loads are more than the allowable loads, they will cause damage to the
aircraft structure. It is necessary to calculate the side loads for each leveling/lifting scenario.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Not Applicable.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 06-10-00-970-801-A01 Vertical Loads Determination
06-60-00 LEVELING AND LIFTING SCENARIOS
03-00-00 WEIGHT AND CG MANAGEMENT
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE A JACK THAT CANNOT MOVE ALONG THE ARC
MOVEMENT. THE JACK WILL APPLY SIDE LOADS TO THE AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURE. IF THESE LOADS ARE MORE THAN THE ALLOWABLE LOADS,
THEY WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE STRUCTURE.
Subtask 06-10-00-970-002-A01
A. Load Calculation
(1) Find the aircraft recovery configuration and a leveling/lifting method.
Page 6
06-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(2) Measure the aircraft pitch (β) and lateral (α) angles with one of the tools or the method
that follow:
- An attitude monitor (clinometer), in the belly fairing, 192MB,
- A spirit level, a clinometer or equivalent device that can be used on the forward cargo-
compartment floor beams or on the cabin floor seat tracks,
- The aircraft geometry and characteristic points.
See 06-60-00 to find the applicable recovery scenario and the related typical aircraft
possible angles.
NOTE : The typical angles are given as an example. For all scenarios, you must measure
the aircraft pitch and lateral angles for each recovery operation before you start
any leveling/lifting procedure. The actual angles are related to the weight and
CG configuration of the recovery aircraft.
(3) Calculate the NRW and CG position (see 03-00-00) and calculate the vertical loads (Fz)
(see TASK 06-10-00-970-801-A01) at the leveling/lifting point.
(4) Calculate the Fx side load (component on the X axis).
Fx = tan β × Fz
(5) Calculate the Fy side load (component on the Y axis).
Fy = tan α × Fz
(6) Calculate the resultant (R) of Fx and Fy:
R = √(Fx2 + Fy2)
(7) Make sure the resultant R is less than the maximum allowable side load. If the side load is
not less than or equal to the maximum allowable load, you must reduce the applied vertical
load until the resultant side load is less than the allowable side load. To reduce the applied
vertical load, you can reduce the weight of the aircraft.
Page 7
06-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 06-10-00-970-803-A01
Arc Movement Calculation
1. General
This section gives data about the arc movement of the leveling/lifting point related to the aircraft
leveling/lifting during the recovery operation and about the way to calculate it.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
When you level the aircraft, it will rotate around a fixed pivot point on the ground and this will cause
movement along the X or Y axis. This movement is called Arc Movement.
You must control this movement during all the recovery procedure.
4. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
FIGURE 06-10-00-991-003-A FIGURE 06-10-00-991-003-A-Arc Movement Calculation
FIGURE 06-10-00-991-004-A FIGURE 06-10-00-991-004-A-Arc Movement Calculation
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
Subtask 06-10-00-970-003-A01
A. Arc Movement Calculation at Fuselage Leveling/Lifting Points
(1) Measurement at Aircraft Basic Position
See FIGURE 06-10-00-991-003-A.
You must make the measurements at the points that follow:
- Fixed pivot point: the point around which the aircraft will rotate (X axis).
- Fuselage/ground contact point: the contact point between the fuselage and the
ground. This point must be lifted to a level attitude (X axis).
- Leveling/Lifting point: the point where you apply the loads and where you calculate the
arc movement (X axis).
- Characteristic point: a point on the lower part of fuselage that you will use for angle
calculation (both X and Z axes).
Page 8
06-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 06-10-00-970-004-A01
B. Arc Movement Calculation at Wing Leveling/Lifting Points
(1) Measurement at Aircraft Basic Position
See FIGURE 06-10-00-991-004-A.
You must make the measurements at the points that follow:
- Fixed pivot point: the point around which the aircraft will rotate (Y axis).
- Wing/ground contact point on the lower wing: the contact point between the wing and
the ground. This point must be lifted to a level attitude (Y axis).
- Leveling/Lifting point: the point were you apply the loads and where you calculate the
arc movement (Y axis).
- Characteristic point: a point on the lower part of the engine nacelle on the high wing
that you use for angle calculation (the two Y and Z axes).
(2) Arc Movement Calculation
(a) Calculate the angle.
tan α = dz / dy
Where:
dy is the distance from the wing ground contact point (lower wing) to the
characteristic point on the lower part of the engine nacelle on the higher wing.
dz is the height from the ground to the characteristic point.
(b) Calculate the arc movement.
∆Y = (L - L’) - √((L - L’)2 + tan2 α × (L’2 - L2))
Where:
∆Y is the arc movement.
L is the distance from the wing ground contact point to the fixed pivot point (for
example: main landing gear).
L’ is the distance from the wing ground contact point to the leveling/lifting point.
Page 9
06-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_061000_1_0030101_01_00
CHARACTERISTIC POINT
ANGLE CALCULATION
ON FUSELAGE FOR
dz
MAIN LANDING GEAR
FIXED PIVOT POINT
dx
L
X
LIFTING POINT
FUSELAGE/GROUND
L’
CONTACT POINT
Page 10
06-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_061000_1_0040101_01_00
INBOARD NACELLE/GROUND
CONTACT POINT
LIFTING POINT
L’
L
Y
dy
MAIN LANDING GEAR
FIXED PIVOT POINT
Page 11
06-10-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-30-00-001-A01
General
1. Location of Primary Jacking Points
CAUTION : YOU CAN USE ALL COMBINATIONS OF THE JACKING POINTS (ONE OR MORE)
TO LEVEL/LIFT THE AIRCRAFT. THE JACK LOADS AT EACH JACKING POINT
MUST NOT BE MORE THAN THE ALLOWABLE LOADS (VERTICAL (FZ) AND
HORIZONTAL (FH).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE SAME FITTING FOR TETHERING AND LIFTING OF THE
AIRCRAFT AT THE SAME TIME. THE LOADS ON THE FITTING WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
There are three primary jacking points on the aircraft (See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-006-A):
- One under the left wing, at RIB 9
- One under the right wing, at RIB 9
- One on the lower forward fuselage, in front of the nose landing gear doors, at FR 8.
2. Location of Auxiliary Jacking Points
An auxiliary jacking point for a safety stay is located on the lower aft fuselage, between FR 73 and
FR 74. (See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-006-A)
A jack must be installed in this position only once the aircraft is level. This point must be used to
make the aircraft stable only.
3. Maximum Jacking Weight
The maximum aircraft weight for jacking is 53000 kg (116844.97 lb).
4. Maximum Loads
See 06-10-00 to determine the loads related to the aircraft attitude, to select the leveling/lifting
procedure.
See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-010-A to determine loads on jacking points
Fz is the load applied in the vertical direction.
Page 1
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Fh is the load applied in all horizontal directions. See TASK 06-10-00-970-802-A01 to calculate the
side loads.
Airbus recommends that you use load cells and lifting devices with side load measuring equipment
that can accurately record and report the jacking point side loads.
Jacking Point Fz (daN) Fz (lbf) Fh (daN) Fh (lbf)
RH Wing 28500 64070 9405 21143
LH Wing 28500 64070 9405 21143
Nose 6800 15287 2244 5045
Allowable Loads on Primary Jacking Points
TABLE 1
Page 2
06-30-00 May 01/21
26.44 m
**ON A/C A318-100
(86.75 ft)
15.18 m
(49.8 ft)
2.74 m
(8.99 ft) WING JACKING
POINT
Location
Jacking Points
CL
FIGURE-06-30-00-991-006-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SAFETY
POINT
FWD JACKING
@A318/A319/A320/A321
6.5 m
POINT
06-30-00
(21.33 ft)
WING JACKING
POINT
N_AR_063000_1_0060101_01_00
Page 3
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
10 20 30 40
15 25 35
55
50 CG
70 45 AIRCRAFT
40 CG (% RC
35 ) B
30
25
20
LOAD ON WING JACKING POINTS (kg x 1000)
15
60 70
65
50 60
40 50
C 45
30 40 A
TIP UP NRW
SECURITY
MARGIN 35
20 30
0 1 2 3 4 D 5 6 7 8 9 10
EXAMPLE : ASSUME AIRCRAFT WITH NRW OF 40000 kg A AND CENTER OF GRAVITY AT 20% RC B .
THE REACTION AT THE WING JACKING POINTS IS 35300 kg (17650 kg PER SIDE) C AND THE
REACTION AT THE FORWARD FUSELAGE JACKING POINT IS 4700 kg D . IF THE AIRCRAFT
MUST BE LIFTED OUTSIDE THE WIND SPEED MUST NOT BE IN EXCESS OF 29 Kt.
N_AR_063000_1_0100101_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Aircraft on Jacks
FIGURE-06-30-00-991-010-A01
Page 4
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-30-00-001-B01
General
1. Location of Primary Jacking Points
CAUTION : YOU CAN USE ALL COMBINATIONS OF THE JACKING POINTS (ONE OR MORE)
TO LEVEL/LIFT THE AIRCRAFT. THE JACK LOADS AT EACH JACKING POINT
MUST NOT BE MORE THAN THE ALLOWABLE LOADS (VERTICAL (FZ) AND
HORIZONTAL (FH).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE SAME FITTING FOR TETHERING AND LIFTING OF THE
AIRCRAFT AT THE SAME TIME. THE LOADS ON THE FITTING WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
There are three primary jacking points on the aircraft (See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-007-A):
- One under the left wing, at RIB 9
- One under the right wing, at RIB 9
- One on the lower forward fuselage, in front of the nose landing gear doors, at FR 8.
2. Location of Auxiliary Jacking Points
An auxiliary jacking point for a safety stay is located on the lower aft fuselage, between FR 73 and
FR 74. (See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-007-A)
A jack must be installed in this position only once the aircraft is level. This point must be used to
make the aircraft stable only.
3. Maximum Jacking Weight
The maximum aircraft weight for jacking is 57000 kg (125663.45 lb).
4. Maximum Loads
See 06-10-00 to determine the loads related to the aircraft attitude, to select the leveling/lifting
procedure.
See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-011-Ato determine loads on jacking points.
Fz is the load applied in the vertical direction.
Fh is the load applied in all horizontal directions. See TASK 06-10-00-970-802-A01 to calculate the
side loads.
Page 5
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Airbus recommends that you use load cells and lifting devices with side load measuring equipment
that can accurately record and report the jacking point side loads.
Jacking Point Fz (daN) Fz (lbf) Fh (daN) Fh (lbf)
RH Wing 28500 64070 9405 21143
LH Wing 28500 64070 9405 21143
Nose 6800 15287 2244 5045
Allowable Loads on Primary Jacking Points
TABLE 1
Page 6
06-30-00 May 01/21
28.83 m
**ON A/C A319-100
(94.59 ft)
15.97 m
(52.4 ft)
WING JACKING
2.74 m POINT
(8.99 ft)
Location
Jacking Points
CL
FIGURE-06-30-00-991-007-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FWD JACKING
POINT SAFETY
@A318/A319/A320/A321
6.5 m POINT
06-30-00
(21.33 ft)
WING JACKING
POINT
N_AR_063000_1_0070101_01_00
Page 7
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
10 20 30 40
15 25 35
55 CG
50 AIRCRA
45 FT CG (%
70 RC) B
40
35
30
25
20
15
LOAD ON WING JACKING POINTS (kg x 1000)
10
60 70
65
50 60
40 50
C
45
A
30 40 NRW
TIP UP
SECURITY
MARGIN 35
20 30
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
D
LOAD ON FORWARD FUSELAGE JACKING POINT (kg x 1000)
EXAMPLE : ASSUME AIRCRAFT WITH NRW OF 42000 kg A AND CENTER OF GRAVITY AT 25% RC B .
THE REACTION AT THE WING JACKING POINTS IS 38000 kg (19000 kg PER SIDE) C AND THE
REACTION AT THE FORWARD FUSELAGE JACKING POINT IS 4000 kg D . IF THE AIRCRAFT
MUST BE LIFTED OUTSIDE THE WIND SPEED MUST NOT BE IN EXCESS OF 30 Kt.
N_AR_063000_1_0110101_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Aircraft on Jacks
FIGURE-06-30-00-991-011-A01
Page 8
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-30-00-001-C01
General
1. Location of Primary Jacking Points
CAUTION : YOU CAN USE ALL COMBINATIONS OF THE JACKING POINTS (ONE OR MORE)
TO LEVEL/LIFT THE AIRCRAFT. THE JACK LOADS AT EACH JACKING POINT
MUST NOT BE MORE THAN THE ALLOWABLE LOADS (VERTICAL (FZ) AND
HORIZONTAL (FH).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE SAME FITTING FOR TETHERING AND LIFTING OF THE
AIRCRAFT AT THE SAME TIME. THE LOADS ON THE FITTING WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
There are three primary jacking points on the aircraft (See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-008-A):
- One under the left wing, at RIB 9
- One under the right wing, at RIB 9
- One on the lower forward fuselage, in front of the nose landing gear doors, at FR 8.
2. Location of Auxiliary Jacking Points
An auxiliary jacking point for a safety stay is located on the lower aft fuselage, between FR 73 and
FR 74. (See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-008-A)
A jack must be installed in this position only once the aircraft is level. This point must be used to
make the aircraft stable only.
3. The maximum aircraft weight for jacking is 59000 kg (130072.70 lb).
4. Maximum Loads
See 06-10-00 to determine the loads related to the aircraft attitude, to select the leveling/lifting
procedure.
See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-012-A to determine loads on jacking points.
Fz is the load applied in the vertical direction.
Fh is the load applied in all horizontal directions. See TASK 06-10-00-970-802-A01 to calculate the
side loads.
Airbus recommends that you use load cells and lifting devices with side load measuring equipment
that can accurately record and report the jacking point side loads.
Page 9
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 10
06-30-00 May 01/21
32.57 m
**ON A/C A320-200
(106.86 ft)
17.56 m
(57.61 ft)
WING JACKING
2.74 m POINT
(8.99 ft)
Location
Jacking Points
CL
FIGURE-06-30-00-991-008-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FWD JACKING
POINT SAFETY
6.5 m POINT
(21.33 ft)
@A318/A319/A320/A321
WING JACKING
06-30-00
POINT
N_AR_063000_1_0080101_01_00
Page 11
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
60 70
65
50 60
55
C 45
30 40
TIP UP A
SECURITY 35 NRW
MARGIN
20 30
0 1 2 3 D 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
EXAMPLE : ASSUME AIRCRAFT WITH NRW OF 38000 kg A AND CENTER OF GRAVITY AT 24% RC B .
THE REACTION AT THE WING JACKING POINTS IS 34700 kg (17350 kg PER SIDE) C AND THE
REACTION AT THE FORWARD FUSELAGE JACKING POINT IS 3300 kg D . IF THE AIRCRAFT
MUST BE LIFTED OUTSIDE THE WIND SPEED MUST NOT BE IN EXCESS OF 30 Kt.
N_AR_063000_1_0120101_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Aircraft on Jacks
FIGURE-06-30-00-991-012-A01
Page 12
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-30-00-001-D01
General
1. Location of Primary Jacking Points
CAUTION : YOU CAN USE ALL COMBINATIONS OF THE JACKING POINTS (ONE OR MORE)
TO LEVEL/LIFT THE AIRCRAFT. THE JACK LOADS AT EACH JACKING POINT
MUST NOT BE MORE THAN THE ALLOWABLE LOADS (VERTICAL (FZ) AND
HORIZONTAL (FH).
CAUTION : DO NOT USE THE SAME FITTING FOR TETHERING AND LIFTING OF THE
AIRCRAFT AT THE SAME TIME. THE LOADS ON THE FITTING WILL CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
There are three primary jacking points on the aircraft (See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-009-A):
- One under the left wing, at RIB 9
- One under the right wing, at RIB 9
- One on the lower forward fuselage, in front of the nose landing gear doors, at FR 8.
2. Location of Auxiliary Jacking Points
An auxiliary jacking point for a safety stay is located on the lower aft fuselage, between FR 73 and
FR 74. (See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-009-A)
A jack must be installed in this position only once the aircraft is level. This point must be used to
make the aircraft stable only.
3. Maximum Jacking Weight
The maximum aircraft weight for jacking is 69000 kg (152118.92 lb).
4. Maximum Loads
See 06-10-00 to determine the loads related to the aircraft attitude, to select the leveling/lifting
procedure.
See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-013-A to determine load on jacking points.
Fz is the load applied in the vertical direction.
Fh is the load applied in all horizontal directions. See TASK 06-10-00-970-802-A01 to calculate the
side loads.
Page 13
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Airbus recommends that you use load cells and lifting devices with side load measuring equipment
that can accurately record and report the jacking point side loads.
Jacking Point Fz (daN) Fz (lbf) Fh (daN) Fh (lbf)
RH Wing 33400 75086 11022 24778
LH Wing 33400 75086 11022 24778
Nose 6800 15287 2244 5045
Allowable Loads on Primary Jacking Points
TABLE 1
Page 14
06-30-00 May 01/21
39.5 m
(129.56 ft)
**ON A/C A321-100 A321-200
21.83 m
(71.62 ft)
2.74 m
WING JACKING
(8.99 ft)
POINT
Location
Jacking Points
CL
FIGURE-06-30-00-991-009-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
POINT
06-30-00
N_AR_063000_1_0090101_01_00
Page 15
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
10 25 35 45
20 30 40
CG
55
50 45
80 B
40
35
30 25 AIRCRAF
20 T CG (%
15 RC)
10
70 80
LOAD ON WING JACKING POINTS (kg x 1000)
75
60 70
C
65
A
50 60 NRW
55
40 50
30 40
TIP UP
SECURITY 35
MARGIN
20 30
0 1 2 3 4D 5 6 7 8 9 10
LOAD ON FORWARD FUSELAGE JACKING POINT (kg x 1000)
EXAMPLE : ASSUME AIRCRAFT WITH NRW OF 62500 kg A AND CENTER OF GRAVITY AT 22% RC B .
THE REACTION AT THE WING JACKING POINTS IS 58000 kg (29000 kg PER SIDE) C AND THE
REACTION AT THE FORWARD FUSELAGE JACKING POINT IS 4500 kg D . IF THE AIRCRAFT
MUST BE LIFTED OUTSIDE THE WIND SPEED MUST NOT BE IN EXCESS OF 38 Kt.
N_AR_063000_1_0130101_01_00
Aircraft Stability
Aircraft on Jacks
FIGURE-06-30-00-991-013-A01
Page 16
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 06-30-00-002-A01
Type of Jacks
1. There are three general types of jacks:
A. Special Aircraft Recovery Jacks
This type of jack can move along the arc movement in the specified limits.
The jack manufacturer instructions must be obeyed.
There are two primary types of aircraft recovery jacks: hydraulic and low profile multi-stage
jacks:
- Monopole design:
This is a multi stage single ram attached to a large base plate. The jacking head can move
along the arc movement in the specified limits.
- Tripod design:
This type of jack is almost the same as a hanger or maintenance tripod jack. The difference
is that it is possible to operate and control each multi-stage leg independently. Pressure
gauges are installed on each leg to monitor loads independently. The operator can make
sure the jack head moves in a limited arc. It is possible to operate the jack manually with a
lever or control it from a powered console.
B. Standard Maintenance Tripod Jacks
This type of jack is can only do a very limited arc movement. We recommend you do not use a
standard maintenance jack for recovery operations. When you use a standard maintenance jack,
it is necessary to do the lifting operation in small steps and reposition the jack between each
step.
C. Bottle or Wheel Jacks
They can be used for initial leveling or lifting in constricted areas. They have the same limit as
the standard maintenance tripod jacks.
Page 17
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 06-30-00-581-802-A01
Jacking
1. General
This section gives the data related to the aircraft jacking for leveling or lifting.
NOTE : If you use jacks to level or lift the aircraft, you must put them in position on a satisfactory
base. The surface must be flat and the jack must be plumb in place.
2. Inspections
Do an inspection of the area of each jacking point that you will use. Make sure there is no damage
and that each jacking point is serviceable.
3. Job Setup References
For jacking point locations, see DESC 06-30-00-001-A01DESC 06-30-00-001-B01DESC 06-30-00-001-
C01DESC 06-30-00-001-D01.
For general data on jack adaptors, see FIGURE 06-30-00-991-004-A.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
98D07103500000 JACK ADAPTER - FUSELAGE
98D07104000000 JACKING PAD SET (A320)
98D07104000001 JACKING PAD SET (A318, A319, A320)
98D07104081000 JACKING PAD SET (A321)
98D07103000000 DYNAMOMETER - SAFETY STAY
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
TABLE 1
B.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
DESC 06-30-00-001-A01 General
DESC 06-30-00-001-B01 General
DESC 06-30-00-001-C01 General
DESC 06-30-00-001-D01 General
FIGURE 06-30-00-991-004-A FIGURE 06-30-00-991-004-A-Installation of the Jack Adaptors
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
Page 18
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
WARNING : YOU MUST MONITOR AIRCRAFT STABILITY, WEIGHT AND CG DURING THE
RECOVERY PROCESS.
CAUTION : YOU CAN USE ALL COMBINATIONS OF THE JACKING POINTS (ONE OR MORE)
TO LEVEL/LIFT THE AIRCRAFT. THE JACK LOADS AT EACH JACKING POINT
MUST NOT BE MORE THAN THE ALLOWABLE LOADS (VERTICAL (FZ) AND
HORIZONTAL (FH).
CAUTION : YOU MUST NOT USE THE SAFETY STAY TO LEVEL OR LIFT THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU LIFT OR YOU LOWER THE AIRCRAFT MAKE SURE THAT THERE
IS NO EQUIPMENT ADJACENT TO IT THAT CAN CAUSE DAMAGE. MAKE SURE
THAT NO OTHER WORK IS BEING DONE.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
Subtask 06-30-00-581-003-A01
A. Installation of the jack adaptors
(1) At the FWD jacking point, FR8:
See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-004-A.
(a) Examine the 98D07103500000 JACK ADAPTER - FUSELAGE (1) and make sure
that there is no damage.
(b) Install the 98D07103500000 JACK ADAPTER - FUSELAGE (1) at the FWD jacking
point.
(2) At the wing Jacking Points, RIB9:
See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-004-A.
(a) Remove the blanking plugs from the wing.
(b) Install the dowels (3)
(c) Put the 98D07104000000 JACKING PAD SET (A320) or 98D07104000001 JACKING
PAD SET (A318, A319, A320) or 98D07104081000 JACKING PAD SET (A321) (2)
in position under the wing and install the bolt.
(3) At the Auxiliary Jacking Point, between FR73 and FR74:
See FIGURE 06-30-00-991-004-A
(a) Install the 98D07103000000 DYNAMOMETER - SAFETY STAY (4) at the safety
stay point.
Page 19
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
FR8
RIB9
A
B
RIB9
B
C FR74 FR73
LOWER SURFACE
A C
01 03
NOTE: 02 B
01 FOR DETAILS, SEE SHEET 2
02 FOR DETAILS, SEE SHEET 3
03 FOR DETAILS, SEE SHEET 4
N_AR_063000_1_0040101_01_00
Page 20
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
FR8
FITTING PART
98D07103500000 R 19.0 mm (0.75 in)
ADAPTATOR PART
98A07003906200
LOAD CELL
343A100KN2
ADAPTATOR PART
98A07003907200
JACK
N_AR_063000_1_0040102_01_00
Page 21
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
JACK PAD
98D07104000000 (FOR A320)
98D07104000001 (FOR A318, A319, A320)
98D07104081000 (FOR A321)
R 32 mm (1.26 in)
ADAPTOR
98A07003911200
LOAD CELL
343A400KN2
ADAPTOR
98A07003907200
JACK
N_AR_063000_1_0040103_01_01
Page 22
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
19D53571595
R 19 mm (0.75 in)
LOAD CELL
98D07103000000
ADAPTATOR
SAFETY JACK
N_AR_063000_1_0040104_01_00
Page 23
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 06-30-00-581-801-A01
General Preparation and Instructions for Leveling and Lifting the Aircraft with Jacks
1. General
This section gives the data related to the use of jacks to level and lift the aircraft: allowable loads,
general preparation and instructions.
NOTE : If you use jacks to level or lift the aircraft, you must put them in position on a satisfactory
base. The surface must be flat and the jack must be plumb in place.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
A. General
See DESC 06-30-00-001-A01DESC 06-30-00-001-B01DESC 06-30-00-001-C01DESC
06-30-00-001-D01 for the localization of the jacking points and allowable jacking loads.
See TASK 06-30-00-581-802-A01 for data about the installation of a jack adaptor.
When you lift the aircraft with three jacks, the weight of the aircraft must not be more than the
maximum jacking weight. The maximum jacking weight is not applicable for leveling with one
or two jacks but the load on each jack must not be more than the maximum allowable loads.
When you lift the aircraft with jacks, it is necessary to monitor the loads at the related jacking
points.
You must also make sure that the wind speed is not more than the maximum allowable speed.
See DESC 06-30-00-001-A01DESC 06-30-00-001-B01DESC 06-30-00-001-C01DESC
06-30-00-001-D01
B. Aircraft Jacking Stability
When you use jacks to level or lift the aircraft, you must put them in position on a satisfactory
base. The surface must be flat and the jack must be plumb when it is in position. The load
bearing capacity of the soil must support the loads applied at the jack footprint.
You can use plywood sheets with steel plates on top to make the ground more rigid. In some
conditions, it can be necessary to excavate and prepare a base of coarse gravel before you place
the plywood sheets and steel plates.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 06-30-00-581-802-A01 Jacking
TASK 06-10-00-970-801-A01 Vertical Loads Determination
TASK 06-10-00-970-803-A01 Arc Movement Calculation
TASK 06-10-00-970-802-A01 Side loads on Jack Fittings Determination
TASK 02-20-02-285-801-A01 Initial Site Survey
Page 24
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01 Installation of the Safety Devices on Landing Gears
DESC 06-30-00-001-A01 General
DESC 06-30-00-001-B01 General
DESC 06-30-00-001-C01 General
DESC 06-30-00-001-D01 General
04-30-00 TETHERING THE AIRCRAFT
03-50-01 MANAGING AIRCRAFT WEIGHT AND CG
05-50-01 CARGO REMOVAL
05-60-00 REMOVAL OF LARGE COMPONENTS
07-60-00 MOVING DAMAGED AIRCRAFT
AMM 07-11-00-581-001
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE LOADS APPLIED AT EACH JACKING POINT ARE NOT
MORE THAN THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LOADS.
CAUTION : IF THE LOADS APPLIED DURING THE RECOVERY PROCEDURE ARE MORE
THAN THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LOADS, YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS
FOR SPECIFIC INSPECTIONS.
CAUTION : YOU CAN USE ALL COMBINATIONS OF THE JACKING POINTS (ONE OR MORE)
TO LEVEL/LIFT THE AIRCRAFT. THE JACK LOADS AT EACH JACKING POINT
MUST NOT BE MORE THAN THE ALLOWABLE LOADS (VERTICAL (FZ) AND
HORIZONTAL (FH).
Page 25
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CAUTION : YOU MUST CORRECTLY TETHER THE AIRCRAFT BEFORE YOU LEVEL OR
LIFT IT.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
NOTE : It is the responsibility of the recovery manager to make the decision about the applicable
method and related equipment/personnel for the leveling/lifting of the aircraft.
Subtask 06-30-00-581-002-A01
A. General
NOTE : Before you start to level or lift the aircraft with jacks, you must make sure that the
personnel know the instructions and conditions below and that they obey these
instructions and conditions.
(1) Do not level or lift the aircraft with jack(s) in gusty wind conditions.
(2) Do not lift the aircraft with jacks during steady wind conditions.
(3) Find the maximum allowable wind speed related to your aircraft configuration. See DESC
06-30-00-001-A01DESC 06-30-00-001-B01DESC 06-30-00-001-C01DESC 06-30-00-001-
D01.
(4) Correctly tether the aircraft before leveling or lifting with jacks. This is to prevent aircraft
movement that you cannot control during the leveling or lifting operation. See 04-30-00.
(5) Read the manufacturer instructions related to the special jack(s) used.
(6) Only the personnel who knows the operation of jacks and aircraft jacking procedures are in
charge of the jacking operation.
(7) Confirm the NRW and CG position. See 03-50-01.
(8) Calculate the anticipated vertical load on each jacking point to be used to make sure this
load is not more than the maximum allowable load. (See TASK 06-10-00-970-801-A01 and
DESC 06-30-00-001-A01DESC 06-30-00-001-B01DESC 06-30-00-001-C01DESC
06-30-00-001-D01)
If the necessary load on the jacking point is more than the allowable load for that jacking
point, reduce the aircraft weight until the lifting load is less than the allowable load or
make a selection of different leveling or lifting procedure.
(9) Make sure each available jack can support the necessary load (vertical and side), arc
movement and travel range. Also make sure it can be put in the boundaries of the fuselage
or wing jacking points.
To reduce the necessary lifting load, it is recommended to reduce the aircraft weight with
the removal of cargo or payload from the aircraft before a leveling or lifting operation (See
05-50-01 and 05-60-00).
Page 26
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(10) Calculate the expected arc movement at each jacking point during the leveling operation.
(See TASK 06-10-00-970-803-A01)
Calculate the side load if necessary. (See TASK 06-10-00-970-802-A01)
(11) If the jack cannot move along the necessary arc movement, you must calculate the
expected side load on the jacking point and make sure the expected side load is not more
than the allowable load on the jacking point.
(12) Install fittings and/or jack pad adapters at the necessary jacking points. See TASK
06-30-00-581-802-A01.
(13) If necessary, excavate a sufficiently large area to make a stable platform as a base for each
jack. Make sure that the ground/soil can support the load at each jack footprint, and that
will stay stable during the leveling or lifting operation. See TASK 02-20-02-285-801-A01)
Make a platform that is satisfactory for the jack height when in compressed position. Make
sure that the platform is sufficiently large to change the position of the jack during the
leveling operation if necessary. If the jack in the extended position cannot lift the aircraft
sufficiently, it is necessary to make a timber platform that is sufficiently high.
(14) Put wheel chocks in front of and behind the wheels of each extended landing gear in
contact with the ground.
(15) Install the landing gear downlock pins in all extended landing gears. See TASK
02-30-01-481-801-A01.
(16) Put each jack in position below the jacking point and extend the jack to engage it in the
fitting.
(17) Before you start the jacking operation, we recommend that you mark the values of the
necessary lifting load to be applied on the jack on each load cell indicator (use a strip of
colored adhesive tape for example).
Also, we recommend that you mark the maximum allowable load of each jacking point to
prevent overload. This gives the recovery personnel better visibility from the ground.
(18) Each jack operator must have a good visibility to the person in charge of the lifting
operation.
Coordination between all jack operators is very important. Two-way voice activated
headsets are very good for this type of operation.
(19) You must use and monitor plumb bobs and levels during a leveling or lifting operation.
(20) Monitor the CG during the full leveling procedure and be prepared to control with ballast if
necessary. See 03-50-01.
(21) If you use tethers, they must be adjusted and the loads must be monitored when you level
or lift the aircraft.
(22) Install aft tipping protection if necessary.
(23) When you use a jack at the safety stay position to make the aircraft stable, you must
monitor the jack and correctly adjust the loads.
Page 27
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(24) Make sure the loads at each jack are not more than the allowable loads and that you
record all the loads applied. See DESC 06-30-00-001-A01DESC 06-30-00-001-B01DESC
06-30-00-001-C01DESC 06-30-00-001-D01.
(25) Level the aircraft:
(a) With a special recovery jack:
If you use a special recovery jack that can move along the arc movement, make sure
the jack can do the necessary arc movement to level the aircraft. Include side loads
caused by the jack.
If the jack cannot do the total necessary arc movement, gradually level the aircraft in
small steps and change the position of the jack between each step.
(b) With a standard jack:
If the jack cannot sufficiently move along the arc movement or if you use a standard
jack, gradually level the aircraft in small steps and change the position of the jack
between each step.
NOTE : If possible, you should use a special recovery jack. Step by step leveling is
not the recommended method to level the aircraft.
- Start jacking until you get the maximum jack extension or maximum arc
movement.
- Lock the jack at this position and make sure the aircraft is in a stable
configuration.
- At the same time, make shoring under the closest load bearing frame or frames
and make sure the loads are not more the maximum allowable loads.
- Compress the jack, make the necessary stable-base platform and change the
position of the jack. Do the procedure again until the aircraft is level.
(26) It is possible to use axle jacks with shoring and timber bases at the primary jacking points
to lift the aircraft to the height where recovery jacks can be fitted. This is not a
recommended procedure because of the limited arc movement capacity of the jack.
(27) When the fuselage and wings are level, and if it is necessary to lift the aircraft, use the 3
primary jacking points to lift the aircraft to the necessary height. (See AMM
07-11-00-581-001)
Do not lift the aircraft until all the aircraft (wings and fuselage) is in a level attitude.
(28) When the aircraft is at the necessary height:
(a) Make shoring to support the fuselage and/or wings, or leave the jacks in place as a
safety measure during work on the landing gears.
(b) Extend the landing gear(s) and install the downlock pin(s).
(c) Or repair or replace the landing gear(s).
(d) Or, if it is not possible to make the landing gear(s) serviceable, place the forward
fuselage and/or the wing(s) on a mobile device. See 07-60-00.
Page 28
06-30-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 06-40-00-002-A01
General
1. This section gives data about the use of pneumatic lifting bags for leveling and lifting : location of
bearing areas, allowable loads, general preparation and instructions.
Pneumatic lifting bags have different sizes and lifting capacities. In general, multiple-element
pneumatic lifting bags with internal drop threads are the most usual. Single-element pneumatic lifting
bags (balloon bags) are not recommended as floating loads could appear. Operator must have a
specific training to operate the equipments.
You must know and obey the operating instructions given by the manufacturer of the pneumatic
lifting bags.
For leveling and lifting on the fuselage, see DESC 06-40-00-001-A01.
For leveling and lifting on wings, see DESC 06-40-00-003-A01.
For general information and instruction related to the use of pneumatic lifting bags, see TASK
06-40-00-581-801-A01.
Page 1
06-40-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-40-00-001-A01
Pneumatic Lifting Bags on Fuselage
1. For the leveling and lifting of the fuselage with pneumatic lifting bags, contact AIRBUS.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS APPLY LOADS IN THE
BEARING AREA ONLY. IF THE LIFTING BAGS APPLY LOADS OUT OF THE
LIMITS OF THE BEARING AREA, SECONDARY DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS DO NOT APPLY LOADS
ON THE BELLY FAIRING STRUCTURE. IF NECESSARY, REMOVE THE BELLY
FAIRINGS AND THE BELLY FAIRING STRUCTURE TO GET ACCESS TO THE
ALLOWABLE BEARING AREA.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT THE LIFTING BAGS UNDER PROTRUDING STRUCTURES (FLAP
TRACKS,PYLON FAIRINGS, ETC.), SHARP EDGES OR ANGLES BECAUSE THEY
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE LIFTING BAGS.
Page 2
06-40-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-40-00-003-A01
Pneumatic Lifting Bags on Wings
1. Bearing Areas on Wing Lower Surface
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS APPLY LOADS IN THE
BEARING AREA ONLY. IF THE LIFTING BAGS APPLY LOADS OUT OF THE
LIMITS OF THE BEARING AREA, SECONDARY DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE LOADS ON THE AIRFRAME ARE LESS THAN THE
ALLOWABLE LOADS WHEN YOU USE SUPPORTS. THE SUPPORTS APPLY
LOADS THAT DO NOT OCCUR IN NORMAL OPERATION.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT THE LIFTING BAGS UNDER PROTRUDING STRUCTURES (FLAP
TRACKS,PYLON FAIRINGS, ETC.), SHARP EDGES OR ANGLES BECAUSE THEY
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE LIFTING BAGS.
This part gives data about the installation of pneumatic lifting bags under the wings.
A. Location
Pneumatic lifting bags can be installed under the wing lower surfaces between Rib 1 and Rib
17*, see FIGURE 06-40-00-991-001-A.
B. Restricted Areas
The limits of the allowable bearing areas for the pneumatic lifting bags are shown in FIGURE
06-40-00-991-003-A.
C. Allowable Loads
Maximum Allowable Pressure
Bearing Area
PSI hPa Bar
Rib 1 to Rib 17 7 480 0.48
Maximum Allowable Pressure
TABLE 1
D. After you use pneumatic lifting bags on wings for leveling/lifting of the aircraft, you must do an
inspection of the wing tank access panels in the contact area.
Report any sign of damage.
Page 3
06-40-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
RIB17
RIB1
FWD A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS APPLY LOADS IN THE BEARING AREA ONLY.
IF THE PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS APPLY LOADS OUT OF THE LIMITS OF THE BEARING AREA,
SECONDARY DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
N_AR_064000_1_0010101_01_00
Page 4
06-40-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
RIB17
RIB13
RIB12
JACKING POINT
RESTRICTED AREA
RIB8
RIB6
RIB1
FRONT SPAR REAR SPAR
FWD A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
BEARING AREA ON WING LOWER SURFACE
CAUTION: MAKE SURE THAT THE PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS APPLY LOADS IN THE BEARING AREA ONLY.
IF THE PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS APPLY LOADS OUT OF THE LIMITS OF THE BEARING AREA,
SECONDARY DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
NOTE: THE JACK FOOTPRINT IS MEASURED FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE JACK TO THE CENTERLINE OF
THE TRIPOD FOOT. THE FOOTPRINT IS RELATED TO THE TYPE OF JACK. IT IS IMPORTANT TO KNOW
THE FOOTPRINT OF THE JACK YOU WILL USE BEFORE YOU PUT THE LIFTING BAG(S) IN POSITION.
N_AR_064000_1_0030101_01_00
Page 5
06-40-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 06-40-00-581-801-A01
General Preparation and Instructions for Leveling and Lifting the Aircraft with Pneumatic Lifting Bags
1. General
This section gives the data about the use of pneumatic lifting bags for leveling and lifting: allowable
loads, general preparation and instructions.
NOTE : If you use pneumatic lifting bags to level or lift the aircraft they must be put in position on
a stable base. The surface must be flat.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Pneumatic lifting bag movement is related to the attitude of the aircraft. See 06-60-00 for data about
the applicable scenario.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 06-10-00-970-801-A01 Vertical Loads Determination
TASK 06-10-00-970-803-A01 Arc Movement Calculation
TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01 Installation of the Safety Devices on Landing Gears
DESC 06-00-00-002-A01 Leveling/Lifting Obstructions
06-60-00 LEVELING AND LIFTING SCENARIOS
04-30-00 TETHERING THE AIRCRAFT
03-00-00 WEIGHT AND CG MANAGEMENT
05-00-00 WEIGHT REDUCTION
06-10-00 LOAD DETERMINATION
04-50-00 SOIL STABILITY
03-20-01 FUEL LOAD AND CG CONTROL
06-30-00 USE OF JACKS
07-60-00 MOVING DAMAGED AIRCRAFT
AMM 07-11-00-581-001
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
Page 6
06-40-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE LOADS ON THE AIRFRAME ARE LESS THAN THE
ALLOWABLE LOADS WHEN YOU USE SUPPORTS. THE SUPPORTS APPLY
LOADS THAT DO NOT OCCUR IN NORMAL OPERATION.
CAUTION : THE STIFFNESS AND LATERAL STABILITY OF PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAG CAN
CHANGE DURING THE INFLATION PROCESS OF THE PNEUMATIC LIFTING
BAG STACK. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAG
MANUFACTURER TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE DATA ON THE USE OF ITS
LIFTING BAGS.
IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE RECOVERY MANAGER TO MAKE SURE
THAT USE OF THE PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAG WILL NOT LEAD TO AIRCRAFT
MOVEMENT DUE TO THE INFLUENCE OF WIND AND/OR CHANGE OF CG
POSITION DURING AIRCRAFT LIFTING/LEVELING.
CAUTION : IF THE LOADS APPLIED DURING THE RECOVERY PROCEDURE ARE MORE
THAN THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LOADS, YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS
FOR SPECIFIC INSPECTIONS.
CAUTION : DO NOT PUT THE LIFTING BAGS UNDER PROTRUDING STRUCTURES (FLAP
TRACKS,PYLON FAIRINGS, ETC.), SHARP EDGES OR ANGLES BECAUSE THEY
CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE LIFTING BAGS.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS DO NOT APPLY LOADS
ON THE BELLY FAIRING STRUCTURE. IF NECESSARY, REMOVE THE BELLY
FAIRINGS AND THE BELLY FAIRING STRUCTURE TO GET ACCESS TO THE
ALLOWABLE BEARING AREA.
Page 7
06-40-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS APPLY LOADS IN THE
BEARING AREA ONLY. IF THE LIFTING BAGS APPLY LOADS OUT OF THE
LIMITS OF THE BEARING AREA, SECONDARY DAMAGE CAN OCCUR.
CAUTION : YOU MUST CORRECTLY TETHER THE AIRCRAFT BEFORE YOU LEVEL OR
LIFT IT.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
NOTE : It is the responsibility of the recovery manager to make the decision about the applicable
method and related equipment/personnel for the leveling/lifting of the aircraft.
Subtask 06-40-00-581-001-A01
A. General
NOTE : Before you start to level or lift the aircraft with pneumatic lifting bags, you must
make sure that the personnel know the instructions and conditions below and that
they obey these instructions and conditions.
(1) Read the pneumatic lifting bag manufacturer instructions applicable to the pneumatic
lifting bags that you use.
(2) Only the personnel that knows the operation of pneumatic lifting bags and aircraft jacking
procedures should be in charge of the pneumatic lifting bags operation.
(3) Do not lift the aircraft with pneumatic lifting bags in gusty wind conditions. Follow the
manufacturer limitations.
(4) Do not lift the aircraft with pneumatic lifting bags during steady wind conditions. Follow
the manufacturer limitations.
(5) Correctly tether the aircraft before leveling or lifting with pneumatic lifting bags. This is to
prevent aircraft movement that you cannot control during the leveling or lifting operation.
See 04-30-00.
(6) Confirm the aircraft NRW and CG. See 03-00-00.
(7) Calculate the anticipated vertical load on each lifting bag position to be used to make sure
the necessary load is not more than the maximum allowable load on the skin. See TASK
06-10-00-970-801-A01.
If the necessary load on the bearing area of the pneumatic lifting bag is more than the
allowable load for that leveling/lifting point, reduce the aircraft weight until the lifting load
is less than the allowable load or install additional pneumatic lifting bags to increase
contact surface to reduce applied loads or make a selection of another leveling or lifting
procedure.
Page 8
06-40-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(8) Calculate the total lift of each pneumatic lifting bag used. Make sure each available lifting
bag can support the necessary loads (vertical and side), arc movement and travel range,
and can fit in the limits of the fuselage or wing contact zone.
To reduce the necessary leveling/lifting load, we recommend that you reduce the aircraft
weight with the removal of cargo and/or fuel if necessary (05-00-00) from the aircraft
before a leveling/lifting operation, see 06-10-00.
(9) Calculate the expected arc movement during the leveling/lifting operation, at the center of
the bearing area of each pneumatic lifting bag . Also calculate the side load if necessary,
see 06-10-00.
(10) Before you use pneumatic lifting bags, do an inspection of the structure to make sure there
is no damage in the leveling/lifting area. If there is damage, the pneumatic lifting bags
must be installed at least at one non-damaged rib/fuselage frame away from the damaged
area. Remove all sharp edges from the contact area. Use a heavy tarpaulin or foam rubber
mattress between the aircraft skin and the pneumatic lifting bag to prevent damage.
(11) Put the pneumatic lifting bags in the allowable bearing areas, and make sure no sharp
edges or peaks (damaged skin , protruding structure, antennas ...) are in the area where
the bags will be installed.
(12) Remove some unwanted items (antennas, ...) from the aircraft before you install the
pneumatic lifting bags, see DESC 06-00-00-002-A01.
(13) If necessary, excavate a sufficiently large area to make a stable base for the pneumatic
lifting bags. Make sure that the ground/soil can support the load at each lifting bag
footprint, and will stay stable during the leveling/lifting operation, see 04-50-00. Make a
satisfactory base for the height of the compressed pneumatic lifting bags. Make sure that
the base is sufficiently large to change the position of the pneumatic lifting bags during the
leveling/lifting operation if necessary. If the inflated pneumatic lifting is not sufficiently
high to lift the aircraft, it will be necessary to make a sufficiently high platform. It is
possible to make this platform with timber or to use an inflatable type platform.
(14) The arc movement will cause a transversal translation of the aircraft. If this movement is
more than the allowable limit of the pneumatic lifting bag (see manufacturer instructions),
a leveling/lifting operation with several steps is necessary to reposition the pneumatic lifting
bags. The use of a secondary method of lifting (for example jacks) is necessary.
(15) If necessary, put wheel chocks in front and behind the wheels of each landing gear that is
extended and in contact with the ground.
(16) If possible, install landing gear downlock pins in all landing gears that are extended.
(17) Each operator at the pneumatic-lifting bag control console must have a good visibility of
the leveling/lifting operation. Coordination between all the console operators is very
important. Two-way voice headsets are recommended for this type of operation.
(18) No personnel must be in or below the aircraft during the leveling/lifting process.
Page 9
06-40-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(19) Movement of fuel in the wing tanks because of aircraft leveling/lifting can cause a change
in the aircraft CG position. It is thus recommended that all fuel is removed from the
aircraft before leveling/lifting, see 03-20-01. This will also reduce the necessary lifting
loads.
(20) Anticipate the CG movement before you start the leveling/lifting process and be prepared
to control with ballast.
(21) Monitor and record the applied loads (pressure in the pneumatic lifting bags) at all times
during the leveling/lifting process.
(22) Before the leveling/lifting operation, make an estimate of the arc movement, see TASK
06-10-00-970-803-A01.
During the leveling/lifting operation, you must monitor the lateral translation of the
aircraft (with the use of a plumb-line) and compare it to the calculation and the pneumatic
lifting bag limitations (see manufacturer instructions) to prevent any aircraft sudden
movement or sliding.
(23) Install aft tipping protection if necessary.
(24) Before you inflate the pneumatic lifting bags, make sure that you know all the warnings
and safety precautions. Make sure that all equipment (such as shoring material or jacks) is
prepared and available to use.
(25) Obey the manufacturer’s instructions: inflate the lifting bags slowly and adjust the tethers
when the aircraft starts to move.
(26) When the fuselage and wing are level, and if the aircraft needs to be lifted, it is
recommended to use the 3 jacking points to lift the aircraft to the necessary height, see
AMM 07-11-00-581-001. It is mandatory that the aircraft is in a level attitude (wing and
fuselage) before you lift it.
(27) When the aircraft is at the necessary height:
(a) Use shoring to support the fuselage and/or wings, or install jacks (see 06-30-00) as a
safety measure during any work on the landing gears.
(b) Extend the landing gear(s) and install downlock pin(s), see TASK 02-30-01-481-801-
A01,
(c) Or repair or replace the landing gear(s),
(d) Or, if it is not possible to make the landing gear(s) serviceable, place the forward
fuselage and/or the wing(s) on a mobile device, see 07-60-00.
(28) After the recovery process, do an inspection of the skin in the contact areas of the
pneumatic bag for scratches, nicks and gouges caused by sand or stones trapped between
the contact surfaces.
You must also do an inspection of the wing tank access panels in the contact area.
Report any sign of damage.
Page 10
06-40-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 06-50-00-001-A01
General
1. This chapter gives details on the use of cranes for leveling or lifting the aircraft.
The lifting of an aircraft with cranes is a specific lifting procedure with specific tools, accurate
engineering planning and risk/hazard assessment.
A process management chart gives all the steps of the crane lifting process, see FIGURE
06-50-00-991-020-A.
See TASK 06-50-00-581-804-A01TASK 06-50-00-581-804-B01TASK 06-50-00-581-804-C01 for lifting
by the forward fuselage with slings.
See TASK 06-50-00-581-803-A01 for lifting by the forward fuselage with fittings.
See TASK 06-50-00-581-802-A01 for lifting by the wings.
See TASK 06-50-00-581-801-A01 for general preparation and instructions for leveling and lifting with
cranes.
NOTE : The information and principles contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
Page 1
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DO A CHECK OF THE
STRUCTURAL
INTEGRITY OF MOORING
FITTINGS, ATTACHMENT CABLE RECORD WEATHER MAKE SURE THAT
SYSTEMS AND CARDAN PIN CONDITIONS THE SOIL IS STABLE
EYE END OF THE LG SIDE STAY
MOUNTING BRACKET
DO THE LIFTING AS
PLANNED
N_AR_065000_1_0200101_01_02
Crane Lifting
Process Management Chart
FIGURE-06-50-00-991-020-A01
Page 2
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 06-50-00-581-804-A01
Forward Fuselage Crane Lifting with Slings
1. General
This section describes the use of slings and cranes for leveling and lifting: sling contact areas, crane
lifting points and allowable loads.
You can use this task in combination with the Wing Crane Lifting procedure (see TASK
06-50-00-581-802-A01) or one other wing lifting method (jacking or use of pneumatic lifting bags).
You must level the wings before you lift the fuselage. You must not lift the wings and the fuselage at
the same time.
2. Inspections
Not applicable.
3. Job Setup References
A. Location
You can install slings under the fuselage, at FR21, FR23 and FR24. See FIGURE
06-50-00-991-023-AFIGURE 06-50-00-991-023-B.
Before you install the slings, you must make sure that there is no structural damage in the
bearing area. If you find damage, contact Airbus. Frames with structural damage cannot
support lifting loads.
NOTE : Some items (drains, antennas, etc.) can prevent sling installation or cause damage to
them. Thus, you must remove these items before you install the slings. See DESC
06-00-00-002-A01 for the list of leveling/lifting obstructions.
B. Allowable Loads
The maximum total lifting load at the forward fuselage is 18 000 daN (40 466 lbf). It is not
permitted to apply the maximum allowable load per frame at more than 3 frames at the forward
fuselage.
The maximum lifting force is related to the number of slings used and the length of the spreader
bar. See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-025-A for the lifting scenarios.
A. Multiple sling loads with 2 cranes:
FR21, FR23 and FR24: maximum lifting force of 6 000 daN (13 489 lbf) per sling and 18
000 daN (40 466 lbf) for the total load on the forward fuselage.
B. Multiple sling loads with a spreader bar and 1 crane:
FR21, FR23 and FR24: maximum lifting force of 6 000 daN (13 489 lbf) per sling and 18
000 daN (40 466 lbf) for the total load on the forward fuselage.
C. Specific tools
For leveling/lifting of airframes with fuselage recovery slings, specific tooling is necessary:
- Slings
- Multiple-sling adaptors
Page 3
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
- Spreader bar
4. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 06-50-00-581-802-A01 Wing Crane Lifting
DESC 06-00-00-002-A01 Leveling/Lifting Obstructions
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-023-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-023-A-Sling Allowable Contact Area
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-023-B FIGURE 06-50-00-991-023-B-Sling Allowable Contact Area
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-025-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-025-A-Lifting with Sling Scenarios at FWD
Fuselage Area
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-024-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-024-A-Sling Installation Flowchart
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-026-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-026-A-Multiple-Sling Adaptor
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE LOADS ON THE AIRFRAME ARE LESS THAN THE
ALLOWABLE LOADS WHEN YOU USE SUPPORTS. THE SUPPORTS APPLY
LOADS THAT DO NOT OCCUR IN NORMAL OPERATION.
Subtask 06-50-00-581-006-A01
A. Installation
(1) Slings
The slings can have one or more straps. The slings are in direct contact with the aircraft
fuselage skin. Therefore, they must be made from soft nylon in order to prevent scratches
and gouges. The minimum width of the straps must be 200 mm (8 in).
The slings must be installed at the exact location of the frame, and centered on the frame
rivet line that you can identify on the aircraft fuselage. See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-023-
AFIGURE 06-50-00-991-023-B.
For scenario 1A (see FIGURE 06-50-00-991-025-A) the minimum necessary sling length is
10 300 mm (405.51 in).
Page 4
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
For scenario 1B the minimum necessary sling length is related to the length of the available
spreader bar. It is recommended not to use slings with straps longer than necessary.
The two ends of the straps must have suitable loops for attachment to the crane hook or
the multiple sling adaptor.
The straps must be in good condition without broken fibers, cuts, nicks or gouges.
SeeFIGURE 06-50-00-991-024-A for the selection and installation of slings on the fuselage.
(2) Multiple-Sling Adaptor
The multiple sling adaptor must be suitable for scenarios 1A, 1B, if more than one sling is
necessary for lifting (see FIGURE 06-50-00-991-026-A)
The multiple-sling adaptor makes a link between the fuselage slings. The function of the
adaptor is to make sure that the loads are equally applied to each sling and to keep the
same distance between the slings as the frame pitch (533 mm / 21 in). It is possible to use
the multiple sling adaptor with a different number of slings, from 2 slings to 3 slings.
The total lifting force applied to each sling must not be more than 6 000 daN (13 489 lbf),
or equivalent to 3 000 daN (6 744 lbf) at each side of the sling. When you use multiple
slings, the total lifting load at the forward fuselage must not be more than the maximum
allowable load.
To obtain the constant load distribution described above, the multiple sling adaptor must
obey specific design requirements (See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-026-A)
Multiple-sling adaptor design data:
- Cable tension in the pulley assembly: a maximum vertical force of 6 000 daN (13 489
lbf) can be applied to each frame station, equivalent to 3 000 daN (6 744 lbf)
maximum at each end of the fuselage slings. This load is divided by two due to the
pulley design. Therefore, the cable tension limit load in the pulley assembly is 1 500
daN (3 372 lbf). Ground service equipment for hoisting must have a minimum safety
factor of 5.0. Therefore, the cable and pulley assembly must be sufficiently strong to
support a total load of 7 500 daN (16 860 lbf).
(3) Spreader Bar
When only one crane is available, you can use a transverse spreader bar. The allowable
load at each frame station depends on the fuselage sling angle. The maximum load of 6
000 daN (13 489 lbf) per frame station is only permitted with a sling angle of 180 degrees.
To obtain this angle, it is necessary either to use 2 cranes or, alternatively, to use a
transverse spreader bar with a length equal to the fuselage diameter (3 950 mm / 155.51
in). For lifting angles other than 180˚, contact Airbus.
NOTE : Multiple-sling systems supplied by vendors usually come with the transverse
spreader bar.
Page 5
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FUSELAGE SLINGS
(MAX 3 SLINGS)
A
FR21 FR24
FRAME
CLIP
FUSELAGE SLING
CENTERED AT
> 200 mm RIVET LINE
( > 8 in)
DETAILED SLING LOCATION
A
N_AR_065000_1_0230101_01_00
Page 6
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FUSELAGE SLINGS
(MAX 3 SLINGS)
A
FR21 FR24
FRAME
CLIP
FUSELAGE SLING
CENTERED AT
> 200 mm RIVET LINE
( > 8 in)
DETAILED SLING LOCATION
A
N_AR_065000_1_0230201_01_00
Page 7
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_065000_1_0240101_01_00
Page 8
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SCENARIO 1A:
2 CRANES WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
6000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS.
(MAX 3 SLINGS).
SCENARIO 1B:
1 CRANE WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR AND
SPREADER BAR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
6000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS.
(MAX 3 SLINGS).
N_AR_065000_1_0250101_01_00
Page 9
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
533.4 mm
(21 in)
533.4 mm
(21 in)
N_AR_065000_1_0260101_01_00
Multiple-Sling Adaptor
FIGURE-06-50-00-991-026-A01
Page 10
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 06-50-00-581-804-B01
Forward Fuselage Crane Lifting with Slings
1. General
This section describes the use of slings and cranes for leveling and lifting: sling contact areas, crane
lifting points and allowable loads.
You can use this task in combination with the Wing Crane Lifting procedure (see TASK
06-50-00-581-802-A01) or one other wing lifting method (jacking or use of pneumatic lifting bags).
You must level the wings before you lift the fuselage. You must not lift the wings and the fuselage at
the same time.
2. Inspections
Not applicable.
3. Job Setup References
A. Location
You can install slings under the fuselage, at FR21, FR23 and FR24 and at FR29 and FR30. See
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-027-A.
Before you install the slings, you must make sure that there is no structural damage in the
bearing area. If you find damage, contact Airbus. Frames with structural damage cannot
support lifting loads.
NOTE : Some items (drains, antennas, etc.) can prevent sling installation or cause damage to
them. Thus, you must remove these items before you install the slings. See DESC
06-00-00-002-A01 for the list of leveling/lifting obstructions.
B. Allowable Loads
The maximum total lifting load at the forward fuselage is 35 000 daN (78 683 lbf). It is not
permitted to apply the maximum allowable load per frame at more than 5 frames at the forward
fuselage.
The maximum lifting force is related to the number of slings used and the length of the spreader
bar. SeeFIGURE 06-50-00-991-029-A for the lifting scenarios.
A. Multiple sling loads with 2 cranes:
FR21, FR23, FR24, FR29 and FR30: maximum lifting force of 7 000 daN (17 737lbf) per
sling and 35 000 daN (78 683 lbf) for the total load on the forward fuselage.
B. Multiple sling loads with a spreader bar and 1 crane:
FR21, FR23, FR24, FR29 and FR30: maximum lifting force of 7 000 daN (17 737lbf) per
sling and 35 000 daN (78 683 lbf) for the total load on the forward fuselage.
C. Specific tools
For leveling/lifting of airframes with fuselage recovery slings, specific tooling is necessary:
- Slings
- Multiple-sling adaptors
Page 11
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
- Spreader bar
4. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 06-50-00-581-802-A01 Wing Crane Lifting
DESC 06-00-00-002-A01 Leveling/Lifting Obstructions
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-027-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-027-A-Sling Allowable Contact Area
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-029-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-029-A-Lifting with Sling Scenarios at FWD
Fuselage Area
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-028-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-028-A-Sling Installation Flowchart
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-030-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-030-A-Multiple Sling Adaptor Design
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE LOADS ON THE AIRFRAME ARE LESS THAN THE
ALLOWABLE LOADS WHEN YOU USE SUPPORTS. THE SUPPORTS APPLY
LOADS THAT DO NOT OCCUR IN NORMAL OPERATION.
Subtask 06-50-00-581-007-A01
A. Installation
(1) Slings
The slings can have one or more straps. The slings are in direct contact with the aircraft
fuselage skin. Therefore, they must be made from soft nylon in order to prevent scratches
and gouges. The minimum width of the straps must be 200 mm (8 in).
The slings must be installed at the exact location of the frame, and centered on the frame
rivet line that you can identify on the aircraft fuselage. See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-027-A.
For scenario 1A (see FIGURE 06-50-00-991-029-A) the minimum necessary sling length is
10 300 mm (405.51 in).
For scenario 1B the minimum necessary sling length is related to the length of the available
spreader bar. It is recommended not to use slings with straps longer than necessary.
Page 12
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
The two ends of the straps must have suitable loops for attachment to the crane hook or
the multiple sling adaptor.
The straps must be in good condition without broken fibers, cuts, nicks or gouges.
SeeFIGURE 06-50-00-991-028-A for the selection and installation of slings on the fuselage.
(2) Multiple-Sling Adaptor
The multiple sling adaptor must be suitable for scenarios 1A, 1B, if more than one sling is
necessary for lifting (see FIGURE 06-50-00-991-030-A)
The multiple-sling adaptor makes a link between the fuselage slings. The function of the
adaptor is to make sure that the loads are equally applied to each sling and to keep the
same distance between the slings as the frame pitch (533 mm / 21 in). It is possible to use
the multiple sling adaptor with a different number of slings, from 2 slings to 5 slings.
The total lifting force applied to each sling must not be more than 7 000 daN (15 737lbf),
or equivalent to 3 500 daN (7 868 lbf) at each side of the sling. When you use multiple
slings, the total lifting load at the forward fuselage must not be more than the maximum
allowable load.
To obtain the constant load distribution described above, the multiple sling adaptor must
obey specific design requirements (See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-030-A)
Multiple-sling adaptor design data:
- Cable tension in the pulley assembly: a maximum vertical force of 7 000 daN (15
737lbf) can be applied to each frame station, equivalent to 3 500 daN (7 868 lbf)
maximum at each end of the fuselage slings. This load is divided by two due to the
pulley design. Therefore, the cable tension limit load in the pulley assembly is 1 750
daN (3 934 lbf). Ground service equipment for hoisting must have a minimum safety
factor of 5.0. Therefore, the cable and pulley assembly must be sufficiently strong to
support a total load of 8 750 daN (19 670 lbf).
(3) Spreader Bar
When only one crane is available, you can use a transverse spreader bar. The allowable
load at each frame station depends on the fuselage sling angle. The maximum load of 7
000 daN (15 737 lbf) per frame station is only permitted with a sling angle of 180 degrees.
To obtain this angle, it is necessary either to use 2 cranes or, alternatively, to use a
transverse spreader bar with a length equal to the fuselage diameter (3 950 mm / 155.51
in). For lifting angles other than 180˚, contact Airbus.
NOTE : Multiple-sling systems supplied by vendors usually come with the transverse
spreader bar.
Page 13
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A A
FR21 FR24
FR29 FR30
FRAME
CLIP
FUSELAGE SLING
CENTERED AT
> 200 mm RIVET LINE
( > 8 in)
DETAILED SLING LOCATION
A
N_AR_065000_1_0270101_01_00
Page 14
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_065000_1_0280101_01_00
Page 15
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SCENARIO 1A:
2 CRANES WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
7000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS.
(MAX 5 SLINGS).
SCENARIO 1B:
1 CRANE WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR AND
SPREADER BAR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
7000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS.
(MAX 5 SLINGS).
N_AR_065000_1_0290101_01_00
Page 16
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
533.4 mm
(21 in)
533.4 mm
(21 in)
N_AR_065000_1_0300101_01_00
Page 17
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 06-50-00-581-804-C01
Fuselage Crane Lifting with Slings
1. General
This section describes the use of slings and cranes for leveling and lifting: sling contact areas, crane
lifting points and allowable loads.
You can use this task in combination with the Wing Crane Lifting procedure (see TASK
06-50-00-581-802-A01) or one other wing lifting method (jacking or use of pneumatic lifting bags).
You must level the wings before you lift the fuselage. You must not lift the wings and the fuselage at
the same time.
2. Inspections
Not applicable
3. Job Setup References
A. Location
- For scenario 1
You can install slings under the fuselage, at FR21, FR23 and FR24. See FIGURE
06-50-00-991-032-A
- For scenario 2
You can install slings under the fuselage, between FR29 and FR 35.3 and between FR49 and
FR52. See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-032-A
Before you install the slings, you must make sure that there is no structural damage in the
bearing area. If you find damage, contact Airbus. Frames with structural damage cannot
support lifting loads.
NOTE : Some items (drains, antennas, etc.) can prevent sling installation or cause damage to
them. Thus, you must remove these items before you install the slings. See DESC
06-00-00-002-A01 for the list of leveling/lifting obstructions.
B. Location (ACF)
- For scenario 1
You can install slings under the fuselage, at FR21, FR23 and FR24. See FIGURE
06-50-00-991-042-A
- For scenario 2
You can install slings under the fuselage, between FR29 and FR 35.3 and between FR48 and
FR52. See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-042-A
Before you install the slings, you must make sure that there is no structural damage in the
bearing area. If you find damage, contact Airbus. Frames with structural damage cannot
support lifting loads.
Page 18
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : Some items (drains, antennas, etc.) can prevent sling installation or cause damage to
them. Thus, you must remove these items before you install the slings. See DESC
06-00-00-002-A01 for the list of leveling/lifting obstructions.
C. Allowable Loads
- For scenario 1
The maximum total lifting load at the forward fuselage is 15 000 daN (33 721 lbf). It is not
permitted to apply the maximum allowable load per frame at more than 3 frames at the
forward fuselage.
- For scenario 2
The maximum total lifting load at the forward fuselage is 46 000 daN (103 410 lbf). It is
not permitted to apply the maximum allowable load per frame at more than 10 frames at
the forward fuselage.
If you use more than 4 slings in forward fuselage (more than 16 000 daN) lifting capacity),
you must install the slings at the frames nearest to the wing (< FR 35.3). FIGURE
06-50-00-991-032-A .
The maximum total lifting load at the aft fuselage is 48 000 daN (103 410 lbf). It is not
permitted to apply the maximum allowable load per frame at more than 4 frames at the aft
fuselage.
The maximum lifting force is related to the number of slings used and the length of the spreader
bar. See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-034-A for the lifting scenarios.
A. Multiple sling loads with 2 cranes:
- For scenario 1
FR21, FR23 and FR24: maximum lifting force of 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf) per sling and
15 000 daN (33 721lbf) for the total load on the forward fuselage.
- For scenario 2
Between FR29 and FR35.3 and between FR49 and FR52:
Maximum lifting force of 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf) per sling between FR29 and FR34
and 4 000 daN (8992 lbf) per sling between FR35 and FR35.3 and 46 000 daN (103
410 lbf) for the total load on forward fuselage.
Maximum lifting force of 12 000 daN (26 977 lbf) per sling between FR49 and FR52
and 48 000 daN (107 910 lbf) for the total load on aft fuselage.
B. Multiple sling loads with a spreader bar and 1 crane:
- For scenario 1
FR21, FR23 and FR24: maximum lifting force of 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf) per sling and
15 000 daN (33 721lbf) for the total load on the forward fuselage.
- For scenario 2
Between FR29 and FR35.3 and between FR49 and FR52:
Maximum lifting force of 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf) per sling between FR29 and FR34
and 4 000 daN (8992 lbf) per sling between FR35 and FR35.3 and 46 000 daN (103
410 lbf) for the total load on forward fuselage.
Maximum lifting force of 12 000 daN (26 977 lbf) per sling between FR49 and FR52
and 48 000 daN (107 910 lbf) for the total load on aft fuselage.
Page 19
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 20
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
- Multiple-sling adaptors
- Spreader bar
4. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 06-50-00-581-802-A01 Wing Crane Lifting
DESC 06-00-00-002-A01 Leveling/Lifting Obstructions
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-034-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-034-A-Lifting with Sling Scenarios
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-044-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-044-A-Lifting with Sling Scenarios
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-032-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-032-A-Sling Allowable Contact Area
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-033-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-033-A-Sling Installation Flowchart
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-042-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-042-A-Sling Allowable Contact Area
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-043-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-043-A-Sling Installation Flowchart
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-035-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-035-A-Multiple-Sling Adaptor
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
5. Procedure
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE LOADS ON THE AIRFRAME ARE LESS THAN THE
ALLOWABLE LOADS WHEN YOU USE SUPPORTS. THE SUPPORTS APPLY
LOADS THAT DO NOT OCCUR IN NORMAL OPERATION.
Subtask 06-50-00-581-008-A01
A. Installation
(1) Slings
The slings can have one or more straps. The slings are in direct contact with the aircraft
fuselage skin. Therefore, they must be made from soft nylon in order to prevent scratches
and gouges. The minimum width of the straps must be 200 mm (8 in).
The slings must be installed at the exact location of the frame, and centered on the frame
rivet line that you can identify on the aircraft fuselage. See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-032-A.
For scenario 1A and 2A (see FIGURE 06-50-00-991-034-A) the minimum necessary sling
length is 10 300 mm (405.51 in).
Page 21
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
For scenario 1B and 2B the minimum necessary sling length is related to the length of the
available spreader bar. It is recommended not to use slings with straps longer than
necessary.
The two ends of the straps must have suitable loops for attachment to the crane hook or
the multiple sling adaptor.
The straps must be in good condition without broken fibers, cuts, nicks or gouges. See
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-033-A for the selection and installation of slings on the fuselage.
(2) Slings (ACF)
The slings can have one or more straps. The slings are in direct contact with the aircraft
fuselage skin. Therefore, they must be made from soft nylon in order to prevent scratches
and gouges. The minimum width of the straps must be 200 mm (8 in).
The slings must be installed at the exact location of the frame, and centered on the frame
rivet line that you can identify on the aircraft fuselage. See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-042-A.
For scenario 1A and 2A (see FIGURE 06-50-00-991-044-A) the minimum necessary sling
length is 10 300 mm (405.51 in).
For scenario 1B and 2B the minimum necessary sling length is related to the length of the
available spreader bar. It is recommended not to use slings with straps longer than
necessary.
The two ends of the straps must have suitable loops for attachment to the crane hook or
the multiple sling adaptor.
The straps must be in good condition without broken fibers, cuts, nicks or gouges. See
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-043-A for the selection and installation of slings on the fuselage.
(3) Multiple-Sling Adaptor
The multiple sling adaptor must be suitable for scenarios 1A, 1B, 2A and 2B if more than
one sling is necessary for lifting (see FIGURE 06-50-00-991-035-A).
The multiple-sling adaptor makes a link between the fuselage slings. The function of the
adaptor is to make sure that the loads are equally applied to each sling and to keep the
same distance between the slings as the frame pitch (533 mm / 21 in). It is possible to use
the multiple sling adaptor with a different number of slings,
- For scenarios 1A and 1B from 2 slings to 3 slings at the forward fuselage.
- For scenarios 2A and 2B from 2 slings to 10 slings at the forward fuselage and from 2
slings to 4 slings for the aft fuselage.
For scenario 1
The total lifting force applied to each sling must not be more than 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf),
or equivalent to 2 500 daN (5 620 lbf) at each side of the sling. When you use multiple
slings, the total lifting load at the forward fuselage must not be more than the maximum
allowable load.
To obtain the constant load distribution described above, the multiple sling adaptor must
obey specific design requirements (See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-035-A).
Multiple-sling adaptor design data:
Page 22
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Cable tension in the pulley assembly: a maximum vertical force of 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf)
can be applied to each frame station, equivalent to 2 500 daN (5 620 lbf) maximum at
each end of the fuselage slings. This load is divided by two due to the pulley design.
Therefore, the cable tension limit load in the pulley assembly is 1 250 daN (2 810 lbf).
Ground service equipment for hoisting must have a minimum safety factor of 5.0.
Therefore, the cable and pulley assembly must be sufficiently strong to support a total load
of 6 250 daN (14 050 lbf).
For scenario 2
Between FR29 and FR34 :
The total lifting force applied to each sling must not be more than 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf),
or equivalent to 2 500 daN (5 620 lbf) at each side of the sling. When you use multiple
slings, the total lifting load at the forward fuselage must not be more than the maximum
allowable load.
To obtain the constant load distribution described above, the multiple sling adaptor must
obey specific design requirements (See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-035-A).
Multiple-sling adaptor design data:
Cable tension in the pulley assembly: a maximum vertical force of 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf)
can be applied to each frame station, equivalent to 2 500 daN (5 620 lbf) maximum at
each end of the fuselage slings. This load is divided by two due to the pulley design.
Therefore, the cable tension limit load in the pulley assembly is 1 250 daN (2 810 lbf).
Ground service equipment for hoisting must have a minimum safety factor of 5.0.
Therefore, the cable and pulley assembly must be sufficiently strong to support a total load
of 6 250 daN (14 050 lbf).
Between FR35 and FR35.3:
The total lifting force applied to each sling must not be more than 4 000 daN (8 992 lbf),
or equivalent to 2 000 daN (4 496 lbf) at each side of the sling. When you use multiple
slings, the total lifting load at the forward fuselage must not be more than the maximum
allowable load.
To obtain the constant load distribution described above, the multiple sling adaptor must
obey specific design requirements (See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-035-A).
Multiple-sling adaptor design data:
Cable tension in the pulley assembly: a maximum vertical force of 4 000 daN (8 992 lbf)
can be applied to each frame station, equivalent to 2 000 daN (4 496 lbf) maximum at
each end of the fuselage slings. This load is divided by two due to the pulley design.
Therefore, the cable tension limit load in the pulley assembly is 1 000 daN (2 248 lbf).
Ground service equipment for hoisting must have a minimum safety factor of 5.0.
Therefore, the cable and pulley assembly must be sufficiently strong to support a total load
of 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf).
Between FR49 and FR52
The total lifting force applied to each sling must not be more than 12 000 daN (26 977
lbf), or equivalent to 6 000 daN (13 489 lbf) at each side of the sling. When you use
multiple slings, the total lifting load at the forward fuselage must not be more than the
maximum allowable load.
Page 23
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
To obtain the constant load distribution described above, the multiple sling adaptor must
obey specific design requirements (See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-035-A).
Multiple-sling adaptor design data:
Cable tension in the pulley assembly: a maximum vertical force of 12 000 daN (26 977 lbf)
can be applied to each frame station, equivalent to 6 000 daN (13 489 lbf) maximum at
each end of the fuselage slings. This load is divided by two due to the pulley design.
Therefore, the cable tension limit load in the pulley assembly is 3 000 daN (6 745 lbf).
Ground service equipment for hoisting must have a minimum safety factor of 5.0.
Therefore, the cable and pulley assembly must be sufficiently strong to support a total load
of 15 000 daN (33 721 lbf).
(4) Multiple-Sling Adaptor (ACF)
The multiple sling adaptor must be suitable for scenarios 1A, 1B, 2A and 2B if more than
one sling is necessary for lifting (see FIGURE 06-50-00-991-035-A).
The multiple-sling adaptor makes a link between the fuselage slings. The function of the
adaptor is to make sure that the loads are equally applied to each sling and to keep the
same distance between the slings as the frame pitch (533 mm / 21 in). It is possible to use
the multiple sling adaptor with a different number of slings,
- For scenarios 1A and 1B from 2 slings to 3 slings at the forward fuselage.
- For scenarios 2A and 2B from 2 slings to 10 slings at the forward fuselage and from 2
slings to 5 slings for the aft fuselage.
For scenario 1
The total lifting force applied to each sling must not be more than 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf),
or equivalent to 2 500 daN (5 620 lbf) at each side of the sling. When you use multiple
slings, the total lifting load at the forward fuselage must not be more than the maximum
allowable load.
To obtain the constant load distribution described above, the multiple sling adaptor must
obey specific design requirements (See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-035-A).
Multiple-sling adaptor design data:
Cable tension in the pulley assembly: a maximum vertical force of 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf)
can be applied to each frame station, equivalent to 2 500 daN (5 620 lbf) maximum at
each end of the fuselage slings. This load is divided by two due to the pulley design.
Therefore, the cable tension limit load in the pulley assembly is 1 250 daN (2 810 lbf).
Ground service equipment for hoisting must have a minimum safety factor of 5.0.
Therefore, the cable and pulley assembly must be sufficiently strong to support a total load
of 6 250 daN (14 050 lbf).
For scenario 2
Between FR29 and FR34 :
The total lifting force applied to each sling must not be more than 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf),
or equivalent to 2 500 daN (5 620 lbf) at each side of the sling. When you use multiple
slings, the total lifting load at the forward fuselage must not be more than the maximum
allowable load.
Page 24
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
To obtain the constant load distribution described above, the multiple sling adaptor must
obey specific design requirements (See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-035-A).
Multiple-sling adaptor design data:
Cable tension in the pulley assembly: a maximum vertical force of 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf)
can be applied to each frame station, equivalent to 2 500 daN (5 620 lbf) maximum at
each end of the fuselage slings. This load is divided by two due to the pulley design.
Therefore, the cable tension limit load in the pulley assembly is 1 250 daN (2 810 lbf).
Ground service equipment for hoisting must have a minimum safety factor of 5.0.
Therefore, the cable and pulley assembly must be sufficiently strong to support a total load
of 6 250 daN (14 050 lbf).
Between FR35 and FR35.3:
The total lifting force applied to each sling must not be more than 4 000 daN (8 992 lbf),
or equivalent to 2 000 daN (4 496 lbf) at each side of the sling. When you use multiple
slings, the total lifting load at the forward fuselage must not be more than the maximum
allowable load.
To obtain the constant load distribution described above, the multiple sling adaptor must
obey specific design requirements (See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-035-A).
Multiple-sling adaptor design data:
Cable tension in the pulley assembly: a maximum vertical force of 4 000 daN (8 992 lbf)
can be applied to each frame station, equivalent to 2 000 daN (4 496 lbf) maximum at
each end of the fuselage slings. This load is divided by two due to the pulley design.
Therefore, the cable tension limit load in the pulley assembly is 1 000 daN (2 248 lbf).
Ground service equipment for hoisting must have a minimum safety factor of 5.0.
Therefore, the cable and pulley assembly must be sufficiently strong to support a total load
of 5 000 daN (11 240 lbf).
Between FR48 and FR52
The total lifting force applied to each sling must not be more than 9 600 daN (21 581 lbf),
or equivalent to 4 800 daN (10 790 lbf) at each side of the sling. When you use multiple
slings, the total lifting load at the forward fuselage must not be more than the maximum
allowable load.
To obtain the constant load distribution described above, the multiple sling adaptor must
obey specific design requirements (See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-035-A).
Multiple-sling adaptor design data:
Cable tension in the pulley assembly: a maximum vertical force of 9 600 daN (21 581 lbf)
can be applied to each frame station, equivalent to 4 800 daN (10 790 lbf) maximum at
each end of the fuselage slings. This load is divided by two due to the pulley design.
Therefore, the cable tension limit load in the pulley assembly is 2 400 daN (5 395 lbf).
Ground service equipment for hoisting must have a minimum safety factor of 5.0.
Therefore, the cable and pulley assembly must be sufficiently strong to support a total load
of 12 000 daN (26 977 lbf).
Page 25
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : Multiple-sling systems supplied by vendors usually come with the transverse
spreader bar.
(6) Spreader Bar (ACF)
When only one crane is available, you can use a transverse spreader bar. The allowable
load at each frame station depends on the fuselage sling angle. The maximum load of 5
000 daN (11 240 lbf) per sling for FR21, FR23 and FR24 and between FR29 and FR34 and
4 000 daN (8992 lbf) per sling between FR35 and FR35.3 and 12 000 (26 977 lbf) between
FR48 and FR52 is only permitted with a sling angle of 180 degrees. To obtain this angle, it
is necessary either to use 2 cranes or, alternatively, to use a transverse spreader bar with a
length equal to the fuselage diameter (3 950 mm / 155.51 in). For lifting angles other than
180˚, contact Airbus.
NOTE : Multiple-sling systems supplied by vendors usually come with the transverse
spreader bar.
Page 26
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FUSELAGE SLINGS
(MAX 3 SLINGS)
A
FR21 FR24
FRAME
CLIP
FUSELAGE SLING
CENTERED AT
> 200 mm RIVET LINE
( > 8 in)
DETAILED SLING LOCATION
A
N_AR_065000_1_0320101_01_00
Page 27
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR49 FR52
FR29 FR35.3
X1
F1 FG F2
XCG
X2
FRAME
CLIP
FUSELAGE SLING
CENTERED AT
> 200 mm RIVET LINE
( > 8 in)
DETAILED SLING LOCATION
A
N_AR_065000_1_0320102_01_00
Page 28
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_065000_1_0330101_01_00
Page 29
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_065000_1_0330102_01_00
Page 30
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SCENARIO 1A:
2 CRANES WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
5000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS.
(MAX 3 SLINGS).
SCENARIO 1B:
1 CRANE WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR AND
SPREADER BAR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
5000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS.
(MAX 3 SLINGS).
N_AR_065000_1_0340101_01_00
Page 31
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SCENARIO 2A:
2 CRANES WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
5000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS BETWEEN FR29 and FR34
4000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS BETWEEN FR35 and FR35.3
(MAX 10 SLINGS).
SCENARIO 2B:
1 CRANE WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR AND
SPREADER BAR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
5000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS BETWEEN FR29 and FR34
4000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS BETWEEN FR35 and FR35.3
(MAX 10 SLINGS).
N_AR_065000_1_0340102_01_00
Page 32
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SCENARIO 2A:
2 CRANES WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
12000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS.
(MAX 3 SLINGS).
SCENARIO 2B:
1 CRANE WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR AND
SPREADER BAR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
12000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS.
(MAX 3 SLINGS).
N_AR_065000_1_0340103_01_00
Page 33
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
533.4 mm
(21 in)
533.4 mm
(21 in)
N_AR_065000_1_0350101_01_00
Multiple-Sling Adaptor
FIGURE-06-50-00-991-035-A01
Page 34
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FUSELAGE SLINGS
(MAX 3 SLINGS)
A
FR21 FR24
FRAME
CLIP
FUSELAGE SLING
CENTERED AT
> 200 mm RIVET LINE
( > 8 in)
DETAILED SLING LOCATION
NOTE:
ALLOWABLE SLING CONTACT AREA
N_AR_065000_1_0420101_01_00
Page 35
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR48 FR52
FR29 FR35.3
X1
F1 FG F2
XCG
X2
FRAME
CLIP
FUSELAGE SLING
CENTERED AT
> 200 mm RIVET LINE
( > 8 in)
DETAILED SLING LOCATION
NOTE: A
ALLOWABLE SLING CONTACT AREA
N_AR_065000_1_0420102_01_00
Page 36
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_065000_1_0430101_01_00
Page 37
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_065000_1_0430102_01_00
Page 38
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SCENARIO 1A:
2 CRANES WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
5 000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS.
(MAX 3 SLINGS).
SCENARIO 1B:
1 CRANE WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR AND
SPREADER BAR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
5 000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS.
(MAX 3 SLINGS).
N_AR_065000_1_0440101_01_00
Page 39
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SCENARIO 2A:
2 CRANES WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
5 000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS BETWEEN FR29 and FR34
4 000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS BETWEEN FR35 and FR35.3
(MAX 10 SLINGS).
SCENARIO 2B:
1 CRANE WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR AND
SPREADER BAR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
5 000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS BETWEEN FR29 and FR34
4 000 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS BETWEEN FR35 and FR35.3
(MAX 10 SLINGS).
N_AR_065000_1_0440102_01_00
Page 40
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SCENARIO 2A:
2 CRANES WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
9 600 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS.
(UPTO 5 SLINGS).
SCENARIO 2B:
1 CRANE WITH MULTIPLE SLING ADAPTOR AND
SPREADER BAR.
MAX LIFTING FORCE:
9 600 daN x NUMBER OF SLINGS.
(UPTO 5 SLINGS).
N_AR_065000_1_0440103_01_00
Page 41
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TASK 06-50-00-581-803-A01
Forward Fuselage Crane Lifting with fittings
1. General
This section gives the data related to the leveling and lifting from the forward fuselage with cranes
and fittings.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
You can use this task in combination with the Wing Crane Lifting procedure (see TASK
06-50-00-581-802-A01) or one other wing lifting method (jacking or use of pneumatic lifting bags).
You must level the wings before you lift the fuselage. You must not lift the wings and the fuselage at
the same time.
A. Straps / slings
The two ends of the straps must have adapted loops for attachment to the crane hook or
spreader bar.
The straps must be in good condition without broken fibers, cuts, nicks or gouges.
B. Transversal Spreader Beam
If only one crane is available, you can use a spreader beam between each end of the sling.
The distance between the hook attachment points of the slings on the spreader beam must be
equal to 3950 mm (155.51 in). See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-015-A
If this distance is less or more than 3950 mm (155.51 in), this can cause lateral loads and
secondary damage can occur on the fuselage sides.
C. Crane
The crane must be able to hold the maximum lifting load.
It is recommended that you use a crane with at least a 11 m (433.07 in) high jib.
D. Allowable Loads
The maximum lifting load on FR15 is 6700 daN (150.62 lbf). See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-021-A
to find the lifting load on FR15 related to the aircraft weight and CG position.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
98D07203000052 MOORING FITTING, FRAME 15 (LH)
98D07203000053 MOORING FITTING, FRAME 15 (RH)
Page 42
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
98D07203016000 GLOBAL SHORING KIT SA
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 06-50-00-581-802-A01 Wing Crane Lifting
TASK 06-50-00-581-801-A01 General Preparation and instructions for Leveling and Lifting th
06-40-00 USE OF PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-015-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-015-A-FWD Fuselage Crane Lifting
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-021-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-021-A-FWD Fuselage Crane Lifting
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
5. Procedure
Subtask 06-50-00-581-003-A01
A. Fitting installation at FR15
(1) At FR15, remove the blanking screw.
(2) Install the 98D07203000052 MOORING FITTING, FRAME 15 (LH) and 98D07203000053
MOORING FITTING, FRAME 15 (RH) (parts of 98D07203016000 GLOBAL SHORING
KIT SA).
See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-015-A.
(3) If you use one crane with the spreader beam:
(a) Attach the spreader beam to the crane.
(b) Attach the slings to the spreader beam.
(c) Put the crane in position. Make sure that the jib is directly above the fuselage
centerline.
(d) Attach the slings to the fittings at FR15 LH/RH. It is recommended that you install
load cells on the slings to monitor the loads during the leveling/lifting operation.
(4) If you use two cranes:
(a) Attach the slings to each crane.
Page 43
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(b) Put both cranes in position. Make sure that each jib head is directly above FR15
LH/RH.
(c) Attach the slings to the fittings at FR15 LH/RH. It is recommended that you install
load cells on the slings to monitor the loads during the leveling/lifting operation.
(5) See TASK 06-50-00-581-801-A01 for the general instructions for leveling and lifting with
cranes.
It is recommended to install a pneumatic lifting bag (see 06-40-00) below the aft fuselage
to prevent tail tipping.
Page 44
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
7 HOLES
3.95 m
(12.95 ft)
= =
(31.14 ft)
10.10 m
(7.76 ft)
2.37 m
CL
FDL
A A
N_AR_065000_1_0150101_01_00
Page 45
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CG 15% CG 20%
242 110
220 100
CG 25%
198 90
176 80 CG 30%
110 50
88 40
66 30
44 20
22 10
AIRCRAFT
WEIGHT
1000 kg
30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
1000 lb
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220
N_AR_065000_1_0210102_01_00
Page 46
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 06-50-00-581-802-A01
Wing Rib Attachment Tool
1. General
This task gives the procedure to install and lift the aircraft with the 7K804427D520 CRANE
ATTACHMENT - WING LIFTING BRACKET attachment tool.
2. Inspections
Do a detailed visual inspection of the wing and specially of the side stay mounting bracket and the
cardan pin. Report any sign of damage (nick, crack, etc.).
In case of damage, contact Airbus.
3. Job Setup References
This procedure gives details to level/lift the aircraft by the wings when one or the two MLG or all the
landing gears are retracted, collapsed or missing. See TASK 06-50-00-581-803-A01.
You can use this task in combination with the Forward-Fuselage Crane Lifting procedure (see TASK
06-50-00-581-803-A01) or one other lifting method (jacking or use of pneumatic lifting bags).
A. Allowable loads
The maximum allowable lifting load on each cardan pin eye-end is 25500 daN (56200 lbf).
B. Limitations
To do this procedure, the pitch or roll angle of the aircraft must be less than 10˚.
If the pitch or roll angle is more than 10˚, lateral loads can be applied to the mounting bracket
and secondary damage can occur. Contact Airbus to determine an alternative solution.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
7K804427D520 CRANE ATTACHMENT - WING LIFTING BRACKET
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 06-50-00-581-803-A01 Forward Fuselage Crane Lifting with Fittings
TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01 Installation of the Safety Devices on Landing Gears
TASK 06-50-00-581-801-A01 General Preparation and instructions for Leveling and Lifting th
03-00-00 WEIGHT AND CG MANAGEMENT
06-10-00 LOAD DETERMINATION
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-016-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-016-A-Cardan Pin
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-018-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-018-A-Crane Lifting
Page 47
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-013-A FIGURE 06-50-00-991-013-A-Over wing Panel
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
5. Procedure
CAUTION : BEFORE YOU USE THE WING RIB ATTACHMENT TOOL, YOU MUST DO A
FULL INSPECTION OF THE WING.
IF YOU FIND DAMAGE, YOU MUST NOT USE THE WING RIB ATTACHMENT
TOOL TO LIFT THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : THE ANGLE OF THE LIFTING CABLE AT MLG POSITION MUST NOT BE MORE
THAN 10 DEGREES IN ANY DIRECTION. THIS CAN CAUSE DAMAGED TO THE
TOP WING SKIN AND THE STRUCTURE.
Subtask 06-50-00-010-001-A01
A. Preparation
WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE WINGS, PYLONS OR LANDING GEAR,
YOU MUST PUT ON AND ATTACH A SAFETY HARNESS. WITHOUT A
SAFETY HARNESS, YOU CAN FALL. THIS CAN KILL YOU OR CAUSE YOU
INJURY.
Page 48
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(4) Make sure that the lifting loads are not more than the allowable load of the cardan pin
eye-end.
Subtask 06-50-00-581-004-A01
B. Installation of the Crane Attachment
WARNING : THE MAIN LANDING GEAR WILL NOT SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE
AIRCRAFT WHEN THE SIDE-STAYS ARE DISCONNECTED. ONCE LIFTED,
YOU MUST SUPPORT THE AIRCRAFT WITH JACK, PNEUMATIC LIFTING
BAGS, SHORING CRADLES OR A COMBINATION OF THESE.
ALTERNATIVELY, PUT THE AIRCRAFT ON A SUITABLE ADAPTED
FLATBED TRAILER FOR TOWING AWAY FROM THE CRASH SITE.
(1) Get access to the upper cardan pin of the MLG side-stay, use one of the methods that
follow:
- Remove the overwing panel
Or
- Cut an access hole in the overwing panel to the dimension of the 7K804427D520
CRANE ATTACHMENT - WING LIFTING BRACKET with sufficient clearance, see
FIGURE 06-50-00-991-013-A.
Page 49
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(5) Put the 7K804427D520 CRANE ATTACHMENT - WING LIFTING BRACKET in position
on the eye-end of the upper cardan pin. See FIGURE 06-50-00-991-018-A.
NOTE : You can attach the bracket to the crane with the sling first to help you install
the tool on the aircraft.
(6) Install the pin on the eye-end of the cardan pin and through the lifting bracket.
NOTE : The pin dimension can change with aircraft variants. Make sure that you use the
correct pin through the eye-end of the cardan pin and lifting bracket.
The thread of the pin is 87 mm (3.43 in) for A318, A319, A320 and A321-100
and is 27 mm (1.06 in) for A321-200.
(7) Install the safety bolt to safety the pin.
(8) Make sure that the MLG and its attachment are safe and will no move during the recovery
operation.
If necessary and if possible, use cable slings or other attachment system (see TASK
02-30-01-481-801-A01 for the installation of the L/G safety devices) to safely attach the
MLG and prevent sudden retraction.
(9) If it is necessary to lift the two wings of the aircraft, do again the steps for the other wing.
Subtask 06-50-00-581-005-A01
C. Lifting
WARNING : THE AIRCRAFT MUST NOT REST ON ITS MAIN LANDING GEAR WHEN
YOU LIFT THE WING WITH THE CRANE LIFTING BRACKET. THE MLG
WILL NOT SUPPORT THE WEIGHT OF THE AIRCRAFT AND CAN
COLLAPSE.
CAUTION : THE ANGLE OF THE LIFTING CABLE AT MLG POSITION MUST NOT BE
MORE THAN 10 DEGREES IN ANY DIRECTION. THIS CAN CAUSE
DAMAGED TO THE TOP WING SKIN AND THE STRUCTURE.
Page 50
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 51
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
EDGE OF
FAIRING SEAL
610 mm
(24 in)
100 mm
(3.93 in)
100 mm
10 mm (0.39 in) FROM (3.93 in)
AFT EDGE OF JOINT STRIP
F
W
D
A
N_AR_065000_1_0130101_01_00
Page 52
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
B
A
SIDE STAY
MOUNTING
BRACKET
CARDAN PIN
PIN
SIDE STAY
ASSEMBLY
END CAP
TAB WASHER
ATTACHMENT BOLT
B B
N_AR_065000_1_0160101_01_00
Cardan Pin
Side Stay Assembly
FIGURE-06-50-00-991-016-A01
Page 53
06-50-00 May 01/21
SHACKLE
SIDE STAY
MOUNTING
CARDAN PIN BRACKET LIFTING BRACKET
B
JACK FITTING
SAFETY BOLT
B
CARDAN PIN EYE−END
B B PIN
Crane Attachment
10? 10? 10? 10?
FIGURE-06-50-00-991-017-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
06-50-00
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_065000_1_0170101_01_01
Page 54
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
Crane Lifting
Example of Crane Arrangement
FIGURE-06-50-00-991-018-A01
Page 55
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 06-50-00-581-801-A01
General Preparation and Instructions for Leveling and Lifting the Aircraft with Cranes
1. General
This section gives the data related to the use of crane for leveling and lifting.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Crane/sling travel range is related to the attitude of the aircraft. See 06-60-00 for information related
to the applicable scenario.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
98D07203016000 GLOBAL SHORING KIT SA
98D57004098000 A320 AUX JACKING WING
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 03-50-01-558-803-A01 Ballast Added Effect
TASK 06-50-00-581-803-A01 Forward Fuselage Crane Lifting with Fittings
TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01 Installation of the Safety Devices on Landing Gears
DESC 06-00-00-002-A01 Leveling/Lifting Obstructions
DESC 06-40-00-001-A01 Pneumatic Lifting Bags on Fuselage
06-60-00 LEVELING AND LIFTING SCENARIOS
04-30-00 TETHERING THE AIRCRAFT
03-50-01 MANAGING AIRCRAFT WEIGHT AND CG
05-50-00 CARGO COMPARTMENTS
05-60-00 REMOVAL OF LARGE COMPONENTS
06-10-00 LOAD DETERMINATION
05-10-00 DEFUELING
07-20-00 PREPARING A ROADWAY
07-40-00 TOWING AND DEBOGGING
Page 56
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
AMM 07-11-00-581-001
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
5. Procedure
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE LOADS ON THE AIRFRAME ARE LESS THAN THE
ALLOWABLE LOADS WHEN YOU USE SUPPORTS. THE SUPPORTS APPLY
LOADS THAT DO NOT OCCUR IN NORMAL OPERATION.
CAUTION : IF THE LOADS APPLIED DURING THE RECOVERY PROCEDURE ARE MORE
THAN THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LOADS, YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS
FOR SPECIFIC INSPECTIONS.
CAUTION : USE ONLY RECOVERY SLINGS AND SPREADER BEAMS SPECIFIED BY AIRBUS.
NON-APPROVED LIFTING DEVICES CAN CAUSE SECONDARY DAMAGE TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CRANE YOU USE CAN LIFT THE ESTIMATED LOAD
PLUS THE WEIGHT OF THE LIFTING EQUIPMENT BEFORE YOU START TO
LIFT THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : YOU MUST CORRECTLY TETHER THE AIRCRAFT BEFORE YOU LEVEL OR
LIFT IT.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to help an
aircraft recovery.
Page 57
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : It is the responsibility of the recovery manager to make the decision about the applicable
method and related equipment/personnel for the leveling/lifting of the aircraft.
Subtask 06-50-00-581-001-A01
A. General
NOTE : Before you start a leveling or lifting procedure with slings/cranes, make sure that the
instructions that follow are obeyed.
(1) Do not level or lift the aircraft with cranes during gusty wind conditions.
(2) The common maximum permissible wind speed for mobile cranes is 50 km/h (27 kt) with
steady wind. Airbus recommends not to lift the aircraft if the wind speed is higher.
It is also recommended not to use cranes during thunderstorm to prevent lightning.
(3) Before you start the leveling or lifting operation with cranes, you must correctly tether the
aircraft. This is to prevent uncontrolled movement of the aircraft during this operation
specially in case of high wind condition (See 04-30-00).
(4) Only personnel familiar with the operating procedures of the slings, spreader beams and
cranes should be in charge of the lifting operation.
(5) Calculate the NRW and CG position (See 03-50-01).
(6) Calculate the anticipated vertical load on the fuselage or fitting points and make sure that
the necessary load is not more than the maximum allowable load.
If the necessary load is more than the allowable load, you must either decrease the aircraft
weight until the lifting load is less than the allowable load or use another leveling or lifting
procedure.
(7) Calculate the total lifting capacity of the slings and cranes that you use are able to hold.
Make sure that each available sling or crane can hold the necessary load, and can fit within
the boundaries of the fuselage contact zone.
The crane lifting strength must be higher than the lifting loads and the jib length must be
sufficient to allow aircraft movement (lateral and vertical)
To decrease the necessary lifting load, it is recommended to decrease the aircraft weight by
removal of cargo or payload from the aircraft before start of the leveling or lifting
operation (See 05-50-00 and/or 05-60-00).
(8) Calculate the possible arc movement during the leveling operation, at each lifting point.
Also calculate the side load if necessary (See 06-10-00).
(9) For the wing lifting, make sure that the hook and slings can hold the lifting loads.
(10) The frame station and lifting points that will be used for lifting must no be damaged. In
case of damage, contact Airbus.
(11) Make sure that there are no sharp edges or peaks (skin damages, protruding structure,
antenna ... ) in the zones where the fuselage recovery slings will be installed.
See DESC 06-00-00-002-A01 for the list of leveling/lifting obstructions.
Page 58
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(12) If necessary, put wheel chocks in front of and behind the wheels of the main landing gear
that is extended and in contact with the ground.
(13) Install the landing gear downlock pins in all landing gears that are extended.
(14) All the persons who work on the leveling/lifting operation should be connected with mobile
communication devices. Two-way voice activated headsets are ideal for this type of
operation.
(15) No personnel must be in or below the aircraft during the leveling process. The personnel
who is not directly involved in the lifting operation must be at least 20 m (65 ft) far from
the aircraft and cranes.
(16) Movement of fuel in the wing tanks caused by aircraft leveling can change the aircraft CG
position. Therefore, it is recommended to remove all fuel from the aircraft before leveling.
(See 05-10-00) This will also decrease the necessary lifting loads.
(17) Monitor the CG during all the aircraft leveling process and be prepared to control with
ballast if necessary (See TASK 03-50-01-558-803-A01).
(18) Monitor the position of the slings carefully at all times during the leveling/lifting process.
For the fuselage lifting, it is necessary to instal each sling at a frame station and all slings
must be in the area listed in TASK 06-50-00-581-803-A01.
(19) You must monitor and record the applied loads at all times during the leveling and lifting
process. If at one step of the process the maximum load (related to the lifting scenario) is
more than the allowable load, contact Airbus for definition of structure inspection tasks.
Airbus recommends that you use load cells and monitoring equipment to record the applied
loads.
(20) Level or lift the aircraft slowly, obey the instructions given by the manufacturer of the
lifting/leveling equipment and adjust the tethers as the aircraft starts to move.
(21) When the fuselage and the wing are leveled and if it is necessary to lift the aircraft, it is
recommended to use the 3 main jacking points to lift the aircraft to the necessary height.
See AMM 07-11-00-581-001. The aircraft should not be lifted until the entire aircraft (wing
and fuselage) is in a level attitude.
(22) When the aircraft is leveled and at the necessary height:
(a) Assemble a shoring device to support the fuselage and/or wings, or install jacks as a
safety precaution if you work on the landing gear. Use shoring cradles on a prepared
area:
- Under the fuselage FR9, F24-56 and FR60: 98D07203016000 GLOBAL SHORING
KIT SA
- Under the wing RIB 4, RIB 13 and RIB 22: 98D57004098000 A320 AUX
JACKING WING.
If the above tools are not available on site, you can use wood cribbing with rubber
protections under the fuselage. In that case, the bearing area is the same as for
pneumatic lifting bags installation: see DESC 06-40-00-001-A01.
Page 59
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(b) If possible on site, when the aircraft is on shoring cradles, extend the landing gear and
install the downlock pins, see TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01 or repair or replace the
landing gear.
Then prepare a roadway (see 07-20-00) and tow the aircraft (see 07-40-00).
(c) Or place the forward fuselage and/or the wing(s) on a mobile trailers if it is not
possible to make the landing gear serviceable.
(23) After the recovery operation, you must do an inspection of the skin surface and the wing
for any sign of damage which may have been caused during the leveling/lifting.
Page 60
06-50-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-00-001-A01
Introduction
Page 1
06-60-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 2
06-60-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
During the lateral or longitudinal leveling, the trajectories of the leveling/lifting points (the jacking
point or the contact point of the pneumatic lifting bags) start from the first ground contact point
from which the leveling is initiated and make a curve. This curve shows the displacement of the
leveling/lifting point during the full leveling operation. The arc movement is calculated as follow (see
06-60-00):
- Jacking: from the lowest position of the jacking point to its highest position with the aircraft at a
leveled attitude.
- Pneumatic lifting bags: from the lowest position of the middle point of the pneumatic lifting bags
areas (as defined into 06-60-00 ) to the its highest position with the aircraft at a leveled attitude.
By arc movement, one must understand the total longitudinal and/or transverse movement of the
lifting point
See FIGURE 06-60-00-991-001-A
Make sure that lifting device can follow the maximum travel range in all directions. It is important to
know that the mentioned values are the result of a theoretical study and thus are average values and
not accurate ones. It is necessary to make sure that the device you use will be able to hold the loads
on the transverse displacements. For this reason, it is recommended to use a lifting device set to
which you can apply a minimum of 150% of the necessary load.
- With jacks, there is a risk of bending or rupture of the jack.
- With pneumatic lifting, there is a risk of shear fracture of the bag.
During the leveling operation, the maximum applicable loads applied on the jacking points or one the
contact area of the pneumatic lifting bags must not be more than the maximum allowable loads.
At all steps, it is necessary to accurately monitor the loads. The leveling should be linear and soft and
it is necessary to control it continuously.
The description of each scenario has:
- An illustration which shows the A/C attitude with the pitch and roll angles the coordinates of the
contact points.
- An illustration which shows the clearances for the different methods to level/lift the aircraft. The
200 mm (7.87 in.) clearance and the related frame position are theoretically calculated to show
the standard clearance which allow to install a deflated standard pneumatic lifting bag.
- An illustration which shows the arc movements related to the method used to lift the aircraft.
On these illustrations, for the longitudinal movement, the negative sign is related to a forward
displacement. For the lateral movement, the negative sign is related to an inboard displacement.
Page 3
06-60-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
TYPICAL
DEFORMATION VERTICAL
Z DIRECTION
LATERAL
Y DIRECTION
LONGITUDINAL
X DIRECTION
VERTICAL
Z DIRECTION
JACK ACTUATOR
JACK
LONGITUDINAL LATERAL
X DIRECTION Y DIRECTION
N_AR_066000_1_0010101_01_00
Scenarios 1, 2, 3 and 4
Typical Transverse Movements
FIGURE-06-60-00-991-001-A01
Page 4
06-60-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-01-001-A01
Scenario 1 - NLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-01-991-006-A.
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-01-991-007-A.
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-01-991-008-A.
Page 1
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066001_1_0060101_01_00
SCENARIO 1.2 : 200 mm DEFORMATION ON NOSE FWD FUSELAGE
SCENARIO 1.1 : NO DEFORMATION
Scenario 1
NLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-006-A01
Page 2
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
5 3 2 1 4
N_AR_066001_1_0060102_01_03
Scenario 1
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-006-A01
Page 3
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR26 FR35
FR19 FR25
FR18
A B C
FR28
FR35
FR26
FR22
A B C
N_AR_066001_1_0070101_01_01
Scenario 1
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-007-A01
Page 4
06-60-01 May 01/21
**ON A/C A318-100
Scenario 1
Arc Movements
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-008-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
LIFTING POINT
X Y Z
06-60-01
SCENARIO 1.1 138 (5.43) 0 1150 (45.3)
SCENARIO 1.2 197 (7.76) 0 1173 (46.2)
N_AR_066001_1_0080101_01_01
Page 5
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-01-001-B01
Scenario 1 - NLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-01-991-009-A
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-01-991-010-A
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-01-991-011-A.
Page 6
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066001_1_0090101_01_01
Scenario 1
NLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-009-A01
Page 7
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
5 3 2 1 4
SCENARIO THEORETICAL POINT OF X mm (in) Y mm (in)
CONTACT COORDINATES
1 LH MLG WHEEL 18652 (734.33) −3795 (−149.41)
2 NOSE FUSELAGE 4986 (196.30) 0
3 RH MLG WHEEL 18652 (734.33) 3795 (149.41)
1.1 OTHER THEORETICAL POINT OF
X mm (in) Y mm (in)
CONTACT COORDINATES FOR INFORMATION
4 LH ENGINE 13015 (512.40) −5723 (−225.32)
5 RH ENGINE 13015 (512.40) 5723 (225.32)
N_AR_066001_1_0090102_01_02
Scenario 1
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-009-A01
Page 8
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR35
FR27
FR19 FR26
A B C
FR28
FR35
FR27
FR23
A B C
N_AR_066001_1_0100101_01_01
Scenario 1
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-010-A01
Page 9
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
LIFTING POINT
N_AR_066001_1_0110101_01_01
Scenario 1
Arc Movements
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-011-A01
Page 10
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-01-001-C01
Scenario 1 - NLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-01-991-012-A
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-01-991-013-A
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-01-991-014-A
Page 11
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066001_1_0120101_01_01
SCENARIO 1.2 : 200 mm (7.87 in) DEFORMATION ON NOSE FWD FUSELAGE
SCENARIO 1.1 : NO DEFORMATION
Scenario 1
NLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-012-A01
Page 12
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
5 3 2 1 4
Scenario 1
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-012-A01
Page 13
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR29 FR35
FR21 FR28
FR20
A B C
THEORETICAL CLEARANCE
SCENARIO LIFTING POINTS
IN ? Z ? mm (in)
A FR20/FR21 200 (7.9)
1.1 B PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS FR28/FR29 649 (25.6)
C FR35 1027 (40.4)
FR30 FR35
FR24 FR29
FR23
A B C
THEORETICAL CLEARANCE
SCENARIO LIFTING POINTS
IN ? Z ? mm (in)
A FR23/FR24 200 (7.9)
1.2 B PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS FR29/FR30 620 (24.4)
C FR35 961 (37.8)
N_AR_066001_1_0130101_01_01
Scenario 1
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-013-A01
Page 14
06-60-01 May 01/21
**ON A/C A320-200
Scenario 1
Arc Movements
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-014-A01
LIFTING POINT
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
06-60-01
X Y Z
SCENARIO 1.1 140 (5.5) 0 1086 (42.8)
SCENARIO 1.2 158 (6.2) 0 1113 (43.8)
N_AR_066001_1_0140101_01_01
Page 15
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-01-001-D01
Scenario 1 - NLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-01-991-015-A
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-01-991-016-A
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-01-991-017-A
Page 16
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066001_1_0150101_01_01
Scenario 1
NLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-015-A01
Page 17
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
5 3 2 1 4
THEORETICAL POINT OF X mm (in) Y mm (in)
SCENARIO
CONTACT COORDINATES
1 LH MLG WHEEL 24523 (965.47) −3795 (−149.41)
2 NOSE FUSELAGE 5782 (227.64) 0
3 RH MLG WHEEL 24523 (965.47) 3795 (149.41)
1.1 OTHER THEORETICAL POINT OF X mm (in) Y mm (in)
CONTACT COORDINATES FOR INFORMATION
4 LH ENGINE 18985 (747.44) −5731 (−225.63)
5 RH ENGINE 18985 (747.44) 5731 (225.63)
Scenario 1
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-015-A01
Page 18
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR35.3
FR31
FR23 FR30
A B C
FR35.3
FR33
FR26 FR32
A B C
N_AR_066001_1_0160101_01_01
Scenario 1
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-016-A01
Page 19
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
LIFTING POINT
N_AR_066001_1_0170101_01_01
Scenario 1
Arc Movements
FIGURE-06-60-01-991-017-A01
Page 20
06-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-02-001-A01
Scenario 2.1 - One MLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-009-A
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-010-A
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-011-A
Page 1
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066002_1_0090101_01_01
SCENARIO 2.1 : 200 mm (7.87 in) DEFORMATION ON NACELLE
Scenario 2
One LH MLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-009-A01
Page 2
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
2.34?
HHL
−6.29?
3 2 1
13322.3 −5824
1 LH ENGINE
(524.5) (−229.29)
7613
2.1 2 NLG WHEEL 0
(299.72)
17865 −3795
3 RH MLG WHEEL
(703.34) (−149.41)
N_AR_066002_1_0090102_01_02
Scenario 2
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-009-A01
Page 3
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C
N_AR_066002_1_0100101_01_01
Scenario 2
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-010-A01
Page 4
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
LIFTING POINTS
N_AR_066002_1_0110101_01_01
Scenario 2
Arc Movements
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-011-A01
Page 5
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-02-001-B01
Scenario 2.1 - One MLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-012-A
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-013-A
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-014-A
Page 6
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066002_1_0120101_01_01
Scenario 2
One LH MLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-012-A01
Page 7
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
1.9?
HHL
−5.4?
3 2 1
N_AR_066002_1_0120102_01_02
Scenario 2
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-012-A01
Page 8
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C
N_AR_066002_1_0130101_01_02
Scenario 2
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-013-A01
Page 9
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
LIFTING POINTS
N_AR_066002_1_0140101_01_02
Scenario 2
Arc Movements
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-014-A01
Page 10
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-02-001-C01
Scenario 2.1 - One MLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-015-A
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-016-A
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-017-A
Page 11
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066002_1_0150101_01_01
Scenario 2.1
One LH MLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-015-A01
Page 12
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
1.6?
HHL
−5.3?
3 2 1
THEORETICAL POINT OF
SCENARIO X mm (in) Y mm (in)
CONTACT COORDINATES
N_AR_066002_1_0150102_01_02
Scenario 2.1
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-015-A01
Page 13
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C
THEORETICAL CLEARANCE
SCENARIO LIFTING POINTS IN ? Z ? mm (in)
A RIB1 TO 6 1958 (77)
2.1 B PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS RIB8 TO 12 2120 (83.5)
C RIB13 TO 17 2127 (83.7)
N_AR_066002_1_0160101_01_02
Scenario 2.1
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-016-A01
Page 14
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
LIFTING POINTS
N_AR_066002_1_0170101_01_02
Scenario 2.1
Arc Movements
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-017-A01
Page 15
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-02-001-D01
Scenario 2.1 - One MLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-018-A
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-019-A
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-020-A
Page 16
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066002_1_0180101_01_01
SCENARIO 2.1 : 200 mm (7.9 in) DEFORMATION ON NACELLE
Scenario 2
One LH MLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-018-A01
Page 17
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
1.13?
HHL
−5.04?
3 2 1
THEORETICAL POINT
SCENARIO X mm (in) Y mm (in)
OF CONTACT COORDINATES
N_AR_066002_1_0180102_01_02
Scenario 2
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-018-A01
Page 18
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C
N_AR_066002_1_0190101_01_02
Scenario 2
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-019-A01
Page 19
06-60-02 May 01/21
**ON A/C A321-100 A321-200
Scenario 2
Arc Movements
LIFTING POINTS
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-020-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
06-60-02
A 13 (0.5) 58 (2.3) 655 (25.8)
2.1 B 20 (0.8) 88 (3.5) 994 (39.1)
C 25 (1) 111 (4.4) 1260 (49.6)
LIFTING WITH PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS
N_AR_066002_1_0200101_01_02
Page 20
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-02-002-A01
Scenario 2.2 - One MLG Unserviceable, One Missing
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
SeeFIGURE 06-60-02-991-021-A
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-022-A
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-02-991-023-A
Page 21
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066002_1_0210101_01_01
Scenario 2.2
One LH MLG Unserviceable, One Missing (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-021-A01
Page 22
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
3.3?
HHL
−10.7?
3 2 1
N_AR_066002_1_0210102_01_02
Scenario 2.2
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-021-A01
Page 23
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C
N_AR_066002_1_0220101_01_01
Scenario 2.2
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-022-A01
Page 24
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
LIFTING POINTS
N_AR_066002_1_0230101_01_02
Scenario 2.2
Arc Movements
FIGURE-06-60-02-991-023-A01
Page 25
06-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-03-001-A01
Scenario 3 - NLG and One MLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-03-991-010-A
For the Step 2, see 06-60-01scenario 1.2
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-03-991-011-A
For the Step 2, see 06-60-01scenario 1.2
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-03-991-012-A
For the Step 2, see 06-60-01scenario 1.2.
Page 1
06-60-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066003_1_0100101_01_01
SCENARIO 3 : NO WING BENDING
Scenario 3
NLG and LH MLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-010-A01
Page 2
06-60-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
−5.36?
HHL
−12.19?
3 2 1
THEORETICAL POINT OF X mm Y mm
SCENARIO STEP
CONTACT COORDINATES (in) (in)
20790 −16578
1 LH WING (818.50) (−652.68)
5751 −382
3 1 2 NOSE FUSELAGE (226.42) (−15.04)
17865 3795
3 RH MLG WHEEL (703.35) (149.41)
Scenario 3
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-010-A01
Page 3
06-60-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B C D
N_AR_066003_1_0110101_01_02
Scenario 3
Leveling/Lifting Clearancest
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-011-A01
Page 4
06-60-03 May 01/21
**ON A/C A318-100
Scenario 3
Arc Movements
B
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-012-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
@A318/A319/A320/A321
06-60-03
THEORETICAL DISPLACEMENT mm (in)
SCENARIO LIFTINF POINTS X Y Z LIFTING POINTS
B 137 (5.4) 316 (12.4) 1462 (57.6)
3 C 217 (8.5) 501 (19.7) 2319 (91.3)
D 279 (11) 642 (25.3) 2677 (105.4)
STEP 1 : LIFT THE A/C BY THE WING B
LIFTING WITH PNEUMATIC BAGS
N_AR_066003_1_0120101_01_02
Page 5
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-03-001-B01
Scenario 3 - NLG and One MLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-03-991-013-A
For the Step 2, see 06-60-01scenario 1.2
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-03-991-014-A
For the Step 2, see 06-60-01scenario 1.2
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-03-991-015-A
For the Step 2, see 06-60-01scenario 1.2
Page 6
06-60-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066003_1_0130101_01_01
Scenario 3
NLG and LH MLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-013-A01
Page 7
06-60-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
−5.1?
HHL
−12.2?
3 2 1
N_AR_066003_1_0130102_01_02
Scenario 3
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-013-A01
Page 8
06-60-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B C D
N_AR_066003_1_0140101_01_02
Scenario 3
Leveling/Lifting Clearancest
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-014-A01
Page 9
06-60-03 May 01/21
**ON A/C A319-100
Scenario 3
Arc Movements
B
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-015-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
@A318/A319/A320/A321
06-60-03
THEORETICAL DISPLACEMENT mm (in)
SCENARIO LIFTING POINTS X Y Z
B 130 (5.1) 316 (12.4) 1468 (57.8) LIFTING POINTS
3 C 206 (8.1) 499 (19.7) 2317 (91.2)
D 263 (10.4) 638 (25.1) 2966 (116.8)
STEP 1 : LIFT THE A/C BY THE WING
LIFTING WITH WING JACKING POINT
B
N_AR_066003_1_0150101_01_02
Page 10
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-03-001-C01
Scenario 3 - NLG and One MLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-03-991-016-A
For the Step 2, see 06-60-01scenario 1.2
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-03-991-017-A
For the Step 2, see 06-60-01scenario 1.2
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-03-991-018-A
For the Step 2, see 06-60-01scenario 1.2
Page 11
06-60-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066003_1_0160101_01_01
Scenario 3
NLG and LH MLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-016-A01
Page 12
06-60-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
−4.55?
HHL
−12.07?
3 2 1
THEORETICAL POINT OF X mm Y mm
SCENARIO STEP CONTACT COORDINATES (in) (in)
23290 −16618
1 LH WING (916.93) (−654.25)
5971 −385
3 1 2 NOSE FUSELAGE (235.08) (−15.16)
20253 3795
3 RH MLG WHEEL (797.36) (149.41)
Scenario 3
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-016-A01
Page 13
06-60-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B C D
N_AR_066003_1_0170101_01_02
Scenario 3
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-017-A01
Page 14
06-60-03 May 01/21
**ON A/C A320-200
Scenario 3
A
Arc Movements
B
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-018-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
@A318/A319/A320/A321
06-60-03
THEORETICAL DISPLACEMENT mm (in)
SCENARIO LIFTING POINTS X Y Z
B 118 (4.7) 317 (12.5) 1481 (58.3)
3 C 184 (7.2) 495 (19.5) 2313 (91.1) LIFTING POINTS
D 235 (9.3) 631 (24.8) 2437 (95.9)
STEP 1 : LIFT THE A/C BY THE WING B
LIFTING WITH PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS
N_AR_066003_1_0180101_01_02
Page 15
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-03-001-D01
Scenario 3 - NLG and One MLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-03-991-019-A
For the Step 2, see 06-60-01scenario 1.2
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-03-991-020-A
For the Step 2, see 06-60-01scenario 1.2
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-03-991-021-A
For the Step 2, see 06-60-01scenario 1.2
Page 16
06-60-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066003_1_0190101_01_01
SCENARIO 3 : NO WING BENDING
Scenario 3
NLG and LH MLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-019-A01
Page 17
06-60-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
−3.57?
HHL
−11.95?
3 2 1
THEORETICAL POINT OF X mm Y mm
SCENARIO STEP (in) (in)
CONTACT COORDINATES
27703 −16668
1 LH WING (1090.67) (−656.22)
6243 −384
3 1 2 NOSE FUSELAGE (245.79) (15.12)
24523 3795
3 RH MLG WHEEL (965.47) (149.41)
Scenario 3
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-019-A01
Page 18
06-60-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B C D
N_AR_066003_1_0200101_01_02
Scenario 3
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-020-A01
Page 19
06-60-03 May 01/21
A
**ON A/C A321-100 A321-200
Scenario 3
A
Arc Movements
B
FIGURE-06-60-03-991-021-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
@A318/A319/A320/A321
06-60-03
THEORETICAL DISPLACEMENT mm (in)
SCENARIO LIFTING POINTS X Y Z
B 94 (3.7) 317 (12.5) 1503 (59.2)
3 C 144 (5.7) 486 (19.1) 2303 (90.7)
D 182 (7.2) 617 (24.3) 2921 (125.0)
STEP 1 : LIFT THE A/C BY THE WING LIFTING POINTS
LIFTING WITH PNEUMATIC LIFTING BAGS
B
N_AR_066003_1_0210101_01_02
Page 20
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-04-001-A01
Scenario 4 - All MLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-04-991-009-A
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-04-991-010-A
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-04-991-011-A
Page 1
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066004_1_0090101_01_01
SCENARIO 4 : WITH DEFORMATION ON REAR FUSELAGE
Scenario 4
LH and RH MLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-009-A01
Page 2
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
8.29?
3 2 4 1
THEORETICAL POINT OF
SCENARIO X mm (in) Y mm (in)
CONTACT COORDINATES
13925 −5736
1 LH ENGINE
(548.23) (−225.83)
7613
2 NLG WHEEL 0
(299.72)
4
13925 5736
3 RH ENGINE
(548.23) (225.83)
REAR 23499
4 0
FUSELAGE (924.15)
N_AR_066004_1_0090102_01_02
Scenario 4
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-009-A01
Page 3
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B C D
N_AR_066004_1_0100101_01_02
Scenario 4
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-010-A01
Page 4
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Scenario 4
Arc Movements
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-011-A01
Page 5
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-04-001-B01
Scenario 4 - All MLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-04-991-012-A
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-04-991-013-A
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-04-991-014-A
Page 6
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066004_1_0120101_01_01
Scenario 4
LH and RH MLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-012-A01
Page 7
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
6.7?
3 2 4 1
N_AR_066004_1_0120102_01_02
Scenario 4
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-012-A01
Page 8
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B C D
N_AR_066004_1_0130101_01_02
Scenario 4
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-013-A01
Page 9
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066004_1_0140101_01_02
Scenario 4
Arc Movements
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-014-A01
Page 10
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-04-001-C01
Scenario 4 - All MLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-04-991-015-A
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-04-991-016-A
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-04-991-017-A
Page 11
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066004_1_0150101_01_01
Scenario 4
LH and RH MLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-015-A01
Page 12
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
5.41?
3 2 1
4
4 5.41 ESTIMATED TO 0?
N_AR_066004_1_0150102_01_02
Scenario 4
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-015-A01
Page 13
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B C D
N_AR_066004_1_0160101_01_02
Scenario 4
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-016-A01
Page 14
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066004_1_0170101_01_02
Scenario 4
Arc Movements
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-017-A01
Page 15
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 06-60-04-001-D01
Scenario 4 - All MLG Unserviceable
1. Aircraft Attitude Data
See FIGURE 06-60-04-991-018-A
2. Leveling/Lifting Clearances
See FIGURE 06-60-04-991-019-A
3. Arc Movements
See FIGURE 06-60-04-991-020-A
Page 16
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066004_1_0180101_01_01
SCENARIO 4 : WITH DEFORMATION ON REAR FUSELAGE
Scenario 4
LH and RH MLG Unserviceable (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-018-A01
Page 17
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FDL
4.23?
3 24 1
N_AR_066004_1_0180102_01_02
Scenario 4
Aircraft Attitude Data (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-018-A01
Page 18
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B C D
N_AR_066004_1_0190101_01_02
Scenario 4
Leveling/Lifting Clearances
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-019-A01
Page 19
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_066004_1_0200101_01_02
Scenario 4
Arc Movements
FIGURE-06-60-04-991-020-A01
Page 20
06-60-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 07-00-00-002-A01
General Preparation
1. General
This chapter gives the procedures for moving the aircraft to a hard surface. There are different
procedures for moving the aircraft if the landing gear is serviceable, or if it is damaged.
A. Before moving the aircraft you must:
- Do a detailed inspection of the landing gear to confirm its structural integrity. The landing
gear must be capable of supporting the weight of the aircraft during towing/debogging
operations, see 02-30-01
- Do a check to make sure that the landing gear is in the downlocked position with the
groundlock pins fitted. If it is not possible to fit the groundlock pins, a more detailed
inspection must be done to find the cause. See 02-30-01 for groundlock pin installation
details.
B. Use one of the following procedures when the landing gear is damaged or missing:
- Repair or replace the landing gear to make it capable of supporting the aircraft weight
during towing/debogging operations.
- Use an aircraft recovery transport-vehicle or vehicles to move the aircraft, see 07-60-00.
C. Before moving the aircraft, make sure that:
- Fuel and cargo have been removed to make the aircraft as light as possible.
- The weight and Center of Gravity (CG) are adequate for towing stability.
- The relevant authorities have confirmed that the aircraft can be moved.
- The airport authority and fire department have been told that the recovery process has
moved to the next phase.
- There are no fluid leaks.
2. Returning Undamaged Aircraft to a Hard Surface
A planned recovery will allow the undamaged aircraft to be returned to the runway in the least
possible time.
A. The recovery plan can include:
- Confirmation that the aircraft is in the correct condition to be moved.
- The need to remove fuel and cargo from the aircraft.
- The type of ground over which the aircraft must be moved.
- The direction in which the aircraft will be moved.
- The type and quantity of ground equipment and recovery vehicles needed.
Page 1
07-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B. The following procedures may be necessary to return an undamaged aircraft to the runway or
taxiway:
- For an aircraft that has moved onto soft ground or snow, it may be necessary to use the
debogging procedure, see DESC 07-40-00-001-A01 and the procedure to prepare a roadway,
see 07-20-00. When a roadway is prepared, the width of the roadway must be sufficient to
let the towing vehicle turn the aircraft if necessary.
- To make sure that the towing loads are not exceeded: use a load measuring tool to monitor
the loads at all times.
- To make sure that the debogging loads are not exceeded: use a load measuring tool to
monitor the loads at all times unless the fuse assembly is being used.
Page 2
07-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 07-20-00-001-A01
General
1. For each aircraft recovery, the recovery manager must contact the relevant specialists to obtain
correct data applicable to the ground strength.
If the aircraft has moved off the runway or taxiway, it may be necessary to build a roadway to move
the aircraft on.
The roadway must be excavated to a depth that will let the finished roadway safely support the
weight of the aircraft.
The width of the roadway must let the aircraft be turned as necessary and let the routing of the
aircraft be changed. The width of the roadway must let heavy recovery vehicles manoeuvre safely.
NOTE : The information or principle contained in this chapter are given as a guide to assist an
aircraft recovery.
2. If the ground is soft or is not stable, you must excavate the ground along the route to the runway
and build a roadway. If the aircraft wheels have made ruts that are not too deep, the ruts can be
filled with a foundation material.
This material can be compacted gravel or railway ties/sleepers covered with sheet steel or thick
plywood, see FIGURE 07-20-00-991-001-A.
See chapter 04-50-00 for information on soil characteristics. Normally, general construction
contractors will have sufficient knowledge and experience to make a safe roadway.
Some of the materials that can be used in the construction of a roadway are:
- Compacted stone, gravel and/or broken asphalt,
- Railway ties/sleepers,
- Sheet steel,
- Plywood
See chapter 09-30-01 for details of materials that can be used for the recovery operation. You must
make sure that materials used for recovery are safe to be used, can cope with the forecasted weather
conditions and will not break under load or cause a change in aircraft stability.
When sheet material is used on top of the compacted material, it is recommended that two layers of
sheet material are used. Lay the sheets with the joints of the bottom layer covered by the top layer,
see FIGURE 07-20-00-991-001-A. When using sheet steel be careful to avoid fluid spills. Fluid spills
on sheet steel can cause a loss of towing traction for the towing vehicles and will be a hazard for the
recovery team.
Steel or aluminum sections that can be bolted together are available commercially in most cities.
Fabric matting that is made of different types of glass fibre is also available commercially. There are
different types, sizes and strengths of these materials.
Page 1
07-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
If there is not sufficient sheet material to make the roadway, the materials that the aircraft has been
moved over can be re-used to complete the roadway.
If heavy timbers are used directly on the roadway, they must be covered with a layer of plywood or
steel. If this is not done, the load from individual wheels can push one of the timbers into soft ground
and cause the aircraft to stop.
When the ground is not level, the roadway must normally be made with a slope of 5˚ or less. If
possible, position the towing/winching vehicle on the runway to give maximum traction.
Page 2
07-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
5? SLOPE
TYPICAL USE OF
RAILWAY TIES/SLEEPERS
SHEET MATERIAL
OVERLAP
N_AR_072000_1_0010101_01_00
Preparing a Roadway
Typical Roadway Construction (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-07-20-00-991-001-A01
Page 3
07-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_072000_1_0010102_01_01
Preparing a Roadway
Typical Roadway Construction (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-07-20-00-991-001-A01
Page 4
07-20-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 07-40-00-001-A01
General
1. This chapter gives the towing procedures to be used during an aircraft recovery.
Page 1
07-40-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 07-40-01-584-801-A01
Towing on the NLG with a Towbar
1. General
This procedure gives details to push the aircraft rearward or to tow the aircraft forward using a
towbar installed on the NLG.
2. Inspections
- Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gears, see TASK 02-30-01-481-801-
A01.
- Make sure that the aircraft is stable, see TASK 04-20-00-588-801-A01 or AMM
05-57-00-200-001.
- Make sure that the engine cowl are closed.
- Make sure that the H-dimension is never more than 300 mm (11.81 in). See 07-40-04.
3. Job Setup References
For towing limits, see 07-40-04.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
D23156000 PIN-SAFETY
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01 Installation of the Safety Devices on Landing Gears
TASK 04-20-00-588-801-A01 Stabilizing the Aircraft
07-40-04 TOWING LOAD LIMITS
AMM 05-57-00-200-001
AMM 31-60-00-860-001
AMM 29-24-00-863-001
FIGURE 07-40-01-991-002-A FIGURE 07-40-01-991-002-A-Towing on the NLG
FIGURE 07-40-01-991-001-A FIGURE 07-40-01-991-001-A-Towing on the NLG
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
Page 1
07-40-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
Subtask 07-40-01-500-001-A01
A. Preparation
(1) If possible, do an EIS start procedure, see AMM 31-60-00-860-001.
(2) On the N/W steering deactivation electrical-box 5GC (see FIGURE 07-40-01-991-002-A):
(a) Set the ground-towing control lever to the towing position.
(b) Install the D23156000 PIN-SAFETY.
Subtask 07-40-01-500-002-A01
B. Installation of the Towbar
Subtask 07-40-01-869-001-A01
C. Aircraft Configuration
(1) On the panel 400VU:
- Make sure that the pressure indication on the yellow brake-pressure triple-indicator is
correct: 3000 psi (206.84 bar). The pointer must be in the green area. The pointer
must be in the green range.
- If necessary, pressurize the yellow hydraulic system, see AMM 29-24-00-863-001.
(2) On the panel 110VU, set the PARKING-BRK control-switch to OFF.
(3) During towing, make sure that the pressure indication on the yellow brake-pressure triple-
indicator is correct: 3000 psi (206.84 bar). The pointer must be in the green area. The
pointer must be in the green range.
If necessary, pressurize the yellow hydraulic system, see AMM 29-24-00-863-001.
Page 2
07-40-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 07-40-01-584-001-A01
D. Towing
CAUTION : PUT THE PARKING BRAKE CONTROL SWITCH IN THE OFF POSITION
BEFORE YOU TOW OR PUSH BACK THE AIRCRAFT. THIS IS TO PREVENT
HIGH LOADS WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE NOSE LANDING GEAR.
(1) Tow slowly and smoothly.
During the towing operations, put:
- one person in the cockpit to operate the brakes if necessary,
- two persons to monitor the wing tips.
NOTE : The shock absorber reaction can cause the aircraft to move forward and rearward
when you stop the wheels. Because of this, make sure that there is sufficient
space around the aircraft when you tow with the nose gear.
Subtask 07-40-01-869-002-A01
E. Close-up
(1) Visual Inspection
(a) After you complete the towing operation, make sure that the nose wheels are aligned
with the aircraft centerline.
(2) Aircraft Configuration
(a) Put the wheel chocks in position in front of and behind the wheels.
(b) On the panel 110VU, set the PARKING BRK control switch to ON.
(c) On the panel 400VU, make sure that the pressure indication on the yellow brake-
pressure triple-indicator is correct: 3000 psi (206.84 bar). The pointer must be in the
green area. The pointer must be in the green range.
If necessary, pressurize the yellow hydraulic system, see AMM 29-24-00-863-001.
(3) Removal of the Towbar
(a) Remove the towbar from the fitting of the NLG.
(b) Remove the tow-lever safety pin.
(c) Set the ground-towing lever to its initial position.
Page 3
07-40-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TORSION
PUSH PULL
TURNING POINT WITH RUBBER
B
N_AR_074001_1_0010101_01_00
Page 4
07-40-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TOWING LEVER
NORMAL POSITION
(NOSE WHEEL STREERING OPERATIONAL)
A
N_AR_074001_1_0020101_01_00
Page 5
07-40-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 07-40-01-584-802-A01
Towing on the NLG with a Towbarless Tractor
1. General
This procedure gives details to push the aircraft rearward or to tow the aircraft forward using a
towbarless tractor on the NLG.
2. Inspections
- Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gears, see TASK 02-30-01-481-801-
A01.
- Make sure that the aircraft is stable, see TASK 04-20-00-588-801-A01 or AMM
05-57-00-200-001.
- Make sure that the engine cowl are closed.
- Make sure that the H-dimension is never more than 300 mm (11.81 in). See 07-40-04.
3. Job Setup References
For towing limits, see 07-40-04.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
D23156000 PIN-SAFETY
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
TABLE 1
B. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01 Installation of the Safety Devices on Landing Gears
TASK 04-20-00-588-801-A01 Stabilizing the Aircraft
TASK 07-40-01-584-801-A01 Towing with the NLG with a Towbar
07-40-04 TOWING LOAD LIMITS
AMM 05-57-00-200-001
AMM 31-60-00-860-001
AMM 29-24-00-863-001
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
Page 6
07-40-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5. Procedure
WARNING : WHEN YOU TOW THE AIRCRAFT WITH A TOWBARLESS TRACTOR, THE
PARKING BRAKE OR THE BRAKE PEDALS SHALL ONLY BE USED IN CASE OF
EMERGENCY. IF YOU APLLY THE PARKING BRAKE OR THE BRAKE PEDALS,
YOU CAN CAUSE OVERLOAD TO THE NLG, DAMAGE TO THE TOWBARLESS
TRACTOR AND INJURY TO THE PERSONEL. IF THIS OCCURS, YOU MUST
CONTACT AIRBUS.
CAUTION : WHEN YOU USE A TOWBARLESS TRACTOR, MAKE SURE THAT YOU OBEY
FULLY ALL THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS PROCEDURE. IF YOU DO NOT, THE
TRACTOR CAN CAUSE IMPORTANT SCRAPING OR OTHER DAMAGE TO THE
NLG AND TO THE AIRFRAME STRUCTURE AROUND THE NLG.
Subtask 07-40-01-500-003-A01
A. Preparation
(1) If possible, do an EIS start procedure, see AMM 31-60-00-860-001.
(2) On the N/W steering deactivation electrical-box 5GC (see TASK 07-40-01-584-801-A01):
(a) Set the ground-towing control lever to the towing position.
(b) Install the D23156000 PIN-SAFETY.
Subtask 07-40-01-500-004-A01
B. Installation of the Towbarless Tractor
Page 7
07-40-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(5) Make sure that the nose landing gear is correctly on the center of the tractor platform and
cannot be disengaged from the tractor.
Subtask 07-40-01-869-003-A01
C. Aircraft Configuration
(1) On the panel 400VU:
- Make sure that the pressure indication on the yellow brake-pressure triple-indicator is
correct: 3000 psi (206.84 bar). The pointer must be in the green area. The pointer
must be in the green range.
- If necessary, pressurize the yellow hydraulic system, see AMM 29-24-00-863-001.
(2) On the panel 110VU, set the PARKING-BRK control-switch to OFF.
(3) During towing, make sure that the pressure indication on the yellow brake-pressure triple-
indicator is correct: 3000 psi (206.84 bar). The pointer must be in the green area. The
pointer must be in the green range.
If necessary, pressurize the yellow hydraulic system, see AMM 29-24-00-863-001.
Subtask 07-40-01-584-002-A01
D. Towing
CAUTION : PUT THE PARKING BRAKE CONTROL SWITCH IN THE OFF POSITION
BEFORE YOU TOW OR PUSH BACK THE AIRCRAFT. THIS IS TO PREVENT
HIGH LOADS WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE NOSE LANDING GEAR.
(1) Tow slowly and smoothly.
During the towing operations, put:
- one person in the cockpit to operate the brakes if necessary,
- two persons to monitor the wing tips.
NOTE : The shock absorber reaction can cause the aircraft to move forward and rearward
when you stop the wheels. Because of this, make sure that there is sufficient
space around the aircraft when you tow with the nose gear.
Page 8
07-40-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 07-40-01-869-004-A01
E. Close-up
(1) Visual Inspection
(a) After you complete the towing operation, make sure that the nose wheels are aligned
with the aircraft centerline.
(2) Aircraft Configuration
(a) On the panel 110VU, set the PARKING BRK control switch to ON.
(b) On the panel 400VU, make sure that the pressure indication on the yellow brake-
pressure triple-indicator is correct: 3000 psi (206.84 bar). The pointer must be in the
green area. The pointer must be in the green range.
If necessary, pressurize the yellow hydraulic system, see AMM 29-24-00-863-001.
(3) Removal of the Towbarless Tractor
(a) Remove the NLG from the towbarless tractor.
(b) Put the wheel chocks in position in front of and behind the wheels.
(c) Remove the tow-lever safety pin.
(d) Set the ground-towing lever to its initial position.
Page 9
07-40-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 07-40-02-584-801-A01
Towing with the Main Gear from the Front
1. General
This procedure gives details to tow the aircraft forward with the MLG.
2. Inspections
- Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gears, see TASK 02-30-01-481-801-
A01.
- Make sure that the aircraft is stable, see TASK 04-20-00-588-801-A01or AMM 05-57-00-200-001.
- Make sure that the engine cowls are closed.
- Only tow the aircraft if the ground conditions let you. If necessary, install the applicable surface
equipment: slopes, movable taxiway plates, etc. (see 07-20-00).
- Make sure that the H-dimension is not more than 300 mm (11.81 in). See 07-40-04.
- Only try to turn if the ground conditions let you.
- Do a detail visual inspection of the towing cables, the fuse pins and the towing attachments
before you do this procedure.
3. Job Setup References
Depending on the landing gear configuration (some aircraft do not have forward towing
attachments), there are two methods for the towing of the aircraft from the front with the MLG:
- Using a towing strap around the MLG, see SUBTASK 07-40-02-500-002-A01
- Using two 98D09104000001 ATTACHMENT - TOWING or a 98D09104002000 ATTACHMENT
- TOWING (OPTIONAL 4 WHEEL BOGIE MLG) , see SUBTASK 07-40-02-500-003-A01.
For towing limits, see 07-40-04.
4. Job Set-up Information
A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
D23156000 PIN-SAFETY
98F09103500000 CABLE-TOWING, MLG
98D09104000001 ATTACHMENT - TOWING
98D09104002000 ATTACHMENT - TOWING (OPTIONAL 4 WHEEL BOGIE MLG)
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
TABLE 1
B.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01 Installation of the Safety Devices on Landing Gears
Page 1
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 04-20-00-588-801-A01 Stabilizing the Aircraft
07-40-04 TOWING LOAD LIMITS
07-20-00 PREPARING A ROADWAY
AMM 05-57-00-200-001
AMM 31-60-00-860-001
AMM 29-24-00-863-001
FIGURE 07-40-02-991-001-A FIGURE 07-40-02-991-001-A-Towing with the MLG from the Front
FIGURE 07-40-02-991-002-A FIGURE 07-40-02-991-002-A-Towing with the MLG from the Front
FIGURE 07-40-02-991-003-A FIGURE 07-40-02-991-003-A-Towing with the MLG from the Front
Referenced Information
TABLE 2
5. Procedure
WARNING : DO NOT USE A MANUAL NOSE WHEEL STEERING BAR DURING TOWING
FROM THE FRONT BECAUSE THE TOWING CABLES WILL BE NEAR THE
PERSON AT THE STEERING BAR. DEATH OR INJURY CAN OCCUR IF A
TOWING CABLE BREAKS.
Subtask 07-40-02-500-001-A01
A. Preparation
(1) If possible, do an EIS start procedure, see AMM 31-60-00-860-001.
(2) On the N/W steering deactivation electrical-box 5GC:
(a) Set the ground-towing control lever to the towing position.
(b) Install the D23156000 PIN-SAFETY.
Subtask 07-40-02-500-002-A01
B. Installation of the Towing Strap
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT NO PERSONS ARE NEAR THE TOWING CABLES WHEN
THE TRACTOR APPLIES TENSION TO THE CABLES. DEATH OR INJURY
CAN OCCUR IF A CABLE BREAKS.
(1) Use a towing strap with the properties that follow:
- Length 2 160 mm (85 in)
- Width 100 mm (4 in)
Page 2
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
NOTE : Airbus recommends that you install bridge cables or ropes between the towing
cables to prevent unwanted cable movement if a cable breaks.
(5) Do SUBTASK 07-40-02-584-001-A01.
Subtask 07-40-02-500-003-A01
C. Installation of the Towing Attachment
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT NO PERSONS ARE NEAR THE TOWING CABLES WHEN
THE TRACTOR APPLIES TENSION TO THE CABLES. DEATH OR INJURY
CAN OCCUR IF A CABLE BREAKS.
(1) Install the 98D09104000001 ATTACHMENT - TOWING (see FIGURE 07-40-02-991-002-
A) or the 98D09104002000 ATTACHMENT - TOWING (OPTIONAL 4 WHEEL BOGIE
MLG) (see FIGURE 07-40-02-991-003-A) on each MLG.
(2) Install the 98F09103500000 CABLE-TOWING, MLG on the towing attachments.
(3) Connect the 98F09103500000 CABLE-TOWING, MLG to the tractor.
NOTE : Airbus recommends that you install bridge cables or ropes between the towing
cables to prevent unwanted cable movement if a cable breaks.
(4) Do SUBTASK 07-40-02-584-001-A01.
Subtask 07-40-02-584-001-A01
D. Towing
Page 3
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT NO PERSONS ARE NEAR THE TOWING CABLES WHEN
THE TRACTOR APPLIES TENSION TO THE CABLES. DEATH OR INJURY
CAN OCCUR IF A CABLE BREAKS.
CAUTION : PUT THE PARKING BRAKE CONTROL SWITCH IN THE OFF POSITION
BEFORE YOU TOW OR PUSH BACK THE AIRCRAFT. THIS IS TO PREVENT
HIGH LOADS WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE NOSE LANDING GEAR.
(1) Tow the aircraft slowly and smoothly.
During the towing, put:
- One person in the cockpit to operate the brakes if necessary
- Two persons to monitor the wing tips.
WARNING : DO NOT USE A MANUAL NOSE WHEEL STEERING BAR DURING TOWING
FROM THE FRONT BECAUSE THE TOWING CABLES WILL BE NEAR THE
PERSON AT THE STEERING BAR. DEATH OR INJURY CAN OCCUR IF A
TOWING CABLE BREAKS.
(2) If possible, keep the tractor aligned with the aircraft centerline. The maximum lateral
position that is permitted is the width of the aircraft.
NOTE : Airbus recommends that you install load cells on the towing cables to record and
monitor the loads that you apply on the MLG during the towing procedure.
Subtask 07-40-02-869-001-A01
E. Close-up
(1) Visual Inspection
(a) After you complete the towing procedure, make sure that the nose wheels are aligned
with the aircraft centerline.
(2) Aircraft Configuration
(a) Put the wheel chocks in position in front of and behind the wheels.
(b) On panel 110VU, set the PARKING BRK control switch to ON.
(c) On panel 400VU, make sure that:
- The pressure indication on the yellow brake-pressure triple-indicator is correct: 3
000 psi (206.84 bar).
- The pointer is in the green area.
- If necessary, pressurize the yellow hydraulic system, see AMM 29-24-00-863-001.
(3) Removal of the Tools
(a) Remove the towing cable.
(b) Remove the towing attachment or the towing strap from each MLG.
(c) Remove the tow-lever safety pin.
Page 4
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 5
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TOWING CABLE
TOWING STRAP
A
N_AR_074002_1_0010101_01_00
Page 6
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TOWING CABLE
TOWING ATTACHMENT
A
N_AR_074002_1_0020101_01_00
Page 7
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TOWING ATTACHMENT
TOWING CABLE
N_AR_074002_1_0030101_01_00
Page 8
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 07-40-02-584-802-A01
Towing with the Main Gear from the Rear
1. General
This procedure gives instructions to tow the aircraft rearward with the MLG.
2. Inspections
- Make sure that the safety devices are installed on the landing gears, see TASK 02-30-01-481-801-
A01.
- Make sure that the aircraft is stable, see TASK 04-20-00-588-801-A01 or AMM
05-57-00-200-001.
- Make sure that the engine cowls are closed.
- Only tow the aircraft if the ground conditions let you. If necessary, install the applicable surface
equipment: slopes, movable taxiway plates, etc. (see 07-20-00).
- Make sure that the H-dimension is not more than 300 mm (11.81 in), see 07-40-04.
- Only try to turn if the ground conditions let you.
- Do a detailed visual inspection of the towing cables, the fuse pins and the towing attachments
before you do this procedure.
3. Job Setup References
Airbus recommends that you use the towing attachment tool, ref SUBTASK 07-40-02-500-006-A01.
If the towing attachment tool is not available or you cannot install it, you can install towing straps
around the main landing-gear leg, ref SUBTASK 07-40-02-500-008-A01.
Page 9
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
98A09003000001 BAR-STEERING, NOSE WHEEL
Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment
TABLE 2
C. Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01 Installation of the Safety Devices on Landing Gears
TASK 04-20-00-588-801-A01 Stabilizing the Aircraft
07-40-04 TOWING LOAD LIMITS
07-20-00 PREPARING A ROADWAY
AMM 05-57-00-200-001
AMM 31-60-00-860-001
AMM 29-24-00-863-001
FIGURE 07-40-02-991-004-A FIGURE 07-40-02-991-004-A-Towing with the MLG from the Rear
FIGURE 07-40-02-991-005-A FIGURE 07-40-02-991-005-A-Towing with the MLG from the Rear
FIGURE 07-40-02-991-006-A FIGURE 07-40-02-991-006-A-Towing with the MLG from the Rear
FIGURE 07-40-02-991-007-A FIGURE 07-40-02-991-007-A-Towing with the MLG from the Rear
FIGURE 07-40-02-991-008-A FIGURE 07-40-02-991-008-A-Towing with the MLG from the Rear
Referenced Information
TABLE 3
5. Procedure
Subtask 07-40-02-500-004-A01
A. Preparation
(1) If possible, do an EIS start procedure, see AMM 31-60-00-860-001.
(2) On the N/W steering deactivation electrical-box 5GC:
(a) Set the ground-towing control lever to the towing position.
(b) Install the D23156000 PIN-SAFETY.
Page 10
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 07-40-02-020-001-A01
B. Removal of the Lower Slave Link
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT YOU REMOVE THE SLAVE LINK BEFORE YOU INSTALL
THE TOWING STRAPS OR THE TOWING ATTACHMENT. IF YOU DO NOT
REMOVE THE SLAVE LINK, THE TOWING EQUIPMENT CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO IT.
(1) See FIGURE 07-40-02-991-004-A.
(2) Remove and discard the split pin (7).
(3) Remove the nut (6) and the washer (5).
(4) Remove the bolt (9) and the sleeve (8).
(5) Disconnect the lower rod end of the lower slave link (4).
(6) Remove and discard the split pin (3).
(7) Remove the nut (2) and the washer (1).
(8) Remove the bolt (10) and the sleeve (11).
(9) Disconnect the upper rod end of the lower slave link (4).
(10) Secure the upper part of the slave link (12).
(11) Make sure that you do not make kinks on the electrical harnesses or the hydraulic lines.
Subtask 07-40-02-500-006-A01
C. Installation of the Towing Attachment
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT NO PERSONS ARE NEAR THE TOWING CABLES WHEN
THE TRACTOR APPLIES TENSION TO THE CABLES. DEATH OR INJURY
CAN OCCUR IF A CABLE BREAKS.
(1) Install the 98D09104001000 ATTACHEMENT-TOWING (see FIGURE 07-40-02-991-005-
A) or the 98D09104002000 ATTACHMENT - TOWING (OPTIONAL 4 WHEEL BOGIE
MLG) (see FIGURE 07-40-02-991-006-A) on each MLG.
(2) Install the 98F09103500000 CABLE-TOWING, MLG on the towing attachments.
(3) Connect the 98F09103500000 CABLE-TOWING, MLG to the tractor.
NOTE : Airbus recommends that you install bridge cables or ropes between the towing
cables to prevent unwanted cable movement if a cable breaks.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE NOSE WHEEL STEERING-BAR DURING
TOWING OF THE AIRCRAFT. THERE IS A RISK OF INJURY IF SUDDEN
UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE AIRCRAFT OR STEERING BAR OCCURS.
Page 11
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(4) Install the 98A09003000001 BAR-STEERING, NOSE WHEEL on the NLG, see FIGURE
07-40-02-991-007-A.
(5) Do SUBTASK 07-40-02-584-002-A01.
Subtask 07-40-02-500-008-A01
D. Installation of the Towing Strap
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT NO PERSONS ARE NEAR THE TOWING CABLES WHEN
THE TRACTOR APPLIES TENSION TO THE CABLES. DEATH OR INJURY
CAN OCCUR IF A CABLE BREAKS.
(1) Use a towing strap with the properties that follow:
- Length 2 160 mm (85 in)
- Width 100 mm (4 in)
- Safe Working Load 13 000 daN (29 225 lbf).
(2) Wind the towing strap around the bottom of the MLG shock absorber and the axles. Make
sure that the towing strap does not touch the links of the MLG, see FIGURE
07-40-02-991-008-A.
(3) Connect the 98F09103500000 CABLE-TOWING, MLG to the towing strap.
(4) Connect the 98F09103500000 CABLE-TOWING, MLG to the tractor.
NOTE : Airbus recommends that you install bridge cables or ropes between the towing
cables to prevent unwanted cable movement if a cable breaks.
(5) Do SUBTASK 07-40-02-584-002-A01.
Subtask 07-40-02-584-002-A01
E. Towing
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT NO PERSONS ARE NEAR THE TOWING CABLES WHEN
THE TRACTOR APPLIES TENSION TO THE CABLES. DEATH OR INJURY
CAN OCCUR IF A CABLE BREAKS.
WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE THE NOSE WHEEL STEERING-BAR DURING
TOWING OF THE AIRCRAFT. THERE IS A RISK OF INJURY IF SUDDEN
UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE AIRCRAFT OR STEERING BAR OCCURS.
Page 12
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CAUTION : PUT THE PARKING BRAKE CONTROL SWITCH IN THE OFF POSITION
BEFORE YOU TOW OR PUSH BACK THE AIRCRAFT. THIS IS TO PREVENT
HIGH LOADS WHICH CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE NOSE LANDING GEAR.
(1) Tow the aircraft slowly and smoothly.
During the towing procedure, put:
- One person in the cockpit to operate the brakes if necessary
- Two persons to monitor the wing tips.
(2) If possible, keep the tractor aligned with the aircraft centerline. The maximum lateral
position that is permitted is the width of the aircraft.
NOTE : Airbus recommends that you install load cells on the towing cable to record and
monitor the loads that you apply on the MLG during towing procedure.
Subtask 07-40-02-869-002-A01
F. Close-up
(1) Visual Inspection
(a) After you complete the towing procedure, make sure that the nose wheels are aligned
with the aircraft centerline.
(2) Aircraft Configuration
(a) Put the wheel chocks in position in front of and behind the wheels.
(b) On panel 110VU, set the PARKING BRK control switch to ON.
(c) On panel 400VU, make sure that:
- The pressure indication on the yellow brake-pressure triple-indicator is correct: 3
000 psi (206.84 bar).
- The pointer is in the green area.
- If necessary, pressurize the yellow hydraulic system, see AMM 29-24-00-863-001.
(3) Removal of the Tools
(a) Remove the 98A09003000001 BAR-STEERING, NOSE WHEEL.
(b) Remove the towing cable.
(c) Remove the towing attachment of the towing strap from each MLG.
(d) Remove the tow-lever safety pin.
(e) Set the ground-towing lever to its initial position.
Page 13
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Subtask 07-40-02-500-007-A01
G. Install the Lower Slave Link
Page 14
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
12
A
1 3
10
11
4
9
8
5
6
A
N_AR_074002_1_0040102_01_01
Page 15
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TOWING CABLE
A
N_AR_074002_1_0050101_01_00
Page 16
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TOWING CABLE
TOWING STRAP
A
N_AR_074002_1_0080101_01_00
Page 17
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TOWING
CABLE
TOWING
ATTACHMENT
A
N_AR_074002_1_0060101_01_00
Page 18
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_074002_1_0070101_01_00
Page 19
07-40-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 07-40-03-584-801-A01
Towing with Deflated Tires
1. General
This procedure is applicable during a recovery operation in the conditions that follow:
- The roadway is prepared, see DESC 07-20-00-001-A01.
- The aircraft is towed on a hard surface (for example a runway).
If these conditions are not applicable, contact Airbus for more information.
2. Job Set-up Information
A.Referenced Information
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
DESC 07-20-00-001-A01 General
AMM 09-10-00-584-005
Referenced Information
TABLE 1
3. Procedure
Subtask 07-40-03-584-001-A01
A. Towing with Deflated Tires
(1) For towing with deflated tires, see AMM 09-10-00-584-005.
DELETED
Page 1
07-40-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 07-40-04-001-A01
Load and Angle Limits
1. Towing
CAUTION : DO NOT TOW OR MOVE THE AIRCRAFT ON THE GROUND IF THE ENGINE
COWLS ARE OPEN.
MOVEMENT OF THE AIRCRAFT WITH THE COWLS OPEN CAN CAUSE
DAMAGE TO THE COWLS AND THE NACELLE STRUCTURE.
It is recommended that you use a towbar with a damping system.
A. You can use the NLG towbar fitting to tow or push the aircraft:
- With maximum weight
- With the engines between zero and idle.
B. You can use the MLG attachments to tow the aircraft:
- With the engines stopped
- When it is bogged.
C. Do not tow the aircraft if dimension H is more than 300 mm (11.81 in), see FIGURE
07-40-04-991-001-A. If you do this, you can cause damage to the cams that make the nose gear
wheels go back to the center position.
D. Keep a minimum of 3 m (9.84 ft) separation from the nose wheels, the towbar and the tractor
while the aircraft moves.
2. Speed Limits
The maximum permitted towing speed changes with the aircraft configuration.
A. Doors closed and locked or removed:
(1) For a tractor with a towbar, a maximum speed of 25 km/h (15.5 mph) is permitted.
(2) For a towbarless tractor, a maximum speed of 32 km/h (19.9 mph) is permitted.
Page 1
07-40-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B. Passenger/crew doors fully open and locked and/or cargo doors open in the vertical position:
(1) The maximum permitted speed is 10 km/h (6.2 mph).
C. In wind conditions, calculate the permitted towing speed before towing:
(1) Measure the wind speed.
(2) Do a check of the aircraft stability, see TASK 04-20-00-588-801-A01 or AMM
05-57-00-200-001.
(3) Substract the measured wind speed from the wind speed limit shown on the stability curve.
This gives the maximum permitted towing speed.
3. Approximate Towing Loads
See FIGURE 07-40-04-991-002-A.
NOTE : The engine thrust resistance at ground idle is 400 daN (899.24 lbf) (for each engine in
operation).
B. Use these coefficients for the friction between the tires of the tow tractor and the ground to
calculate the tractor weight:
- Dry concrete or asphalt: 0.80
- Wet asphalt: 0.75
- Wet concrete: 0.57
- Hard snow: 0.20
- Ice: 0.05
Minimum Tractor Weight = 6% MTW / (friction coefficient)
Page 2
07-40-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 3
07-40-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_074004_1_0010101_01_00
Towing Limits
Maximum Extension of the NLG Shock Absorber
FIGURE-07-40-04-991-001-A01
Page 4
07-40-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TOWING FORCES
BREAKAWAY 6% MTW
ROLLING 3% MTW
BREAKAWAY 6% MTW
ON SLOPE + 1% MTW PER
1% SLOPE
ROLLING 3% MTW
ON SLOPE + 1% MTW PER
1% SLOPE
N_AR_074004_1_0020101_01_00
Towing Limits
Towing Forces
FIGURE-07-40-04-991-002-A01
Page 5
07-40-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
B B
B B
A
MAXIMUM
GEAR LOADS
daN lbf
A 9 425 21 188
B 10 500 23 605
N_AR_074004_1_0030101_01_02
Towing Limits
Towing Loads and Angles
FIGURE-07-40-04-991-003-A01
Page 6
07-40-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 07-60-00-001-A01
General
1. This section gives the moving of the aircraft with damaged or missing landing gear.
If it is possible, the aircraft must always be moved the landing gear supporting the weight of the
aircraft.
Before you move the aircraft, you must chek the structural integrity of the landing gear and the
structural attachments in accordance with the landing gear inspection procedure 02-30-01.
For landing gears that are not correctly extended, see DESC 04-80-00-001-A01 for information on the
manual extension of the landing gear.
If any of the landing gear are damaged, you must always try to repair or replace the damaged landing
gear. This could include:
- The repair of the existing landing gear,
- The installation of a replacement landing gear,
- The temporary bracing of the landing gear to support the weight of the aircraft.
The repair or replacement of damaged landing gear is the recommended solution if a replacement
landing gear is available and the structural attachments for the landing gear are not damaged.
If it is not possible to move the aircraft with it’s landing gears, then you must use a different support
system to move the aircraft, see 07-60-03. It may be necessary to use one of the following vehicles or
a combination of vehicles to move the aircraft.
- Flat bed trailers,
- Movable cranes,
- Specialist aircraft-recovery transportation systems,
- General purpose trucks,
- Commercial transport equipment.
Moving the aircraft with aircraft recovery vehicles is the last method to be used after all other
methods are analyzed. When aircraft recovery transport vehicles are used, secondary damage is
possible.
Page 1
07-60-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 07-60-01-001-A01
Moving Damaged Aircraft on Trailers
1. If the Landing Gear cannot be made serviceable, the use of trailers gives a safe and correct method of
supporting the aircraft fuselage and/or the wings.
WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAILERS, AND ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT YOU USE
WITH THE TRAILERS, ARE SAFE FOR THE WEIGHT THEY MUST SUPPORT.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE SUPPORTS. MAKE SURE THAT THE LOADS ON
THE AIRFRAME ARE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE LOADS (SKIN LOADING
LIMITS) WHEN YOU USE SUPPORTS. THE SUPPORTS APPLY LOADS THAT DO
NOT OCCUR IN NORMAL OPERATION.
CAUTION : SECONDARY DAMAGE CAN OCCUR WHEN YOU USE TRAILERS TO SUPPORT
AND MOVE THE AIRCRAFT.
Page 1
07-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
G. Some aircraft recovery trailers have hydraulically controlled supports, that conform to the
fuselage and wing contours.
H. Monitor the loads during all the moving operation.
Page 2
07-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
SOME TRAILERS
HAVE HYDRAULICALLY
CONTROLLED SUPPORTS
MAXIMUM
15 DEGREE TILT
HYDRAULIC PLATFORM
BOGIES FOR SMALLER
LOADS
NOSE TRAILER
WITH ADJUSTABLE
TURNTABLE
N_AR_076001_1_0020101_01_00
Page 3
07-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_076001_1_0030101_01_00
(PLYWOOD, PNEUNATIC LIFTING BAGS, TIRES, ETC)
TYPICAL TURNTABLE
TIEDOWN STRAP
PADDING MATERIALS
FLATBED TRAILER
FLATBED TRAILER
Page 4
07-60-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 07-60-02-001-A01
Moving Damaged Aircraft with Cranes
1. General
CAUTION : IF THE LOADS APPLIED DURING THE RECOVERY PROCEDURE ARE MORE
THAN THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE LOADS, YOU MUST CONTACT AIRBUS
FOR SPECIFIC INSPECTIONS.
CAUTION : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU USE SUPPORTS. MAKE SURE THAT THE LOADS ON
THE AIRFRAME ARE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE LOADS (SKIN LOADING
LIMITS) WHEN YOU USE SUPPORTS. THE SUPPORTS APPLY LOADS THAT DO
NOT OCCUR IN NORMAL OPERATION.
CAUTION : USE ONLY RECOVERY SLINGS AND SPREADER BEAMS SPECIFIED BY AIRBUS.
NON-APPROVED LIFTING DEVICES CAN CAUSE SECONDARY DAMAGE TO THE
AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE CRANE YOU USE CAN LIFT THE ESTIMATED LOAD
PLUS THE WEIGHT OF THE LIFTING EQUIPMENT BEFORE YOU START TO
LIFT THE AIRCRAFT.
CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE LOADS ON THE AIRFRAME ARE LESS THAN THE
ALLOWABLE LOADS WHEN YOU USE SUPPORTS. THE SUPPORTS APPLY
LOADS THAT DO NOT OCCUR IN NORMAL OPERATION.
The principles outlined in this chapter are provided as a guide to assist an aircraft recovery.
See 06-50-00 for information on the use of cranes.
If it is possible, damaged landing gears must be repaired or replaced. This will allow the aircraft to be
moved with it’s own landing gear supporting the weight of the aircraft.
If it is not possible to repair or replace the damaged landing gear, an alternative method is to use
mobile crane or crawler crane to help move the aircraft.
NOTE : You must analyze other methods of supporting and moving the aircraft before using this
method.
If the aircraft is in this condition, then it is possible to use cranes and sling assembly to level and lift
the aircraft. The cranes can then be left in place to support and move the aircraft.
Roadways must be properly prepared to support the weight of the crane and the aircraft as they are
moved, see 07-20-00.
2. Moving the Aircraft with Cranes
The crane must be positioned close enough to the aircraft and the lifting point, to let the crane use
its lifting capacity safely.
Page 1
07-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A. You must monitor and record the loads on the slings when you use this process.
B. The moveable cranes must begin to move at the same time, and must move steadily at the
same speed during the entire aircraft movement operation.
C. The person controlling the operation must be in constant contact with the crane
drivers/operators.
D. See 06-50-00 for tooling specification, procedures and limitations to level/lift the aircraft using
cranes.
Page 2
07-60-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 07-60-03-001-A01
Moving Damaged Aircraft with Specialized Vehicles
1. Specialized recovery vehicles include sledges and patent trailer systems made by different
manufacturers.
Page 1
07-60-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 08-00-00-001-A01
General
1. Records
Airbus recommends that you make records on the full recovery operation.
These records can help you:
- To make aircraft maintenance operations easier for the return to service
- To have a feedback of the recovery operation
- To have traceability after the recovery.
The records can include:
- The aircraft inspection report
- Results of loads and CG calculations
- The technique used to level/lift and move the aircraft
- Loads applied during the recovery operation
- ...
2. Post Recovery Inspections
If necessary, do the ”Inspection After Leaving Runway or Taxiway”, see AMM 05-51-24-200-001.
Page 1
08-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
APPENDIX
09-00 APPENDIX
09-00-00 APPENDIX
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-00-00-001-A01
Introduction
1. This chapter has the structure that follows:
A. General Information (09-10)
(1) General charts and formulae for metric and imperial measurement conversion.
(2) Definitions related to aircraft recovery (glossary).
(3) General aircraft dimensions, fuselage, wing and horizontal stabilizer stations, frames and
ribs, door sizes, ground clearances, ground service connections illustrations, etc.).
B. Recovery Preparation (09-20)
(1) Guides or planning charts not related to the aircraft type.
(2) Possible composition of the recovery team.
C. Tooling and Equipment (09-30)
(1) General aircraft recovery materials and equipment.
(2) Specific aircraft tooling and aircraft recovery kits.
(3) Aircraft Recovery Kits.
D. Calculation Worksheets (09-50)
(1) Weight and balance calculation worksheets.
Page 1
09-00-00 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-01-002-A01
Units of Measurements
1. This topic gives the ISO and NON-ISO units used in this manual.
Length meters (m)
millimeters (mm)
Area square meters (m2)
Volume cubic meters (m3)
Weight kilograms (kg)
Density kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m3)
kilograms per liter (kg/l)
Force Newtons (N)
Moment Newton-meters (N.m)
product of weight and length in kilogram-meters (kgm)
Pressure Pascals (Pa)
bars (bar)
Velocity meters per second (m/s)
kilometers per hour (km/h)
Capacity and Quantity liters (l)
Temperature degrees Celsius (˚C)
Angle radians (rad)
degrees (˚)
ISO and Derived Measurement System
TABLE 1
Page 1
09-10-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 2
09-10-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-01-001-A01
Conversion Tables
1. This topic gives the conversion values to use for the conversion of units.
MULTIPLY BY TO OBTAIN
Meters (m) 39.37008 Inches (in)
Meters (m) 3.280840 Feet (ft)
Millimeters (mm) 0.03937008 Inches (in)
Millimeters (mm) 0.00328084 Feet (ft)
Length
Inches (in) 0.0254 Meters (m)
Inches (in) 25.4 Millimeters (mm)
Feet (ft) 0.3048 Meters (m)
Feet (ft) 304.8 Millimeters (mm)
Square meters (m2) 10.763910 Square feet (ft2)
Area
Square feet (ft2) 0.09290304 Square meters (m2)
Cubic meters (m3) 35.31466 Cubic feet (ft3)
Volume
Cubic feet (ft3) 0.02831685 Cubic meters (m3)
Kilograms (kg) 2.204622 Pounds (lb)
Weight
Pounds (lb) 0.4535924 Kilograms (kg)
Kilograms per liter (kg/l) 62.42797 Pounds per cubic foot (lb. ft3)
Kilograms per liter (kg/l) 8.3456459 Pounds per US gallon (lb/US gal)
Kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m3) 0.06242797 Pounds per cubic foot (lb. ft3)
Kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m3) 0.0083457 Pounds per US gallon (lb/US gal)
Density
Pounds per cubic foot (lb. ft3) 0.016018463 Kilograms per liter (kg/l)
Pounds per cubic foot (lb. ft3) 16.018463 Kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m3)
Pounds per US gallon (lb/US gal) 0.119823 Kilograms per liter (kg/l)
Pounds per US gallon (lb/US gal) 119.8225188 Kilograms per cubic meter (kg/m3)
Newtons (N) 0.2248089 Pound-forces (lbf)
Pound-forces (lbf) 4.448222 Newtons (N)
Force
Newtons (N) 10 Decanewtons (daN)
Decanewtons (daN) 0.1 Newtons (N)
Newton-meters (N.m) 0.7375621 Pound-force feet (lbf.ft)
Pound-force feet (lbf.ft) 1.355818 Newton-meters (N.m)
Moment
Newton-meters (N.m) 10 Decanewton-meters (daN.m)
Decanewton-meters (daN.m) 0.1 Newton-meters (N.m)
Page 3
09-10-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
MULTIPLY BY TO OBTAIN
Pascals (Pa) 0.0001450377 Pounds per square inch (psi)
Bars (bar) 14.50377 Pounds per square inch (psi)
Pressure
Pounds per square inch (psi) 6894.757 Pascals (Pa)
Pounds per square inch (psi) 0.06894757 Bars (bar)
Meters per second (m/s) 3.2808399 Feet per second (ft/s)
Meters per second (m/s) 2.2369 Miles per hour (mph)
Kilometers per hour (km/h) 0.9113 Feet per second (ft/s)
Kilometers per hour (km/h) 0.6214 Miles per hour (mph)
Feet per second (ft/s) 0.3048 Meters per second (m/s)
Feet per second (ft/s) 1.0973 Kilometers per hour (km/h)
Velocity Miles per hour (mph) Meters per second (m/s)
0.4470
Miles per hour (mph) 1.6093 Kilometers per hour (km/h)
Knots (kt) 1.852 Kilometers per hour (km/h)
Kilometers per hour (km/h) 0.5399568 Knots (kt)
Knots (kt) 1.150 Miles per hour (mph)
Miles per hour (mph) 0.86897 Knots (kt)
Capacity Liters (l) 0.264172 US gallons (US gal)
Quantity US gallons (US gal) 3.785412 Liters (l)
Conversion Table
TABLE 1
Temperature conversion:
- Temperature conversion from degrees Celsius (˚C) to degrees Fahrenheit (˚F):
˚F = 1.8 × ˚C + 32
- Temperature conversion from degrees Fahrenheit (˚F) to degrees Celsius (˚C):
˚C = 0.5555 × (˚F - 32)
Page 4
09-10-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-02-001-A01
Definition of Terms
1. General
The terms that follow are used in the ARM.
A. Aircraft Recovery
An aircraft recovery operation is the action of moving any aircraft that is disabled and unable to
move with its power or with the standard use of a correct tow tractor and standard tow bar,
but can be economically repairable.
Examples of aircraft recovery incidents are:
- One or more landing gears off the hard surface of a runway, taxiway or apron,
- Aircraft bogged down in mud, snow or sand,
- One or more landing gears retracted, collapsed, damaged, or missing.
B. Warnings, Cautions and Notes
These definition of these are as follow:
- WARNING: Calls attention to the use of materials, processes, methods, procedures or limits
that must be obeyed to prevent injury or death to persons.
- CAUTION: Calls attention to methods and procedures that must be obeyed to prevent
damage to equipment.
- NOTE: Calls attention to methods that make the job easier or give more information.
2. Weight Terms
A. Manufacturer Empty Weight (MEW)
The weight of the structure, power plant, systems, furnishings and other items of equipment,
part of a special aircraft configuration, with the fluids in closed systems (e.g. hydraulic fluid).
The weights of all operator items are not included.
B. Operator Items
These items include:
- Unusable fuel,
- Oil for engines, IDG and APU,
- Water for galleys and lavatories,
- Chemical fluids for waste tanks,
- Aircraft documents and tool kits,
- Passenger seats and life vests,
- Galley structures and fixed equipment,
- Catering,
- Flight and cabin crew and their baggage,
- Emergency equipment that includes:
Page 1
09-10-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Evacuation aids, life rafts, portable oxygen bottles and stowage boxes, extinguishers,
megaphones, flash lights, axes, first aid kits, emergency radio beacons, fire resistant gloves
and smoke goggles, demonstration kits, life vests for crew and children.
C. Operational Empty Weight (OEW)
The OEW is the sum of the Manufacturer Empty Weight plus the operator items.
D. Dry Operating Weight (DOW)
The DOW is the total weight of an aircraft prepared for a special type of operation without all
the usable fuel and traffic load.
It is the sum of the OEW and the special items for the type of flight (e.g. catering, newspapers,
pantry equipment etc.).
E. Recoverable Empty Weight (REW)
The REW is the sum of the MEW and the weight of the different operator items which are part
of the aircraft. The REW does not include the crew and their baggage or catering equipment
and supplies.
F. Net Recoverable Weight (NRW)
The NRW is the REW of the aircraft without the missing or removed aircraft equipment and
components. It includes fuel, liquids and cargo remaining on board.
The applicable recovery scenario is based on the NRW.
G. Payload (P/L)
The payload is the weight of the passengers, cargo and baggage.
H. Center of Gravity (CG)
The CG is the point where the aircraft can balance if it hangs at that point. It is the point
where the aircraft weight is applied.
If more weight is put in a different point, it causes an unbalancing force which is the ”moment”.
In case of recovery action, the position of CG has to stay within certain predefined limits to
ensure aircraft general stability
J. Reference Chord (RC) or Mean Aerodynamic Chord (MAC)
Usually the position of the CG is defined by a percentage of Reference Chord (%RC).
The Reference Chord is a reference line used in the design of the wing. Its position relative to
the wing and fuselage is accurately known. It represents the variation of position of the CG,
according to the weight and balance management or other parameters. The normal position of
the CG is considered at 25%RC. The position and dimensions of this reference are mentioned in
TASK 03-00-00-558-801-A01. These dimensions are specially dedicated to an aircraft type.
K. Maximum Design Landing Weight (MLW)
The MLW is the maximum permitted weight at which the aircraft can land.
L. Maximum Ramp Weight (MRW) / Maximum Taxi Weight (MTW)
The MRW / MTW is the maximum permitted weight for ground maneuvers, that include taxi
and run-up fuel.
Page 2
09-10-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 3
09-10-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-02-003-A01
Abbreviations
1. List of Abbreviations
The abbreviations that follow are used in the ARM.
A/C Aircraft
AC Aircraft Characteristics for Airport Planning
ACF Aircraft Cabin Flex
AD Aircraft Datum
AFRP Aramid Fiber Reinforced Plastic
AMM Aircraft Maintenance Manual
APU Auxiliary Power Unit
ARM Aircraft Recovery Manual
ARWG Aircraft Recovery Working Group
ATA Air Transport Association of America
AZFW Actual Zero Fuel Weight
CBR California Bearing Ratio
CFRP Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic
CG Center of Gravity
CL Center Line
CLS Cargo Loading System
CLSM Cargo Loading System Manual
CRC Crew Rest Compartment
CTR Center
DBP Drawbar Pull
DOW Dry Operating Weight
ECAM Electronic Centralized Aircraft Monitoring
EIS Electronic Instrument System
EWH External Wiring Harness
FDL Fuselage Datum Line
FQI Fuel Quantity Indicator
FR Frame
FWD Forward
GFRP Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic
GPU Ground Power Unit
IATA International Air Transport Association
IATP International Airline Technical Pool
Page 4
09-10-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 5
09-10-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 6
09-10-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-02-002-A01
Aircraft Reference Axes
1. Definitions
See FIGURE 09-10-02-991-001-A.
A. AD (Aircraft Datum)
Vertical plane (equation Y=0). It is shown as a line on XY and YZ drawings.
B. FD (Fuselage Datum)
Horizontal plane (equation Z=0). It is shown as a line (FDL) on XZ and YZ drawings.
C. Fuselage Datum Line (FDL)
View of FD plan on 2D drawings (XZ and YZ planes).
D. Center Line (C/L)
Intersection of AD and FD planes.
E. H-arm
Horizontal arm from X=0 in length unit.
F. Y-arm
Lateral arm Y=0 in length unit.
G. Z-arm
Vertical arm Z=0 in length unit.
Page 7
09-10-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
AD
+Z
+X
2.540 m
(100 in)
7.000 m
(275.59 in)
+Y
N_AR_091002_1_0010101_01_00
Page 8
09-10-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 09-10-03-001-A01
General
1. This chapter provides the main dimensions of the A318 aircraft:
- See FIGURE 09-10-03-991-001-A.
Page 1
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
6.62 m
(21.72 ft)
4.14 m
(13.58 ft)
10.25 m
(33.63 ft)
5.07 m
(16.63 ft)
34.10 m
(111.88 ft)
12.45 m
(40.85 ft)
0.50 m
(1.64 ft) 0.93 m
(3.05 ft)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
8.95 m
(29.36 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0010101_01_02
Aircraft Dimensions
Wing Tip Fence (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-001-A01
Page 2
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
31.45 m
(103.18 ft)
6.07 m
(19.91 ft)
5.75 m
(18.86 ft) 1.24 m
(4.07 ft)
3.95 m
(12.96 ft) 3.31 m
(10.86 ft)
8.32 m
(27.30 ft)
11.93 m
(39.14 ft)
8.81 m 4.91 m
CFM56 (28.90 ft) (16.11 ft)
9.10 m
PW6000 (29.86 ft)
1.50 m 0.76 m
(4.92 ft) (2.49 ft)
1.82 m
(5.97 ft)
20.07 m
(65.85 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0010102_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
Wing Tip Fence (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-001-A01
Page 3
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 09-10-03-001-B01
General
1. This chapter provides the main dimensions of the A319 aircraft:
- See FIGURE 09-10-03-991-003-A and FIGURE 09-10-03-991-009-A.
Page 4
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5.87 m
(19.26 ft)
4.14 m
(13.58 ft)
OPTIONAL
11.04 m
(36.22 ft)
5.07 m
(16.63 ft)
34.10 m
(111.88 ft)
12.45 m
(40.85 ft)
0.50 m
(1.64 ft) 0.93 m
(3.05 ft)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
8.95 m
(29.36 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0030101_01_02
Aircraft Dimensions
Wing Tip Fence (Sheet 1 of 4)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-003-A01
Page 5
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
33.84 m
(111.02 ft)
6.07 m
(19.91 ft)
5.75 m
(18.86 ft) 1.24 m
(4.07 ft)
3.95 m
(12.96 ft) 3.31 m
(10.86 ft)
8.30 m
(27.23 ft)
11.91 m
(39.07 ft)
9.59 m
CFM56 (31.46 ft) 4.87 m
(15.98 ft)
9.52 m
V2500 (31.23 ft)
1.50 m 0.76 m
(4.92 ft) (2.49 ft)
1.82 m
(5.97 ft)
20.86 m
(68.44 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0030102_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
Wing Tip Fence (Sheet 2 of 4)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-003-A01
Page 6
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5.87 m
(19.26 ft)
4.14 m
(13.58 ft)
OPTIONAL
11.04 m
(36.23 ft)
5.07 m
(16.63 ft)
35.80 m
(117.45 ft)
12.45 m
(40.85 ft)
2.43 m
(7.97 ft)
0.50 m 3.79 m
(12.43 ft)
(1.64 ft) 0.93 m
(3.05 ft)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
8.95 m
(29.36 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0030103_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
Sharklet (Sheet 3 of 4)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-003-A01
Page 7
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
33.84 m
(111.02 ft)
6.07 m
(19.91 ft)
5.75 m
(18.86 ft) 1.24 m
(4.07 ft)
3.95 m
(12.96 ft) 3.31 m
(10.86 ft)
8.30 m
(27.23 ft)
11.91 m
(39.07 ft)
16.29 m
9.59 m (53.44 ft)
CFM56 (31.46 ft) 4.87 m
(15.98 ft)
9.52 m
V2500 (31.23 ft)
1.64 m
(5.38 ft) 1.61 m
3.22 m (5.28 ft)
(10.56 ft)
21.85 m
(71.69 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0030104_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
Sharklet (Sheet 4 of 4)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-003-A01
Page 8
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5.87 m
(19.26 ft)
4.14 m
(13.58 ft)
OPTIONAL
11.04 m
(36.23 ft)
5.07 m
(16.63 ft)
35.80 m
(117.45 ft)
12.45 m
(40.85 ft)
2.43 m
(7.97 ft)
0.50 m 3.79 m
(1.64 ft) (12.43 ft)
0.93 m
(3.05 ft)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
8.95 m
(29.36 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0090101_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
(Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-009-A01
Page 9
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
33.84 m
(111.02 ft)
6.07 m
(19.91 ft)
5.75 m 1.24 m
(18.86 ft) (4.07 ft)
3.95 m
(12.96 ft) 3.31 m
(10.86 ft)
8.30 m
(27.23 ft)
11.91 m
(39.07 ft)
16.29 m
CFM LEAP−1A/ 9.54 m (53.44 ft)
PW 1100G (31.30 ft) 4.87 m
(15.98 ft)
1.64 m
(5.38 ft) 1.61 m
3.22 m (5.28 ft)
(10.56 ft)
21.85 m
(71.69 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0090102_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
(Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-009-A01
Page 10
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 09-10-03-001-C01
General
1. This chapter provides the main dimensions of the A320 aircraft:
- See , FIGURE 09-10-03-991-010-A and FIGURE 09-10-03-991-011-A.
Page 11
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5.87 m
(19.26 ft)
4.14 m
(13.58 ft)
12.64 m
(41.47 ft)
5.07 m
(16.63 ft)
34.10 m
(111.88 ft)
12.45 m
(40.85 ft)
0.50 m
(1.64 ft) 0.93 m
(3.05 ft)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
8.95 m
(29.36 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0100101_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
Wing Tip Fence (Sheet 1 of 4)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-010-A01
Page 12
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
37.57 m
(123.27 ft)
6.07 m
(19.91 ft)
5.75 m
(18.86 ft) 1.24 m
(4.07 ft)
3.95 m
(12.96 ft) 3.31 m
(10.86 ft)
8.30 m
(27.23 ft)
11.91 m
(39.07 ft)
11.19 m 4.87 m
CFM56
(36.71 ft) (15.98 ft)
11.12 m
V2500
(36.48 ft)
1.50 m
(4.92 ft) 0.76 m
(2.49 ft)
1.82 m
(5.97 ft)
22.40 m
(73.49 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0100102_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
Wing Tip Fence (Sheet 2 of 4)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-010-A01
Page 13
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5.87 m
(19.26 ft)
4.14 m
(13.58 ft)
12.64 m
(41.47 ft)
5.07 m
(16.63 ft)
35.80 m
(117.45 ft)
12.45 m
(40.85 ft)
2.43 m
(7.97 ft)
0.50 m 3.79 m
(12.43 ft)
(1.64 ft) 0.93 m
(3.05 ft)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
8.95 m
(29.36 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0100103_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
Sharklet (Sheet 3 of 4)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-010-A01
Page 14
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
37.57 m
(123.27 ft)
6.07 m
(19.91 ft)
5.75 m
(18.86 ft) 1.24 m
(4.07 ft)
3.95 m
3.31 m
(12.96 ft) (10.86 ft)
8.30 m
(27.23 ft)
11.91 m
(39.07 ft) 16.29 m
11.19 m (53.44 ft)
CFM56 4.87 m
(36.71 ft)
(15.98 ft)
11.12 m
V2500
(36.48 ft)
1.64 m
(5.38 ft) 1.61 m
3.22 m (5.28 ft)
(10.56 ft)
23.45 m
(76.94 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0100104_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
Sharklet (Sheet 4 of 4)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-010-A01
Page 15
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5.87 m
(19.26 ft)
4.14 m
(13.58 ft)
12.64 m
(41.47 ft)
5.07 m
(16.63 ft)
35.80 m
(117.45 ft)
12.45 m
(40.85 ft)
2.43 m
(7.97 ft)
0.50 m 3.79 m
(1.64 ft) (12.43 ft)
0.93 m
(3.05 ft)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
8.95 m
(29.36 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0110101_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
(Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-011-A01
Page 16
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
37.57 m
(123.27 ft)
6.07 m
(19.91 ft)
5.75 m 1.24 m
(18.86 ft) (4.07 ft)
3.95 m
(12.96 ft) 3.31 m
(10.86 ft)
8.30 m
(27.23 ft)
11.91 m
(39.07 ft)
16.29 m
CFM LEAP−1A/ 11.14 m (53.44 ft)
PW 1100G (36.55 ft) 4.87 m
(15.98 ft)
1.64 m
(5.38 ft) 1.61 m
3.22 m (5.28 ft)
(10.56 ft)
23.45 m
(76.94 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0110102_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
(Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-011-A01
Page 17
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 09-10-03-001-D01
General
1. This chapter provides the main dimensions of the A321 aircraft:
- See FIGURE 09-10-03-991-007-A and FIGURE 09-10-03-991-012-A.
Page 18
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5.87 m
(19.26 ft)
4.14 m
(13.58 ft)
16.90 m
(55.45 ft)
5.07 m
(16.63 ft)
34.10 m
(111.88 ft)
12.45 m
(40.85 ft)
0.50 m
(1.64 ft) 0.93 m
(3.05 ft)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
8.97 m
(29.43 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0070101_01_02
Aircraft Dimensions
Wing Tip Fence (Sheet 1 of 4)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-007-A01
Page 19
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
44.51 m
(146.03 ft)
5.75 m
(18.86 ft) 6.07 m
(19.91 ft) 1.24 m
(4.07 ft)
3.95 m
(12.96 ft) 3.31 m
(10.86 ft)
8.30 m
(27.23 ft)
11.91 m
(39.07 ft)
15.46 m 4.87 m
CFM56 (15.98 ft)
(50.72 ft)
15.39 m
V2500
(50.49 ft)
1.50 m 0.76 m
(4.92 ft) (2.49 ft)
1.82 m
(5.97 ft)
26.72 m
(87.67 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0070102_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
Wing tip fence (Sheet 2 of 4)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-007-A01
Page 20
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5.87 m
(19.26 ft)
4.14 m
(13.58 ft)
16.90 m
(55.45 ft)
5.07 m
(16.63 ft)
35.80 m
(117.45 ft)
12.45 m
(40.85 ft)
2.43 m
(7.97 ft)
0.50 m 3.79 m
(1.64 ft) (12.43 ft)
0.93 m
(3.05 ft)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
8.97 m
(29.43 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0070103_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
Sharklet (Sheet 3 of 4)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-007-A01
Page 21
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
44.51 m
(146.03 ft)
5.75 m
(18.86 ft) 6.07 m
(19.91 ft) 1.24 m
(4.07 ft)
3.95 m
(12.96 ft) 3.31 m
(10.86 ft)
8.30 m
(27.23 ft)
11.91 m
(39.07 ft)
16.29 m
(53.44 ft)
15.46 m 4.87 m
CFM56 (15.98 ft)
(50.72 ft)
15.39 m
V2500
(50.49 ft)
1.64 m
(5.38 ft) 1.61 m
3.22 m (5.28 ft)
(10.56 ft)
27.72 m
(90.94 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0070104_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
Sharklet (Sheet 4 of 4)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-007-A01
Page 22
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
5.87 m
(19.26 ft)
4.14 m
(13.58 ft)
16.90 m
(55.45 ft)
5.07 m
(16.63 ft)
35.80 m
(117.45 ft)
12.45 m
(40.85 ft)
2.43 m
(7.97 ft)
0.50 m 3.79 m
(1.64 ft) (12.43 ft)
0.93 m
(3.05 ft)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
8.97 m
(29.43 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0120101_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
(Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-012-A01
Page 23
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
44.51 m
(146.03 ft)
5.75 m
(18.86 ft) 6.07 m 1.24 m
(19.91 ft) (4.07 ft)
3.95 m 3.31 m
(12.96 ft) (10.86 ft)
8.30 m
(27.23 ft)
11.91 m
(39.07 ft)
CFM 16.29 m
LEAP−1A/ 15.40 m 4.87 m (53.44 ft)
PW 1100G (50.52 ft) (15.98 ft)
1.64 m
(5.38 ft) 1.61 m
3.22 m (5.28 ft)
(10.56 ft)
27.72 m
(90.94 ft)
NOTE:
RELATED TO AIRCRAFT ATTITUDE AND WEIGHT.
N_AR_091003_1_0120102_01_00
Aircraft Dimensions
(Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-09-10-03-991-012-A01
Page 24
09-10-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-04-001-A01
General
1. Sections and Components
For the different structural sections and components of the aircraft see FIGURE 09-10-04-991-001-
AFIGURE 09-10-04-991-001-BFIGURE 09-10-04-991-001-CFIGURE 09-10-04-991-001-D.
Page 1
09-10-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
19.1
36
35
29
32
28
22
19
27
31
23
24
25
18
26
52
16/17
41
42
15
21
13/14
51
11/12
N_AR_091004_1_0010101_01_01
Page 2
09-10-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SECTION DESIGNATION
11/12 NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE
13/14 FORWARD FUSELAGE
15 CENTER FUSELAGE
16/17 REAR FUSELAGE
18 REAR FUSELAGE
19 CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
19.1 CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
21 CENTER WING
22 OUTER WING
23 LEADING EDGES
24 LEADING EDGES
25 SPOILERS
26 INBOARD FLAP
27 OUTBOARD FLAP
28 AILERON
29 WING−TIP
31 VERTICAL STABILIZER
32 RUDDER
35 HORIZONTAL STABILIZER
36 ELEVATOR
41 PYLONS
42 NACELLE SECTION
51 NOSE GEAR AND DOORS
52 MAIN GEAR AND DOORS
N_AR_091004_1_0010103_01_00
Page 3
09-10-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
19.1
36
35
29
32
28
22
19
27
31
23
24
25
18
26
52
16/17
41
42
15
21
13/14
51
11/12
N_AR_091004_1_0010201_01_01
Page 4
09-10-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SECTION DESIGNATION
11/12 NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE
13/14 FORWARD FUSELAGE
15 CENTER FUSELAGE
16/17 REAR FUSELAGE
18 REAR FUSELAGE
19 CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
19.1 CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
21 CENTER WING
22 OUTER WING
23 LEADING EDGES
24 LEADING EDGES
25 SPOILERS
26 INBOARD FLAP
27 OUTBOARD FLAP
28 AILERON
29 WING−TIP
31 VERTICAL STABILIZER
32 RUDDER
35 HORIZONTAL STABILIZER
36 ELEVATOR
41 PYLONS
42 NACELLE SECTION
51 NOSE GEAR AND DOORS
52 MAIN GEAR AND DOORS
N_AR_091004_1_0010202_01_00
Page 5
09-10-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
19.1
36
35
29
32
28
22
19
27
31
23
24
25
18
26
52
16/17
41
42
15
21
13/14
51
11/12
N_AR_091004_1_0010301_01_01
Page 6
09-10-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SECTION DESIGNATION
11/12 NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE
13/14 FORWARD FUSELAGE
15 CENTER FUSELAGE
16/17 REAR FUSELAGE
18 REAR FUSELAGE
19 CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
19.1 CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
21 CENTER WING
22 OUTER WING
FIXED AND MOVING
23/24
LEADING EDGES
25 SPOILERS
26 INBOARD FLAP
27 OUTBOARD FLAP
28 AILERON
29 WING−TIP
31 VERTICAL STABILIZER
32 RUDDER
35 HORIZONTAL STABILIZER
36 ELEVATOR
41 PYLONS
42 NACELLE SECTION
51 NOSE GEAR AND DOORS
52 MAIN GEAR AND DOORS
N_AR_091004_1_0010302_01_00
Page 7
09-10-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
19.1
36
35
32
19
31
29
18
28
22
27
16/17
25
52 24
23
26
16A
41
15
42
21
14A
13/14
51
11/12
N_AR_091004_1_0010401_01_01
Page 8
09-10-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SECTION DESIGNATION
11/12 NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE
13/14 FORWARD FUSELAGE
14A FORWARD FUSELAGE
15 CENTER FUSELAGE
16A REAR FUSELAGE
16/17 REAR FUSELAGE
18 REAR FUSELAGE
19 CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
19.1 CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
21 CENTER WING
22 OUTER WING
23 LEADING EDGES
24 LEADING EDGES
25 SPOILERS
26 INBOARD FLAP
27 OUTBOARD FLAP
28 AILERON
29 WING−TIP
31 VERTICAL STABILIZER
32 RUDDER
35 HORIZONTAL STABILIZER
36 ELEVATOR
41 PYLONS
42 NACELLE SECTION
51 NOSE GEAR AND DOORS
52 MAIN GEAR AND DOORS
N_AR_091004_1_0010402_01_00
Page 9
09-10-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
19.1
36
35
32
19
31
29
28
18
22
27
25
17
52 24
23
26
16A
41
15/21
42
21
14A
13/14
51
11/12
N_AR_091004_1_0020101_01_00
Page 10
09-10-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
SECTION DESIGNATION
11/12 NOSE FORWARD FUSELAGE
13/14 FORWARD FUSELAGE
14A FORWARD FUSELAGE
15/21 CENTER FUSELAGE
16A REAR FUSELAGE
17 REAR FUSELAGE
18 REAR FUSELAGE
19 CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
19.1 CONE/REAR FUSELAGE
21 CENTER WING
22 OUTER WING
23 LEADING EDGES
24 LEADING EDGES
25 SPOILERS
26 INBOARD FLAP
27 OUTBOARD FLAP
28 AILERON
29 WING−TIP
31 VERTICAL STABILIZER
32 RUDDER
35 HORIZONTAL STABILIZER
36 ELEVATOR
41 PYLONS
42 NACELLE SECTION
51 NOSE GEAR AND DOORS
52 MAIN GEAR AND DOORS
N_AR_091004_1_0020102_01_00
Page 11
09-10-04 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-05-001-A01
General
1. Types of Material
Some components and sections of the aircraft structure are made from composite materials see
FIGURE 09-10-05-991-001-AFIGURE 09-10-05-991-001-BFIGURE 09-10-05-991-001-CFIGURE
09-10-05-991-001-D. The types of materials used are:
- Carbon Fiber Reinforced Plastic (CFRP).
- Glass Fiber Reinforced Plastic (GFRP).
- Aramid Fiber Reinforced Plastic (AFRP).
- AFRP + CFRP.
- Quartz or Kevlar or Glass - Fiber Reinforced Plastic.
Page 1
09-10-05 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Composite Materials
Location of Composite Materials on the External Surfaces of the Aircraft
FIGURE-09-10-05-991-001-A01
Page 2
09-10-05 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Composite Materials
Location of Composite Materials on the External Surfaces of the Aircraft
FIGURE-09-10-05-991-001-B01
Page 3
09-10-05 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Composite Materials
Location of Composite Materials on the External Surfaces of the Aircraft
FIGURE-09-10-05-991-001-C01
Page 4
09-10-05 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Composite Materials
Location of Composite Materials on the External Surfaces of the Aircraft
FIGURE-09-10-05-991-001-D01
Page 5
09-10-05 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-06-001-A01
General
1. This chapter gives the H-Arm of each frame.
The H-arm is used to calculate the CG. The H-arm is the length of the lever arm from the datum
point to the specific station. The datum point is at 2540 mm (100 in) forward of the radome.
Page 1
09-10-06 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR24 FR24A
FR22
FR26
X=0 FR20
FR28
FR18 FR30
FR16 FR34
FR14 FR36
FR12 FR38
FR10 FR40
FR8 FR42
FR6
FR4
FR2
CL
2.540m
(100.00in)
FR1
FR3 FR25 FR29 FR35
FR5 FR21 FR37
FR7 FR39
FR19
FR9 FR41
FR11 FR17
FR13 FR15
N_AR_091006_1_0010102_01_00
Page 2
09-10-06 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL FR87
FR85
FR83
FR81
FR79
FR77
FR43 FR55 FR61 FR75
FR45 FR57 FR63 FR73
FR57A FR65 FR71
FR59 FR67 FR69
N_AR_091006_1_0010103_01_00
Page 3
09-10-06 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
OPTIONAL
2.540m
(100.00in)
FR1
FR3 FR43
FR41
FR5 FR39
FR7 FR37
FR9 FR35
FR11 FR31
FR13 FR29
FR15 FR27
FR17 FR25
FR23
FR19
FR21
N_AR_091006_1_0010201_01_00
Page 4
09-10-06 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR64 FR66
FR62 FR68
FR60 FR70
FR58 FR72
FR56 FR74
FR55A FR76
FR54 FR78
FR52 FR80
FR46 FR82
FR44 FR84
FR86
CL
FR87
FR85
FR83
FR81
FR79
FR43 FR77
FR45 FR75
FR47 FR73
FR51 FR71
FR53 FR69
FR55
FR67
FR57
FR65
FR59
FR63
FR61
N_AR_091006_1_0010202_01_00
Page 5
09-10-06 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
2.540 m
(100.00 in)
FR3
FR5 FR41
FR39
FR7 FR37
FR9 FR35
FR11 FR33
FR13 FR31
FR15 FR29
FR17 FR27
FR19 FR25
FR21 FR23
N_AR_091006_1_0010301_01_00
Page 6
09-10-06 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
FR87
FR43 FR85
FR45 FR83
FR47 FR81
FR49 FR79
FR51 FR77
FR53 FR75
FR55 FR73
FR57 FR71
FR59 FR69
FR61 FR67
FR63 FR65
Page 7
09-10-06 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
2.540 m
(100.00 in) FR35
FR1
FR33
FR3 FR31
FR5 FR29
FR7 FR27
FR9
FR25
FR11
FR13 FR23
FR15 FR21
FR17 FR19
N_AR_091006_1_0010401_01_00
Page 8
09-10-06 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR44 FR46
FR42 FR47
FR40 FR47 2
FR38
FR47 4
FR36
FR35 8 FR48
FR35 6 FR50
FR35 4 FR52
FR35 2 FR54
FR56
FR35
CL
FR35 1 FR55
FR45 FR53
FR35 3 FR37 FR51
FR35 5 FR39 FR47 1 FR49
FR41
FR35 7 FR43 FR47 3 FR47 5
N_AR_091006_1_0010402_01_00
Page 9
09-10-06 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR72 FR74
FR70 FR76
FR68 FR78
FR66
FR80
FR64
FR82
FR62
FR60
FR58
FR56 FR84
FR86
CL
FR87
FR85
FR83
FR81
FR57 FR79
FR59 FR77
FR61 FR75
FR63 FR73
FR65 FR71
FR67 FR69
N_AR_091006_1_0010403_01_00
Page 10
09-10-06 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
X=0
FR18 FR20
FR24
FR16
FR25
FR14
FR27
FR12
FR29
FR10
FR31
FR8
FR33
FR6
FR35
FR4
FR2
CL
2.540 m
(100.00 in) FR34
FR1
FR32
FR3
FR30
FR5 FR28
FR7 FR26
FR9 FR24A
FR11
FR13 FR23
FR15 FR21
FR17 FR19
N_AR_091006_1_0060101_01_00
Page 11
09-10-06 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR35.1 FR55
FR35.3 FR53
FR35.5 FR51
FR49
FR35.7
FR48A
FR36
FR38 FR47.5
FR40 FR47.3
FR42 FR47.1
FR44 FR46
N_AR_091006_1_0060102_01_00
Page 12
09-10-06 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR72 FR74
FR70 FR76
FR68
FR78
FR66
FR80
FR64
FR82
FR62
FR60
FR58
FR56 FR84
FR86
CL
FR87
FR85
FR83
FR81
FR57 FR79
FR59 FR77
FR61 FR75
FR63 FR73
FR65 FR71
FR67 FR69
N_AR_091006_1_0060103_01_00
Page 13
09-10-06 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-08-001-A01
Wing Ribs and Stations
1. General
This chapter gives the Wing Ribs and stations, see FIGURE 09-10-08-991-001-AFIGURE
09-10-08-991-001-B
The position of each Wing Rib is identified by a station (STA). All measurements are:
- At 90 degrees to Rib 1
- Measured between Rib 1 and the intersection of each rib datum with the Front Spar datum at
the lower outside skin surface.
Page 1
09-10-08 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
1868 mm
(73.543 in)
AD
STA0 RIB1
WY
STA70 RIB2
STA141 RIB3
STA196 RIB4
STA251 RIB5
STA306 RIB6 RIB6B
STA360
STA376 RIB8 RIB7
RIB9
STA407 RIB10
RIB11
STA486 RIB12
RIB13
STA551 RIB14
RIB15
STA613
RIB16
STA670
RIB17
STA732
RIB18
STA779
RIB19
STA827
RIB20
STA874 RIB21
STA924
STA970 RIB22
STA1020 RIB23
A STA1073 RIB24
LH SHOWN STA1120
RIB25
RH SYMMETRICAL STA1166
STA1228 RIB26
NOTE : ALL STA NUMBERS ARE GIVEN IN cm STA1287
STATION REFERENCES GIVEN, APPLY STA1346
TO THE INTERSECTION OF THE RIB RIB27
DATUMS WITH THE FRONT SPAR DATUM STA1406
AT THE OUTSIDE SKIN SURFACE. STA1446
N_AR_091008_1_0010101_01_00
Page 2
09-10-08 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
1868 mm
(73.543 in)
AD
STA0 RIB1
WY
RIB2
STA70
STA141 RIB3
STA196 RIB4
STA251 RIB5
STA306 RIB6 RIB6B
STA360
RIB7
STA376 RIB8
RIB9
STA407 RIB10
RIB11
STA486 RIB12
RIB13
STA551 RIB14
RIB15
STA613
RIB16
STA670
RIB17
STA732
STA779 RIB18
STA827 RIB19
STA874 RIB20
STA924 RIB21
STA970 RIB22
STA1020 RIB23
A STA1073
RIB24
LH SHOWN STA1120
RH SYMMETRICAL STA1166 RIB25
STA1228
RIB26
NOTE : ALL STA NUMBERS ARE GIVEN IN cm STA1287
STATION REFERENCES GIVEN, APPLY STA1346
TO THE INTERSECTION OF THE RIB RIB27
DATUMS WITH THE FRONT SPAR DATUM STA1406
AT THE OUTSIDE SKIN SURFACE. STA1446
N_AR_091008_1_0010201_01_00
Page 3
09-10-08 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-09-001-A01
General
1. This chapter gives the horizontal stabilizer ribs and stations (see FIGURE 09-10-09-991-001-A).
The position of each horizontal stabilizer rib is identified with a station (STA) which is the distance
between the rib and RIB1 datum.
Page 1
09-10-09 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
RIB2 RIB1
CL
STA0
RIB3 RIB4
RIB5
UPPER SURFACE
STA82
RIB6
STA69 RIB7
RIB8
STA131
STA181 RIB9
STA227
STA271 RIB10
STA297
RIB11
STA342
STA404 RIB12
A STA466
RIB13
LH SHOWN
STA527
RH SYMMETRICAL
STA589 RIB14
NOTE: STA601
ALL STA NUMBERS ARE GIVEN IN cm.
N_AR_091009_1_0010101_01_00
Horizontal Stabilizer
Ribs and Stations
FIGURE-09-10-09-991-001-A01
Page 2
09-10-09 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-10-002-A01
Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Doors
1. General
This section gives data related to the identification, location and clearances of the passenger/crew
and emergency exit doors.
2. Location
For the location of the passenger/crew and emergency exit doors see FIGURE 09-10-10-991-001-
AFIGURE 09-10-10-991-001-BFIGURE 09-10-10-991-001-CFIGURE 09-10-10-991-001-D.
3. Clearances
For the clearances of these doors:
- FWD Pax/Crew doors, see FIGURE 09-10-10-991-002-A.
- AFT Pax/Crew doors, see FIGURE 09-10-10-991-004-A.
- Emergency Exits, see FIGURE 09-10-10-991-003-AFIGURE 09-10-10-991-003-BFIGURE
09-10-10-991-003-CFIGURE 09-10-10-991-003-D.
Page 1
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_091010_1_0010101_01_00
PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
REAR
EMERGENCY EXIT
(77.17 ft)
23.52 m
(42.29 ft)
12.89 m
PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
FORWARD
(16.5 ft)
5.02 m
Page 2
09-10-10 May 01/21
**ON A/C A319-100 A319neo
25.91 m
(85 ft)
13.68 m
(44.9 ft)
12.83 m
(42.1 ft)
5.02 m
(16.5 ft)
Location
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-001-B01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
09-10-10
EMERGENCY EXIT EMERGENCY EXIT
(OPTIONAL)
N_AR_091010_1_0010201_01_00
Page 3
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_091010_1_0010301_01_00
PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
REAR
EMERGENCY EXIT
(97.24 ft)
29.64 m
(50.13 ft)
15.28 m
(47.34 ft)
14.43 m
PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
FORWARD
(16.5 ft)
5.02 m
Page 4
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
N_AR_091010_1_0010401_01_00
PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
REAR
EMERGENCY EXIT
(119.98 ft)
36.57 m
(81.33 ft)
27.49 m
(45.41 ft)
13.84 m
PASSENGER/CREW DOOR
FORWARD
(16.5 ft)
5.02 m
Page 5
09-10-10 May 01/21
**ON A/C A321neo
36.58 m
(120.01 ft)
26.90 m
(88.25 ft)
19.54 m
(64.11 ft)
18.70 m
(61.35 ft)
5.02 m
(16.47 ft)
Location (ACF)
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-027-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
09-10-10
CREW DOOR EXIT CREW DOOR
EXIT
N_AR_091010_1_0270101_01_01
Page 6
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
1.80 m
(70.87 in)
0.81 m
(31.89 in)
0.48 m
(18.9 in)
CL
2.54 m
(100 in)
0.51 m
(20.08 in)
CRITICAL
CLEARANCE LIMIT
CL
2.375 m
(93.5 in)
1.85 m
(72.83 in)
CL
0.03 m
(1.18 in) SEE 09−10−11
N_AR_091010_1_0020101_01_00
Page 7
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
A
0.56 m
(22.05 in)
SEE 09−10−11
A
CL
0.9 m
(35.43 in)
0.12 m
(4.72 in)
0.495 m
(19.49 in)
(TOP OF FLOOR)
A A
N_AR_091010_1_0030101_01_00
Emergency Exits
Clearances
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-003-A01
Page 8
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
OPTIONAL
CL
0.85 m
(33.46 in)
A
0.50 m
(19.68 in)
SEE 09−10−11
A
CL
0.9 m
(35.43 in)
0.12 m
(4.72 in)
0.495 m
(19.49 in)
(TOP OF FLOOR)
A A
N_AR_091010_1_0030201_01_00
Emergency Exits
Clearances
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-003-B01
Page 9
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
0.85 m
(33.46 in)
A
0.50 m
(19.68 in)
SEE 09−10−11
A
CL
0.9 m
(35.43 in)
0.12 m
(4.72 in)
0.495 m
(19.49 in)
(TOP OF FLOOR)
A A
N_AR_091010_1_0030301_01_00
Emergency Exits
Clearances
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-003-C01
Page 10
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CENTER OF CENTER OF
FREE AISLE FREE AISLE
CL
0.56 m
0.56 m (22.05 in)
(22.05 in)
1.73 m 1.73 m
(68.11 in) (68.11 in)
0.83 m 0.83 m
(32.68 in) (32.68 in)
0.04 m 0.04 m
(1.57 in) (1.57 in)
A B
CL
2.36 m 2.38 m
(92.91 in) (93.7 in) CL
0.39 m 2.36 m
(15.35 in) (92.91 in)
1.52 m 1.85 m
(59.84 in) (72.83 in) 1.52 m
(59.84 in)
Emergency Exits
Clearances
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-003-D01
Page 11
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
0.56 m
(22.05 in)
CRITICAL
0.85 m
(33.46 in) CLEARANCE
LIMIT
0.83 m
(32.68 in)
1.73 m
(68.11 in)
B
0.57 m FREE AISLE
(22.44 in) 0.76 m
A (29.92 in)
CL
0.04 m
SEE 09−10−11 (1.57 in)
A
B
1.04 m
(40.94 in)
2.36 m
(92.91 in)
1.52 m
(59.84 in)
1.93 m
(75.98 in)
0.60 m
(23.62 in)
(TOP OF FLOOR) 0.39 m
0.36 m (15.35 in)
(14.17 in)
(TOP OF FLOOR)
A A B B
N_AR_091010_1_0280101_01_00
Page 12
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
1.79 m
(70.47 in)
0.81 m
(31.89 in)
CL
A
CRITICAL
CLEARANCE
LIMIT
0.58 m
(22.83 in)
A
CL
2.44 m
(96.06 in)
1.85 m
(72.83 in)
CL
N_AR_091010_1_0040101_01_00
Page 13
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-10-003-A01
Cargo Compartment Doors
1. General
This section provides data related to the identification, location and clearances of the different cargo
compartment doors (see FIGURE 09-10-10-991-006-A, FIGURE 09-10-10-991-016-A - FIGURE
09-10-10-991-026-A). There are three cargo compartment doors:
- The forward cargo compartment door.
- The aft cargo compartment door.
- The bulk cargo compartment door (A320 and A321 only).
Page 14
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
AFT CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOOR FWD CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOOR
7.89 m
(25.89 ft)
18.97 m
(62.24 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0060101_01_01
Cargo Compartments
Location (Sheet 1 of 3)
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-006-A01
Page 15
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
1.50 m
1.24 m (4.92 ft)
(4.07 ft)
FWD
SEE
09−10−11
A 3.95 m
(12.96 ft)
1.33 m
(4.36 ft)
A A
2.90 m
(9.51 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0060102_01_02
Cargo Compartments
Clearances - Forward Cargo Compartment Door (Sheet 2 of 3)
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-006-A01
Page 16
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A
19.96 m
(FROM NOSE)
(65.49 ft)
1.43 m
(4.69 ft)
FWD
A A
FWD
1.00 m
(3.28 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0060103_01_01
Cargo Compartments
Clearances - Aft Cargo Compartment Door (Sheet 3 of 3)
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-006-A01
Page 17
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
AFT CARGO
FWD CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOOR
COMPARTMENT DOOR
8.16 m
(26.77 ft)
20.56 m
(67.45 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0160101_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Location
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-016-A01
Page 18
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
1.50 m
1.24 m (4.92 ft)
(4.07 ft)
FWD
SEE
09−10−11
A 3.95 m
(12.96 ft)
1.82 m
(5.97 ft)
A A
2.71 m
(8.89 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0170101_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Clearances - Forward Cargo Compartment Door
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-017-A01
Page 19
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
1.50 m
1.24 m (4.92 ft)
(4.07 ft)
FWD
SEE
09−10−11
A 3.95 m
(12.96 ft)
1.82 m
(5.97 ft)
A A
N_AR_091010_1_0170201_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Clearances - Forward Cargo Compartment Door
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-017-B01
Page 20
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A
20.58 m
(FROM NOSE)
(67.52 ft)
1.43 m
(4.69 ft)
FWD
1.23 m
(4.04 ft) SEE 09−10−11
A
3.95 m
1.82 m (12.96 ft)
(5.97 ft)
A A
FWD
1.60 m
(5.25 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0180101_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Clearances - Aft Cargo Compartment Door
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-018-A01
Page 21
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
BULK CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOOR
8.16 m
(26.77 ft)
22.69 m
(74.44 ft)
26.29 m
(86.25 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0190101_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Location
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-019-A01
Page 22
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
1.50 m
1.24 m (4.92 ft)
(4.07 ft)
FWD
SEE
09−10−11
A 3.95 m
(12.96 ft)
1.82 m
(5.97 ft)
A A
2.71 m
(8.89 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0200101_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Clearances - Forward Cargo Compartment Door
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-020-A01
Page 23
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
1.50 m
1.24 m (4.92 ft)
(4.07 ft)
FWD
SEE
09−10−11
A 3.95 m
(12.96 ft)
1.82 m
(5.97 ft)
A A
N_AR_091010_1_0200201_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Clearances - Forward Cargo Compartment Door
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-020-B01
Page 24
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A
22.69 m
(FROM NOSE)
(74.44 ft)
1.43 m
(4.69 ft)
FWD
1.23 m
(4.04 ft) SEE 09−10−11
A
3.95 m
1.82 m (12.96 ft)
(5.97 ft)
A A
FWD
2.03 m
(6.66 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0210101_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Clearances - Aft Cargo Compartment Door
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-021-A01
Page 25
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
0.77 m
(2.53 ft)
A 0.89 m
(2.92 ft)
SEE 09−10−11
0.95 m
(3.12 ft)
FWD A A
2.19 m
(7.19 ft)
6.10 m
(20.01 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0220101_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Clearances - Bulk Cargo Compartment Door
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-022-A01
Page 26
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
BULK CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOOR
8.16 m
(26.77 ft)
29.62 m
(97.18 ft)
33.22 m
(108.99 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0230101_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Location
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-023-A01
Page 27
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
1.50 m
1.24 m (4.92 ft)
(4.07 ft)
SEE
09−10−11
A 3.95 m
(12.96 ft)
1.82 m
(5.97 ft)
A A
FWD
2.71 m
(8.89 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0240101_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Clearances - Forward Cargo Compartment Door
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-024-A01
Page 28
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
1.50 m
1.24 m (4.92 ft)
(4.07 ft)
SEE
09−10−11
A 3.95 m
(12.96 ft)
1.82 m
(5.97 ft)
A A
FWD
N_AR_091010_1_0240201_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Clearances - Forward Cargo Compartment Door
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-024-B01
Page 29
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A
29.62 m
(FROM NOSE)
(97.18 ft)
1.43 m
(4.69 ft)
A A
4.69 m
(15.39 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0250101_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Clearances - Aft Cargo Compartment Door
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-025-A01
Page 30
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
0.77 m
(2.53 ft)
0.89 m
A (2.92 ft)
SEE 09−10−11 FWD A A
0.95 m
(3.12 ft)
2.19 m
(7.19 ft)
8.76 m
(28.74 ft)
N_AR_091010_1_0260101_01_00
Cargo Compartments
Clearances - Bulk Cargo Compartment Door
FIGURE-09-10-10-991-026-A01
Page 31
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-10-004-A01
Nose Landing Gear Doors
1. General
This section gives data related to the location and clearances of the nose landing gear doors. The
nose landing gear has two pair of doors, the forward NLG doors and the rear NLG doors.
2. Location and Clearances
For the location and clearances of the nose landing gear doors see FIGURE 09-10-10-991-010-A.
Page 32
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
0.49 m
(19.29 in)
2.13 m
(83.86 in)
0.50 m
(19.69 in)
0.52 m
(20.47 in)
1.50 m 1.40 m
01 01
(59.01 in) (55.19 in)
01 CG = 25% RC
N_AR_091010_1_0100101_01_00
Page 33
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-10-005-A01
Main Landing-Gear Doors
1. General
This section gives data related to the location and clearances of the main landing-gear doors. See
FIGURE 09-10-10-991-011-AFIGURE 09-10-10-991-011-BFIGURE 09-10-10-991-011-CFIGURE
09-10-10-991-011-D.
Page 34
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
13.97 m 1.83 m
(550 in) (72.1 in)
CL
1.94 m
(76.38 in)
0.485 m
(19.095 in)
0.207 m
(8.14 in) 1
84? (69 .76 m
.29
in)
0.14 m
01
(5.51 in)
1.23 m
(48.43 in)
GROUND LINE
A
01 CG = 25% RC LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
N_AR_091010_1_0110101_01_00
Page 35
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
14.76 m 1.83 m
(581.1in) (72.1 in)
CL
1.94 m
(76.38 in)
0.485 m
(19.095 in)
0.207 m
(8.14 in) 1
84? (69 .76 m
.29
in)
0.14 m
01
(5.51 in)
1.23 m
(48.43 in)
GROUND LINE
A
01 CG = 25% RC LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
N_AR_091010_1_0110201_01_00
Page 36
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
16.36 m 1.83 m
(644.09 in) (72.1 in)
CL
1.94 m
(76.38 in)
0.485 m
(19.095 in)
0.207 m
(8.14 in) 1
84? (69 .76 m
.29
in)
0.14 m
01
(5.51 in)
1.23 m
(48.43 in)
GROUND LINE
A
01 CG = 25% RC LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
N_AR_091010_1_0110301_01_00
Page 37
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
16.23 m 2.23 m
(638.98 in) (87.8 in)
CL
1.94 m
(76.38 in)
0.485 m
(19.095 in)
82.5?
1
(6 .76
9.2 m
9i
n)
0.16 m
(6.3 in)
1.27 m
(50.0 in) GROUND LINE
A
LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
N_AR_091010_1_0110302_01_02
Page 38
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CL
20.62 m 1.83 m
(811.81 in) (72.1 in)
CL
1.94 m
(76.38 in)
0.485 m
(19.095 in)
0.207 m
(8.14 in) 1
84? (69 .76 m
.29
in)
0.14 m
01
(5.51 in)
1.23 m
(48.43 in)
GROUND LINE
A
01 CG = 25% RC LH SHOWN
RH SYMMETRICAL
N_AR_091010_1_0110401_01_00
Page 39
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-10-006-A01
APU Doors
1. General
This section gives data related to the location and clearances of the APU doors.
2. Location and Clearances
For the location and clearances of the APU doors see FIGURE 09-10-10-991-014-A.
Page 40
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
FR80
FR84
CL
4.05 m
3.42 m (159.45 in)
(134.65 in)
01
01
01 CG = 25% RC
N_AR_091010_1_0140101_01_01
Page 41
09-10-10 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 09-10-11-001-A01
Ground Clearances
1. This section provides the height of various points of the aircraft, above the ground, for different
aircraft configurations.
Dimensions in the tables are approximate and will vary with tire type, weight and balance and other
special conditions.
NOTE : Passenger and cargo door ground clearances are measured from the center of the door sill
and from floor level.
Page 1
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CP1 D1 D2 W2 W1 D3 AP
N1
VT HT C2 F2 BF1 C1 F1
F4 F3
39 000 kg
MRW (85 980 lb) A/C JACKED
A/C CONFIGURATION FDL = 4.60 m (15.09 ft)
FWD CG (15.8%) AFT CG (32%) CG (25%)
m ft m ft m ft m ft
D1 3.37 11.06 3.42 11.22 3.45 11.32 4.13 13.55
D2 3.90 12.80 3.90 12.80 3.97 13.02 4.54 14.89
DOORS D3 3.67 12.04 3.60 11.81 3.72 12.20 4.13 13.55
C1 2.00 6.56 2.03 6.66 2.08 6.82 2.71 8.89
C2 2.14 7.02 2.11 6.92 2.20 7.22 2.71 8.89
F1 1.71 5.61 1.74 5.71 1.79 5.87 2.43 7.97
F2 1.87 6.14 1.84 6.04 1.93 6.33 2.43 7.97
F3 5.86 19.23 5.89 19.32 5.93 19.46 6.58 21.59
FUSELAGE
F4 6.02 19.75 5.99 19.65 6.08 19.95 6.58 21.59
BF1 1.67 5.48 1.65 5.41 1.74 5.71 2.26 7.41
CP1 4.13 13.55 4.21 13.81 4.22 13.85 4.96 16.27
W1 4.83 15.85 4.79 15.72 4.89 16.04 5.35 17.55
WINGS
W2 3.86 12.66 3.82 12.53 3.92 12.86 4.38 14.37
HT 5.57 18.27 5.46 17.91 5.62 18.44 5.93 19.46
TAILPLANE AP 4.87 15.98 4.75 15.58 4.91 16.11 5.20 17.06
VT 12.85 42.16 12.74 41.80 12.89 42.29 13.20 43.31
ENGINE/ N1 (CFM) 0.59 1.94 0.60 1.97 0.66 2.17 1.24 4.07
NACELLE N1 (PW) 0.71 2.33 0.72 2.36 0.78 2.56 1.36 4.46
NOTE:
PASSENGER AND CARGO DOOR GROUND CLEARANCES ARE MEASURED FROM THE CENTER
OF THE DOOR SILL AND FROM FLOOR LEVEL. N_AR_091011_1_0540101_01_00
Ground Clearances
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-054-A01
Page 2
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C D E F G
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0020101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Leading Edge Slats - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-002-A01
Page 3
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
D C B A
FLAPS EXTENDED
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0030101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Trailing Edge Flaps - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-003-A01
Page 4
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
G F E D C B A
SPOILERS EXTENDED
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0040101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Spoilers - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-004-A01
Page 5
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B A
AILERON DOWN
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0050101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Aileron Down
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-005-A01
Page 6
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B A
AILERON UP
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0060101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Aileron Up
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-006-A01
Page 7
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
C B A
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0070101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-007-A01
Page 8
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0360101_01_00
Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - Retracted
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-036-A01
Page 9
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0370101_01_00
Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - 1 + F
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-037-A01
Page 10
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 09-10-11-001-B01
Ground Clearances
1. This section provides the height of various points of the aircraft, above the ground, for different
aircraft configurations.
Dimensions in the tables are approximate and will vary with tire type, weight and balance and other
special conditions.
NOTE : Passenger and cargo door ground clearances are measured from the center of the door sill
and from floor level.
Page 11
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CP1 D1 D2 W2 W1 D3 AP
N1
VT HT C2 F2 BF1 C1 F1
F4 F3
40 000 kg
MRW (88 185 lb) A/C JACKED
A/C CONFIGURATION FDL = 4.60 m (15.09 ft)
FWD CG (21%) AFT CG (36%) CG (28%)
m ft m ft m ft m ft
D1 3.38 11.09 3.43 11.25 3.47 11.38 4.13 13.55
D2 3.88 12.73 3.88 12.73 3.97 13.02 4.54 14.89
DOORS D3 3.61 11.84 3.54 11.61 3.71 12.17 4.13 13.55
C1 1.99 6.53 2.03 6.66 2.09 6.86 2.71 8.89
C2 2.12 6.96 2.09 6.86 2.22 7.28 2.71 8.89
F1 1.73 5.68 1.76 5.77 1.83 6.00 2.43 7.97
F2 1.84 6.04 1.81 5.94 1.94 6.36 2.43 7.97
F3 5.88 19.29 5.90 19.36 5.97 19.59 6.58 21.59
FUSELAGE
F4 5.99 19.65 5.95 19.52 6.09 19.98 6.58 21.59
BF1 1.63 5.35 1.62 5.31 1.73 5.68 2.26 7.41
CP1 4.16 13.65 4.24 13.91 4.26 13.98 4.96 16.27
W1 4.78 15.68 4.74 15.55 4.87 15.98 5.35 17.55
WINGS
W2 3.81 12.50 3.77 12.37 3.90 12.80 4.38 14.37
HT 5.48 17.98 5.37 17.62 5.58 18.31 5.93 19.46
TAILPLANE AP 4.78 15.68 4.65 15.26 4.87 15.98 5.20 17.06
VT 12.01 39.40 11.89 39.01 12.11 39.73 12.45 40.85
ENGINE/ N1 (CFM) 0.57 1.87 0.58 1.90 0.67 2.20 1.24 4.07
NACELLE N1 (IAE) 0.76 2.49 0.76 2.49 0.85 2.79 1.42 4.66
NOTE:
PASSENGER AND CARGO DOOR GROUND CLEARANCES ARE MEASURED FROM THE CENTER
OF THE DOOR SILL AND FROM FLOOR LEVEL. N_AR_091011_1_0550101_01_00
Ground Clearances
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-055-A01
Page 12
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CP1 D1 D2 W2 W1 D3 AP
N1
VT HT C2 F2 BF1 C1 F1
F4 F3
40 000 kg
MRW (88 185 lb) A/C JACKED
A/C CONFIGURATION FDL = 4.60 m (15.09 ft)
FWD CG (21%) AFT CG (36%) CG (28%)
m ft m ft m ft m ft
D1 3.38 11.09 3.43 11.25 3.47 11.38 4.13 13.55
D2 3.88 12.73 3.88 12.73 3.97 13.02 4.54 14.89
DOORS D3 3.61 11.84 3.54 11.61 3.71 12.17 4.13 13.55
C1 1.99 6.53 2.03 6.66 2.09 6.86 2.71 8.89
C2 2.12 6.96 2.09 6.86 2.22 7.28 2.71 8.89
F1 1.73 5.68 1.76 5.77 1.83 6.00 2.43 7.97
F2 1.84 6.04 1.81 5.94 1.94 6.36 2.43 7.97
F3 5.88 19.29 5.90 19.36 5.97 19.59 6.58 21.59
FUSELAGE
F4 5.99 19.65 5.95 19.52 6.09 19.98 6.58 21.59
BF1 1.63 5.35 1.62 5.31 1.73 5.68 2.26 7.41
CP1 4.16 13.65 4.24 13.91 4.26 13.98 4.96 16.27
W1 6.72 22.05 6.68 21.92 6.81 22.34 7.29 23.92
WINGS
W2 4.08 13.39 4.04 13.25 4.17 13.68 4.65 15.26
HT 5.48 17.98 5.37 17.62 5.58 18.31 5.93 19.46
TAILPLANE AP 4.78 15.68 4.65 15.26 4.87 15.98 5.20 17.06
VT 12.01 39.40 11.89 39.01 12.11 39.73 12.45 40.85
ENGINE/ N1 (CFM) 0.57 1.87 0.58 1.90 0.67 2.20 1.24 4.07
NACELLE N1 (IAE) 0.76 2.49 0.76 2.49 0.85 2.79 1.42 4.66
NOTE:
PASSENGER AND CARGO DOOR GROUND CLEARANCES ARE MEASURED FROM THE CENTER
OF THE DOOR SILL AND FROM FLOOR LEVEL. N_AR_091011_1_0560101_01_00
Ground Clearances
Ground Clearances with Sharklets
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-056-A01
Page 13
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CP1 D1 D2 W2 W1 D3 AP
N1
VT HT C2 F2 BF1 C1 F1
F4 F3
40 000 kg
MRW (88 185 lb) A/C JACKED
A/C CONFIGURATION FDL = 4.60 m (15.09 ft)
FWD CG (21%) AFT CG (36%) CG (28%)
m ft m ft m ft m ft
D1 3.38 11.09 3.43 11.25 3.47 11.38 4.13 13.55
D2 3.88 12.73 3.88 12.73 3.97 13.02 4.54 14.89
DOORS D3 3.61 11.84 3.54 11.61 3.71 12.17 4.13 13.55
C1 1.99 6.53 2.03 6.66 2.09 6.86 2.71 8.89
C2 2.12 6.96 2.09 6.86 2.22 7.28 2.71 8.89
F1 1.73 5.68 1.76 5.77 1.83 6.00 2.43 7.97
F2 1.84 6.04 1.81 5.94 1.94 6.36 2.43 7.97
F3 5.88 19.29 5.90 19.36 5.97 19.59 6.58 21.59
FUSELAGE
F4 5.99 19.65 5.95 19.52 6.09 19.98 6.58 21.59
BF1 1.63 5.35 1.62 5.31 1.73 5.68 2.26 7.41
CP1 4.16 13.65 4.24 13.91 4.26 13.98 4.96 16.27
W1 6.72 22.05 6.68 21.92 6.81 22.34 7.29 23.92
WINGS
W2 4.08 13.39 4.04 13.25 4.17 13.68 4.65 15.26
HT 5.48 17.98 5.37 17.62 5.58 18.31 5.93 19.46
TAILPLANE AP 4.78 15.68 4.65 15.26 4.87 15.98 5.20 17.06
VT 12.01 39.40 11.89 39.01 12.11 39.73 12.45 40.85
N1 (CFM
ENGINE/ LEAP−1A) 0.46 1.51 0.47 1.54 0.56 1.84 1.13 3.71
NACELLE N1 (PW 1100G)
0.46 1.51 0.47 1.54 0.56 1.84 1.13 3.71
NOTE:
PASSENGER AND CARGO DOOR GROUND CLEARANCES ARE MEASURED FROM THE CENTER
OF THE DOOR SILL AND FROM FLOOR LEVEL. N_AR_091011_1_0570101_01_00
Ground Clearances
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-057-A01
Page 14
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C D E F G
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0150101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Leading Edge Slats - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-015-A01
Page 15
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
D C B A
FLAPS EXTENDED
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0160101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Trailing Edge Flaps - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-016-A01
Page 16
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
G F E D C B A
SPOILERS EXTENDED
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0170101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Spoilers - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-017-A01
Page 17
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B A
AILERON DOWN
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0180101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Aileron Down
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-018-A01
Page 18
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B A
AILERON UP
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0190101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Aileron Up
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-019-A01
Page 19
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
C B A
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0200101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-020-A01
Page 20
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0400101_01_00
Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - Retracted
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-040-A01
Page 21
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0410101_01_00
Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - 1 + F
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-041-A01
Page 22
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 09-10-11-001-C01
Ground Clearances
1. This section provides the height of various points of the aircraft, above the ground, for different
aircraft configurations.
Dimensions in the tables are approximate and will vary with tire type, weight and balance and other
special conditions.
NOTE : Passenger and cargo door ground clearances are measured from the center of the door sill
and from floor level.
Page 23
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CP1 D1 D2 W2 W1 D3 AP
N1
VT HT C3 C2 F2 BF1 F1 C1
F4 F3
41 000 kg
MRW (90 389 lb) A/C JACKED
A/C CONFIGURATION FDL = 4.60 m (15.09 ft)
FWD CG (17%) AFT CG (36.8%) CG (26.5%)
m ft m ft m ft m ft
D1 3.38 11.09 3.45 11.32 3.48 11.42 4.13 13.55
D2 3.87 12.70 3.88 12.73 3.98 13.06 4.54 14.89
DOORS D3 3.60 11.81 3.50 11.48 3.70 12.14 4.13 13.55
C1 1.98 6.50 2.04 6.69 2.09 6.86 2.71 8.89
C2 2.12 6.96 2.07 6.79 2.22 7.28 2.71 8.89
C3 2.19 7.19 2.11 6.92 2.29 7.51 2.75 9.02
F1 1.72 5.64 1.76 5.77 1.82 5.97 2.43 7.97
F2 1.84 6.04 1.79 5.87 1.95 6.40 2.43 7.97
F3 5.86 19.23 5.90 19.36 5.97 19.59 6.58 21.59
FUSELAGE
F4 5.99 19.65 5.93 19.46 6.09 19.98 6.58 21.59
BF1 1.62 5.31 1.60 5.25 1.72 5.64 2.26 7.41
CP1 4.17 13.68 4.27 14.01 4.28 14.04 4.96 16.27
W1 4.76 15.62 4.71 15.45 4.86 15.94 5.35 17.55
WINGS
W2 3.78 12.40 3.74 12.27 3.89 12.76 4.38 14.37
HT 5.46 17.91 5.32 17.45 5.56 18.24 5.93 19.46
TAILPLANE AP 4.74 15.55 4.59 15.06 4.84 15.88 5.20 17.06
VT 11.98 39.30 11.83 38.81 12.08 39.63 12.45 40.85
ENGINE/ N1 (CFM) 0.57 1.87 0.58 1.90 0.67 2.20 1.24 4.07
NACELLE N1 (IAE) 0.75 2.46 0.76 2.49 0.85 2.79 1.42 4.66
NOTE:
PASSENGER AND CARGO DOOR GROUND CLEARANCES ARE MEASURED FROM THE CENTER
OF THE DOOR SILL AND FROM FLOOR LEVEL. N_AR_091011_1_0530101_01_00
Ground Clearances
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-053-A01
Page 24
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CP1 D1 D2 W2 W1 D3 AP
N1
VT HT C3 C2 F2 BF1 F1 C1
F4 F3
41 000 kg
MRW (90 389 lb) A/C JACKED
A/C CONFIGURATION FDL = 4.60 m (15.09 ft)
FWD CG (17%) AFT CG (36.8%) CG (26.5%)
m ft m ft m ft m ft
D1 3.38 11.09 3.45 11.32 3.48 11.42 4.13 13.55
D2 3.87 12.70 3.88 12.73 3.98 13.06 4.54 14.89
DOORS D3 3.60 11.81 3.50 11.48 3.70 12.14 4.13 13.55
C1 1.98 6.50 2.04 6.69 2.09 6.86 2.71 8.89
C2 2.12 6.96 2.07 6.79 2.22 7.28 2.71 8.89
C3 2.19 7.19 2.11 6.92 2.29 7.51 2.75 9.02
F1 1.72 5.64 1.76 5.77 1.82 5.97 2.43 7.97
F2 1.84 6.04 1.79 5.87 1.95 6.40 2.43 7.97
F3 5.86 19.23 5.90 19.36 5.97 19.59 6.58 21.59
FUSELAGE
F4 5.99 19.65 5.93 19.46 6.09 19.98 6.58 21.59
BF1 1.62 5.31 1.60 5.25 1.72 5.64 2.26 7.41
CP1 4.17 13.68 4.27 14.01 4.28 14.04 4.96 16.27
W1 6.70 21.98 6.65 21.82 6.80 22.31 7.25 23.79
WINGS
W2 4.05 13.29 4.01 13.16 4.16 13.65 4.65 15.26
HT 5.46 17.91 5.32 17.45 5.56 18.24 5.93 19.46
TAILPLANE AP 4.74 15.55 4.59 15.06 4.84 15.88 5.20 17.06
VT 11.98 39.30 11.83 38.81 12.08 39.63 12.45 40.85
ENGINE/ N1 (CFM) 0.57 1.87 0.58 1.90 0.67 2.20 1.24 4.07
NACELLE N1 (IAE) 0.75 2.46 0.76 2.49 0.85 2.79 1.42 4.66
NOTE:
PASSENGER AND CARGO DOOR GROUND CLEARANCES ARE MEASURED FROM THE CENTER
OF THE DOOR SILL AND FROM FLOOR LEVEL. N_AR_091011_1_0580101_01_00
Ground Clearances
Ground Clearances with Sharklets
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-058-A01
Page 25
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CP1 D1 D2 W2 W1 D3 AP
N1
VT HT C3 C2 F2 BF1 F1 C1
F4 F3
41 000 kg
MRW (90 389 lb) A/C JACKED
A/C CONFIGURATION FDL = 4.60 m (15.09 ft)
FWD CG (17%) AFT CG (36.8%) CG (26.5%)
m ft m ft m ft m ft
D1 3.38 11.09 3.45 11.32 3.48 11.42 4.13 13.55
D2 3.87 12.70 3.88 12.73 3.98 13.06 4.54 14.89
D3 3.60 11.81 3.50 11.48 3.70 12.14 4.13 13.55
DOORS
C1 1.98 6.50 2.04 6.69 2.09 6.86 2.71 8.89
C2 2.12 6.96 2.07 6.79 2.22 7.28 2.71 8.89
C3 2.19 7.19 2.11 6.92 2.29 7.51 2.75 9.02
F1 1.72 5.64 1.76 5.77 1.82 5.97 2.43 7.97
F2 1.84 6.04 1.79 5.87 1.95 6.40 2.43 7.97
F3 5.86 19.23 5.90 19.36 5.97 19.59 6.58 21.59
FUSELAGE
F4 5.99 19.65 5.93 19.46 6.09 19.98 6.58 21.59
BF1 1.62 5.31 1.60 5.25 1.72 5.64 2.26 7.41
CP1 4.17 13.68 4.27 14.01 4.28 14.04 4.96 16.27
W1 6.70 21.98 6.65 21.82 6.80 22.31 7.25 23.79
WINGS
W2 4.05 13.29 4.01 13.16 4.16 13.65 4.65 15.26
HT 5.46 17.91 5.32 17.45 5.56 18.24 5.93 19.46
TAILPLANE AP 4.74 15.55 4.59 15.06 4.84 15.88 5.20 17.06
VT 11.98 39.30 11.83 38.81 12.08 39.63 12.45 40.85
N1 (CFM
ENGINE/ LEAP−1A) 0.46 1.51 0.47 1.54 0.56 1.84 1.13 3.71
NACELLE N1 (PW 1100G)
0.46 1.51 0.47 1.54 0.56 1.84 1.13 3.71
NOTE:
PASSENGER AND CARGO DOOR GROUND CLEARANCES ARE MEASURED FROM THE CENTER
OF THE DOOR SILL AND FROM FLOOR LEVEL. N_AR_091011_1_0590101_01_00
Ground Clearances
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-059-A01
Page 26
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C D E F G
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0220101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Leading Edge Slats - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-022-A01
Page 27
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
D C B A
FLAPS EXTENDED
CFM 56 ENGINE
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0230101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Trailing Edge Flaps - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-023-A01
Page 28
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
D C B A
FLAPS EXTENDED
IAE V2500, PW 1100G AND CFM LEAP−1A ENGINES
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0440101_01_00
Ground Clearances
Trailing Edge Flaps - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-044-A01
Page 29
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
G F E D C B A
SPOILERS EXTENDED
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0240101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Spoilers - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-024-A01
Page 30
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B A
AILERON DOWN
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0250101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Aileron Down
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-025-A01
Page 31
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B A
AILERON UP
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0260101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Aileron Up
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-026-A01
Page 32
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
C B A
N_AR_091011_1_0270101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-027-A01
Page 33
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
C B A
N_AR_091011_1_0450101_01_00
Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-045-A01
Page 34
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0460101_01_00
Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - Retracted
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-046-A01
Page 35
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0470101_01_00
Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - 1 + F
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-047-A01
Page 36
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 09-10-11-001-D01
Ground Clearances
1. This section provides the height of various points of the aircraft, above the ground, for different
aircraft configurations.
Dimensions in the tables are approximate and will vary with tire type, weight and balance and other
special conditions.
NOTE : Passenger and cargo door ground clearances are measured from the center of the door sill
and from floor level.
Page 37
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CP1 D1 D2 D3 W2 W1 D4 AP
N1
VT HT C3 C2 F2 BF1 F1 C1
F4 F3
47 000 kg
MRW (103 617 lb) A/C JACKED
A/C CONFIGURATION FDL = 4.60 m (15.09 ft)
FWD CG (19%) AFT CG (36.9%) CG (25%)
m ft m ft m ft m ft
D1 3.39 11.12 3.47 11.38 3.50 11.48 4.13 13.55
D2 3.45 11.32 3.48 11.42 3.57 11.71 4.13 13.55
D3 3.89 12.76 3.90 12.80 4.01 13.16 4.54 14.89
DOORS D4 3.61 11.84 3.53 11.58 3.73 12.24 4.13 13.55
C1 1.99 6.53 2.05 6.73 2.10 6.89 2.71 8.89
C2 2.14 7.02 2.09 6.86 2.26 7.41 2.71 8.89
C3 2.20 7.22 2.14 7.02 2.33 7.64 2.75 9.02
F1 1.73 5.68 1.78 5.84 1.84 6.04 2.43 7.97
F2 1.87 6.14 1.82 5.97 1.99 6.53 2.43 7.97
F3 5.87 19.26 5.92 19.42 5.98 19.62 6.58 21.59
FUSELAGE
F4 6.01 19.72 5.96 19.55 6.13 20.11 6.58 21.59
BF1 1.64 5.38 1.62 5.31 1.76 5.77 2.26 7.41
CP1 4.19 13.75 4.29 14.07 4.30 14.11 4.96 16.27
W1 4.76 15.62 4.73 15.52 4.88 16.01 5.35 17.55
WINGS
W2 3.79 12.43 3.76 12.34 3.91 12.83 4.38 14.37
HT 5.45 17.88 5.34 17.52 5.58 18.31 5.93 19.46
TAILPLANE AP 4.73 15.52 4.61 15.12 4.86 15.94 5.20 17.06
VT 11.97 39.27 11.85 38.88 12.10 39.70 12.45 40.85
ENGINE/ N1 (CFM) 0.59 1.94 0.60 1.97 0.71 2.33 1.24 4.07
NACELLE N1 (IAE) 0.77 2.53 0.78 2.56 0.89 2.92 1.42 4.66
NOTE:
PASSENGER AND CARGO DOOR GROUND CLEARANCES ARE MEASURED FROM THE CENTER
OF THE DOOR SILL AND FROM FLOOR LEVEL. N_AR_091011_1_0520101_01_00
Ground Clearances
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-052-A01
Page 38
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CP1 D1 D2 D3 W2 W1 D4 AP
N1
VT HT C3 C2 F2 BF1 F1 C1
F4 F3
47 000 kg
MRW (103 617 lb) A/C JACKED
A/C CONFIGURATION FDL = 4.60 m (15.09 ft)
FWD CG (19%) AFT CG (36.9%) CG (25%)
m ft m ft m ft m ft
D1 3.39 11.12 3.47 11.38 3.50 11.48 4.13 13.55
D2 3.45 11.32 3.48 11.42 3.57 11.71 4.13 13.55
D3 3.89 12.76 3.90 12.80 4.01 13.16 4.54 14.89
DOORS D4 3.61 11.84 3.53 11.58 3.73 12.24 4.13 13.55
C1 1.99 6.53 2.05 6.73 2.10 6.89 2.71 8.89
C2 2.14 7.02 2.09 6.86 2.26 7.41 2.71 8.89
C3 2.20 7.22 2.14 7.02 2.33 7.64 2.75 9.02
F1 1.73 5.68 1.78 5.84 1.84 6.04 2.43 7.97
F2 1.87 6.14 1.82 5.97 1.99 6.53 2.43 7.97
F3 5.87 19.26 5.92 19.42 5.98 19.62 6.58 21.59
FUSELAGE
F4 6.01 19.72 5.96 19.55 6.13 20.11 6.58 21.59
BF1 1.64 5.38 1.62 5.31 1.76 5.77 2.26 7.41
CP1 4.19 13.75 4.29 14.07 4.30 14.11 4.96 16.27
W1 6.70 21.98 6.67 21.88 6.82 22.38 7.29 23.92
WINGS
W2 4.06 13.32 4.03 13.22 4.18 13.71 4.65 15.26
HT 5.45 17.88 5.34 17.52 5.58 18.31 5.93 19.46
TAILPLANE AP 4.73 15.52 4.61 15.12 4.86 15.94 5.20 17.06
VT 11.97 39.27 11.85 38.88 12.10 39.70 12.45 40.85
ENGINE/ N1 (CFM) 0.59 1.94 0.60 1.97 0.71 2.33 1.24 4.07
NACELLE N1 (IAE) 0.77 2.53 0.78 2.56 0.89 2.92 1.42 4.66
NOTE:
PASSENGER AND CARGO DOOR GROUND CLEARANCES ARE MEASURED FROM THE CENTER
OF THE DOOR SILL AND FROM FLOOR LEVEL. N_AR_091011_1_0600101_01_00
Ground Clearances
Ground Clearances with Sharklets
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-060-A01
Page 39
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CP1 D1 D2 D3 W2 W1 D4 AP
N1
VT HT C3 C2 F2 BF1 F1 C1
F4 F3
47 000 kg
MRW (103 617 lb) A/C JACKED
A/C CONFIGURATION FDL = 4.60 m (15.09 ft)
FWD CG (19%) AFT CG (36.9%) CG (25%)
m ft m ft m ft m ft
D1 3.39 11.12 3.47 11.38 3.50 11.48 4.13 13.55
D2 3.45 11.32 3.48 11.42 3.57 11.71 4.13 13.55
D3 3.89 12.76 3.90 12.80 4.01 13.16 4.54 14.89
DOORS D4 3.61 11.84 3.53 11.58 3.73 12.24 4.13 13.55
C1 1.99 6.53 2.05 6.73 2.10 6.89 2.71 8.89
C2 2.14 7.02 2.09 6.86 2.26 7.41 2.71 8.89
C3 2.20 7.22 2.14 7.02 2.33 7.64 2.75 9.02
F1 1.73 5.68 1.78 5.84 1.84 6.04 2.43 7.97
F2 1.87 6.14 1.82 5.97 1.99 6.53 2.43 7.97
F3 5.87 19.26 5.92 19.42 5.98 19.62 6.58 21.59
FUSELAGE
F4 6.01 19.72 5.96 19.55 6.13 20.11 6.58 21.59
BF1 1.64 5.38 1.62 5.31 1.76 5.77 2.26 7.41
CP1 4.19 13.75 4.29 14.07 4.30 14.11 4.96 16.27
W1 6.70 21.98 6.67 21.88 6.82 22.38 7.29 23.92
WINGS
W2 4.06 13.32 4.03 13.22 4.18 13.71 4.65 15.26
HT 5.45 17.88 5.34 17.52 5.58 18.31 5.93 19.46
TAILPLANE AP 4.73 15.52 4.61 15.12 4.86 15.94 5.20 17.06
VT 11.97 39.27 11.85 38.88 12.10 39.70 12.45 40.85
N1 (CFM
ENGINE/ LEAP−1A) 0.46 1.51 0.47 1.54 0.58 1.90 1.13 3.71
NACELLE N1 (PW 1100G)
0.46 1.51 0.47 1.54 0.58 1.90 1.13 3.71
NOTE:
PASSENGER AND CARGO DOOR GROUND CLEARANCES ARE MEASURED FROM THE CENTER
OF THE DOOR SILL AND FROM FLOOR LEVEL. N_AR_091011_1_0610101_01_00
Ground Clearances
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-061-A01
Page 40
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
CP1 D1 D3 W2 W1 D4 AP
N1
VT HT
C3 F4 C2 F2 BF1 F3 F1 C1
47 000 kg
MRW (103 617 lb) A/C JACKED
A/C CONFIGURATION FDL = 4.60 m (15.09 ft)
FWD CG (19%) AFT CG (36.9%) CG (25%)
m ft m ft m ft m ft
D1 3.39 11.12 3.47 11.38 3.50 11.48 4.13 13.55
D3 3.89 12.76 3.90 12.80 4.01 13.16 4.54 14.89
DOORS D4 3.61 11.84 3.53 11.58 3.73 12.24 4.13 13.55
C1 1.99 6.53 2.05 6.73 2.10 6.89 2.71 8.89
C2 2.14 7.02 2.09 6.86 2.26 7.41 2.71 8.89
C3 2.20 7.22 2.14 7.02 2.33 7.64 2.75 9.02
F1 1.73 5.68 1.78 5.84 1.84 6.04 2.43 7.97
F2 1.87 6.14 1.82 5.97 1.99 6.53 2.43 7.97
F3 5.87 19.26 5.92 19.42 5.98 19.62 6.58 21.59
FUSELAGE
F4 6.01 19.72 5.96 19.55 6.13 20.11 6.58 21.59
BF1 1.64 5.38 1.62 5.31 1.76 5.77 2.26 7.41
CP1 4.19 13.75 4.29 14.07 4.30 14.11 4.96 16.27
W1 6.70 21.98 6.67 21.88 6.82 22.38 7.29 23.92
WINGS
W2 4.06 13.32 4.03 13.22 4.18 13.71 4.65 15.26
HT 5.45 17.88 5.34 17.52 5.58 18.31 5.93 19.46
TAILPLANE AP 4.73 15.52 4.61 15.12 4.86 15.94 5.20 17.06
VT 11.97 39.27 11.85 38.88 12.10 39.70 12.45 40.85
N1 (CFM
ENGINE/ LEAP−1A) 0.46 1.51 0.47 1.54 0.58 1.90 1.13 3.71
NACELLE N1 (PW 1100G)
0.46 1.51 0.47 1.54 0.58 1.90 1.13 3.71
NOTE:
PASSENGER AND CARGO DOOR GROUND CLEARANCES ARE MEASURED FROM THE CENTER
OF THE DOOR SILL AND FROM FLOOR LEVEL.
N_AR_091011_1_0620101_01_00
Page 41
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C D E F G
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0290101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Leading Edge Slats - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-029-A01
Page 42
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
F E D C BA
FLAPS EXTENDED
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0300101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Trailing Edge Flaps - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-030-A01
Page 43
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
G F E D C B A
SPOILERS EXTENDED
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0310101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Spoilers - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-031-A01
Page 44
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B A
AILERON DOWN
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0320101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Aileron Down
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-032-A01
Page 45
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
B A
AILERON UP
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0330101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Aileron Up
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-033-A01
Page 46
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
C B A
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0340101_01_01
Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - Extended
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-034-A01
Page 47
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0500101_01_00
Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - Retracted
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-050-A01
Page 48
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
A B C
A/C IN MAINTENANCE
MAXIMUM RAMP MAXIMUM RAMP
CONFIGURATION
DESCRIPTION WEIGHT FWD CG WEIGHT AFT CG
MID CG
m ft m ft m ft
N_AR_091011_1_0510101_01_00
Ground Clearances
Flap Tracks - 1 + F
FIGURE-09-10-11-991-051-A01
Page 49
09-10-11 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-12-001-A01
General
1. This section gives the ground service connections layout.
Refer to AC 05 for more details about the servicing systems:
- Grounding (Earthing) Points,
- Hydraulic System,
- Electrical System,
- Oxygen System,
- Fuel System,
- Pneumatic System,
- Oil System,
- Potable Water System,
- Waste Water System,
- Cargo Control Panels.
Page 1
09-10-12 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
12 9
11
10
7 8
6
1
2 9
3 4 17
8 5
7
10
14
13 15
11
17 13 1614 19
18
9 9
20
12
NOTE:
* FOR THE PW 6000 ENGINE, THE ENGINE OIL SERVICING POINTS (8) ARE LOCATED SYMMETRICALLY ON
THE RH SIDE OF EACH ENGINE.
THE ENGINE OIL SERVICING POINTS (8) ARE SHOWN FOR THE CFM 56 ENGINE.
N_AR_091012_1_0010101_01_01
Page 2
09-10-12 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
2
10
12 13
9 11
7 8
1
3 10
4 5
18
9 6
11 15
12 14 16
15
18 14 17
13
20
10 19
10
21
N_AR_091012_1_0010201_01_01
Page 3
09-10-12 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
13 14
10 12
7 8 9
1 11
3
11
4
6 19
10 5
9
12 16
13 15 17
16
19 15 18
11 11
21
20
14 22
N_AR_091012_1_0010301_01_01
Page 4
09-10-12 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
12 13
9 11
1 7
3 8
10
4 5
6 18
9
11 15
12 14 16
15
18 14 17
13
20
10 19
21
N_AR_091012_1_0010401_01_01
Page 5
09-10-12 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-13-001-A01
General
Page 1
09-10-13 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
5. Technical Specifications
The grounding stud on each landing gear is designed for use with a clip-on connector, such as the
Appleton TGR.
The grounding stud is used to connect the aircraft to approved ground connection on the ramp, in
the hangar or through a ground earth spike for:
- Refuel/defuel operations,
- Maintenance operations,
- Bad weather conditions.
Page 2
09-10-13 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
A
A
LANDING GEAR
GROUND CABLE
N_AR_091013_1_0010101_01_00
Grounding Point
Location
FIGURE-09-10-13-991-001-A01
Page 3
09-10-13 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 09-10-14-001-A01
General
1. The lower deck of the aircraft has three cargo compartments:
- Forward cargo compartment,
- Aft cargo compartment,
- Bulk cargo compartment.
The total volume of the three cargo compartments is 21.30 m3 (752.20 ft3).
NOTE : See your customized WBM for accurate data related to the aircraft configuration.
A. FWD Cargo Compartment
The fwd cargo compartment (n˚ 1) is designed for bulk cargo and baggage.
The volume of the FWD cargo compartment is 6.72 m3 (237.31 ft3).
See FIGURE 09-10-14-991-007-A for location and dimensions of the FWD compartment.
B. Aft Cargo Compartment
The aft cargo compartment (n˚ 4) is designed for bulk cargo and baggage.
The volume of the aft cargo compartment is 8.87 m3 (313.24 ft3).
See FIGURE 09-10-14-991-008-A for location and dimensions of the aft compartment.
C. Bulk Cargo Compartment
The bulk cargo compartment (n˚ 5) is designed for bulk cargo.
The volume of the bulk cargo compartment is 5.71 m3 (201.65 ft3).
See FIGURE 09-10-14-991-009-A for location and dimensions of the bulk compartment.
Page 1
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR24A FR34
FR34 A
FR28
2.
(8. 630 m
FR24A 62
ft)
m
37 )
1.243 m
2.6 65 ft
(4.07 ft)
(8.
1.4 FR34
(4. 29 m
68
ft)
FR28
FR24A
A
N_AR_091014_1_0070101_01_00
Page 2
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR47/54 FR60
FR60
FR57A
FR47/54
m
53 t)
3.3 .00 f
(11
1.243 m
1.4
(4.07 ft)
2
(4. 9 m
68
f
2. t) FR60
(8. 630
62 m
ft) FR57A
FR57
FR47/54
A
N_AR_091014_1_0080101_01_00
Page 3
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR60 FR65
A
FR65
FR63
1.5
(5. 58 m
11
FR60 ft)
m
08 )
2.7 .88 ft
(8
FR65
FR63
FR62
FR60
A
N_AR_091014_1_0090101_01_00
Page 4
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 09-10-14-001-B01
General
1. The lower deck of the aircraft has two cargo compartments:
- Forward cargo compartment,
- Aft cargo compartment,
The total volume of the two cargo compartments is 27.56 m3 (973.27 ft3).
NOTE : See your customized WBM for accurate data related to the aircraft configuration.
A. FWD Cargo Compartment
The FWD cargo compartment (n˚ 1) is designed for bulk cargo and baggage or transport of
ULDs.
The volume of the FWD cargo compartment is 8.51 m3 (300.53 ft3).
See FIGURE 09-10-14-991-010-A for location and dimensions of the FWD compartment.
B. Aft Cargo Compartment
The aft cargo compartment (n˚ 4 and 5) is designed for bulk cargo and baggage or transport of
ULDs.
The volume of the AFT cargo compartment is 19.05 m3 (672.74 ft3).
See FIGURE 09-10-14-991-011-A for location and dimensions of the aft compartment.
Page 5
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR24A FR34
FR34
FR28
2.6
(8. 30 m
FR24A 62
ft)
1.243 m
m
(4.07 ft)
45 ft)
3.3 .97
(10
1.4
(4. 30 m
69
ft)
N_AR_091014_1_0100101_01_00
Page 6
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR65
FR63
1.5
FR59 (5. 58 m
11
ft)
FR55A
FR47/51
m
41 t)
3.2 .63 f
(10
m
m 62 t)
21 t) 7.6 .13 f
4.4 .50 f
(25
(14
1.4
1.243 m
3
(4. 0 m
(4.07 ft)
69
ft)
2.6
(8. 30 m
62
ft)
A
N_AR_091014_1_0110101_01_00
Page 7
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 09-10-14-001-C01
General
1. The lower deck of the aircraft has three cargo compartments:
- Forward cargo compartment,
- Aft cargo compartment,
- Bulk cargo compartment.
The total volume of the three cargo compartments is 37.45 m3 (1322.53 ft3).
NOTE : See your customized WBM for accurate data related to the aircraft configuration.
A. FWD Cargo Compartment
The FWD cargo compartment (n˚ 1) is designed for bulk cargo and baggage or transport of
ULDs.
The volume of the FWD cargo compartment is 13.28 m3 (468.98 ft3).
See FIGURE 09-10-14-991-013-A for location and dimensions of the FWD compartment.
B. Aft Cargo Compartment
The aft cargo compartment (n˚ 3 and 4) is designed for bulk cargo and baggage or transport of
ULDs.
The volume of the aft cargo compartment is 18.26 m3 (644.85 ft3).
See FIGURE 09-10-14-991-014-A for location and dimensions of the aft compartment.
C. Bulk Cargo Compartment
The bulk cargo compartment (n˚ 5) is designed for bulk cargo and baggage.
The volume of the bulk cargo compartment is 5.91 m3 (208.71 ft3).
See FIGURE 09-10-14-991-015-A for location and dimensions of the bulk compartment.
Page 8
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR24A FR34
A
FR34
2.6
FR31 (8. 30
62 m
ft)
FR28
FR24A
m
50 t)
4.8 .91 f
(15
1.243 m
(4.07 ft)
1.4 FR34
(4. 30
69 m
ft)
FR31
FR28
FR24A
N_AR_091014_1_0130101_01_00
Page 9
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR47 FR59
FR59 A
FR56
FR53
FR52A
1.4
(4. 08
61 m
FR47 ft)
m
00 ft)
3.2 6.00
(12
2.6 m
(8. 30
m 54 t)
54 t) 6.5 .50 f
62 m 3.3 .00 f
ft) (21
(11
FR59
1.4 FR56
(4. 30
69 m
FR53
1.242 m
ft)
(4.07 ft)
FR52A
FR50
FR47
A
N_AR_091014_1_0140101_01_00
Page 10
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR59 FR65
A
1.5
(5. 58
11 m
FR65 ft)
FR63
0.9
(3. 68 m
17
FR59 ft)
1.211 m
(3.97 ft)
0.820 m
(2.69 ft)
m
41 ft)
3.2 .63
(10
FR65
1.
(4. 408 FR63
62 m
ft)
2.
(8. 630
62 m FR59
ft)
A
N_AR_091014_1_0150101_01_00
Page 11
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
DESC 09-10-14-001-D01
General
1. The lower deck of the aircraft has three cargo compartments:
- Forward cargo compartment,
- Aft cargo compartment,
- Bulk cargo compartment.
The total volume of the three cargo compartments is 50.95 m3 (1799.28 ft3).
NOTE : See your customized WBM for accurate data related to the aircraft configuration.
A. FWD Cargo Compartment
The FWD cargo compartment (n˚ 1 and 2) is designed for bulk cargo and baggage or transport
of ULDs.
The volume of the FWD cargo compartment is 22.81 m3 (805.53 ft3).
See FIGURE 09-10-14-991-016-A for location and dimensions of the FWD compartment.
B. Aft Cargo Compartment
The aft cargo compartment (n˚ 3 and 4) is designed for bulk cargo and baggage or transport of
ULDs.
The volume of the AFT cargo compartment is 22.255 m3 (785.93 ft3).
See FIGURE 09-10-14-991-017-A for location and dimensions of the aft compartment.
C. Bulk Cargo Compartment
The bulk cargo compartment (n˚ 5) is designed for bulk cargo and baggage.
The volume of the bulk cargo compartment is 5.88 m3 (207.65 ft3).
See FIGURE 09-10-14-991-018-A for location and dimensions of the bulk compartment.
Page 12
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR24A FR35.5
FR35.5
A
FR35.2
2.6
(8. 30 m
62
FR34 ft)
FR31
FR28
FR24A m
75 ft)
4.6 .33
(15
1.242 m
(4.07 ft)
m
49 t)
8.1 .73 f
(26
m FR35.5
74 ft)
3.4 .39
(11 FR35.2
FR34
1.4
3
(4. 0 m FR31
69
ft)
FR28
FR24A
A
N_AR_091014_1_0160101_01_00
Page 13
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR47.2 FR59
FR59
A
2.6
FR56 (8. 30 m
62
ft)
FR52A
FR47.2
m
54 t)
8.1 .75 f
1.242 m
(4.07 ft)
(26 FR59
FR56
FR53
FR52A
1.4
3
(4. 0 m FR50
69
ft)
FR47.5
FR47.2
A
N_AR_091014_1_0170101_01_00
Page 14
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
FR59 FR65
FR65 1.5 A
(5. 58 m
11
ft
0.9 )
(3. 68 m
FR62 17
ft)
FR60
FR59
0.821 m
(2.69 ft)
m
41 t)
3.2 .63 f
(10
1.4
(4. 08 m FR65
61
ft) FR64
2.6
1.211 m
3
(3.97 ft)
(8. 0 m FR63
62
ft)
FR62
FR60
FR59
A
N_AR_091014_1_0180101_01_00
Page 15
09-10-14 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-15-001-A01
General
1. A number of items and areas on the aircraft contain Hazardous Materials.
NOTE : The List of Radioactive and hazardous Element manual (LRE) gives information on these
materials.
The FIGURE 09-10-15-991-001-AFIGURE 09-10-15-991-001-BFIGURE 09-10-15-991-001-CFIGURE
09-10-15-991-001-D gives the general location of the Hazardous Materials that you can find on the
aircraft.
NOTE : The number and arrangement of the portable equipment depend on the aircraft
configuration.
Page 1
09-10-15 May 01/21
**ON A/C A318-100
APU FIRE
DETECTORS
(IF INSTALLED)
APU FIRE
INNER FUEL TANK
EXTINGUISHER LINES
ENGINE FIRE
EXTINGUISHER BOTTLES SHADED AREAS IDENTIFY PERMITTED
Location
BREAK−IN AREAS ON EACH
SIDE OF THE AIRCRAFT
INNER FUEL TANK
Hazardous Materials
OUTER FUEL TANK
FIGURE-09-10-15-991-001-A01
BATTERY 1 VENT SURGE TANK
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
@A318/A319/A320/A321
BATTERY 2
09-10-15
COCKPIT CENTER FUEL
OXYGEN TANK
CYLINDERS
AVIONICS FUEL LP VALVES HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR
COMPARTMENT CARGO FIRE PASSENGER AND CREW
ACCESS DOOR EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE
OXYGEN BOTTLE
IDG OIL TANKS PORTABLE FIRE
EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE
NITROGEN BOTTLE
N_AR_091015_1_0010101_01_00
Page 2
May 01/21
APU FIRE EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE
APU FIRE
DETECTORS
**ON A/C A319-100 A319neo
Location
ACT 4 BREAK−IN AREAS ON EACH
(IF INSTALLED) SIDE OF THE AIRCRAFT
Hazardous Materials
INNER FUEL TANK
FIGURE-09-10-15-991-001-B01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
ENGINE FIRE
@A318/A319/A320/A321
09-10-15
TANK
(IF INSTALLED)
BATTERY 2 FUEL LP VALVES PASSENGER AND CREW
COCKPIT CARGO FIRE OXYGEN BOTTLE
OXYGEN ACT 6 EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE PORTABLE FIRE
CYLINDERS (IF INSTALLED) EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE
IDG OIL TANKS
AVIONICS NITROGEN BOTTLE ACT: ADDITIONAL CENTER
COMPARTMENT
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR TANK
ACCESS DOOR
N_AR_091015_1_0010201_01_00
Page 3
May 01/21
APU FIRE EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE
APU FIRE
DETECTORS
**ON A/C A320-200 A320neo
(IF INSTALLED)
APU OIL TANK
Location
BREAK−IN AREAS ON EACH
SIDE OF THE AIRCRAFT
Hazardous Materials
INNER FUEL TANK
FIGURE-09-10-15-991-001-C01
OUTER FUEL TANK
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
ENGINE FIRE
EXTINGUISHER BOTTLES
@A318/A319/A320/A321
09-10-15
CENTER FUEL
BATTERY 2 TANK
(IF INSTALLED)
FUEL LP VALVES PASSENGER AND CREW
COCKPIT OXYGEN BOTTLE
OXYGEN CARGO FIRE
EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE PORTABLE FIRE
CYLINDERS
IDG OIL TANKS EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE
AVIONICS
COMPARTMENT NITROGEN BOTTLE ACT: ADDITIONAL CENTER
ACCESS DOOR HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR TANK
N_AR_091015_1_0010301_01_00
Page 4
May 01/21
APU FIRE EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE
APU FIRE
DETECTORS
ACT 2
VENT SURGE TANK (IF INSTALLED)
**ON A/C A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
ACT 1
(IF INSTALLED) APU FIRE
EXTINGUISHER LINES
WING FUEL TANK
Location
WING FUEL TANK
Hazardous Materials
VENT SURGE TANK
FIGURE-09-10-15-991-001-D01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
BATTERY 1
ENGINE FIRE
EXTINGUISHER BOTTLES
CENTER FUEL
@A318/A319/A320/A321
TANK
09-10-15
BATTERY 2
Page 5
May 01/21
**ON A/C A321neo
APU FIRE
EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE
APU FIRE
DETECTORS
Location (ACF)
SIDE OF THE AIRCRAFT
FIGURE-09-10-15-991-002-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
BATTERY 1
@A318/A319/A320/A321
ENGINE FIRE
09-10-15
EXTINGUISHER BOTTLES
ACT 3
(IF INSTALLED)
FUEL LP VALVES PASSENGER AND CREW
CARGO FIRE OXYGEN BOTTLE
BATTERY 2 EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE PORTABLE FIRE
AVIONICS EXTINGUISHER BOTTLE
COMPARTMENT IDG OIL TANKS
COCKPIT ACCESS DOOR
OXYGEN NITROGEN BOTTLE ACT: ADDITIONAL CENTER
CYLINDERS TANK
HYDRAULIC RESERVOIR
N_AR_091015_1_0020101_01_00
Page 6
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-10-16-001-A01
General
1. This chapter gives details on the landing gears.
- For Landing Gear footprint, see FIGURE 09-10-16-991-001-AFIGURE 09-10-16-991-001-
BFIGURE 09-10-16-991-001-CFIGURE 09-10-16-991-001-D,
- For Nose Landing Gear description, see FIGURE 09-10-16-991-002-A,
- For Main Landing Gear description, see FIGURE 09-10-16-991-003-A,
- For Landing Gear Doors description, see FIGURE 09-10-16-991-004-A.
Page 1
09-10-16 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
0.50 m
(19.7 in)
CL
10.252 m
(33.64 ft)
0.927 m
(36.5 in)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
N_AR_091016_1_0010101_01_00
Footprint
Landing Gear
FIGURE-09-10-16-991-001-A01
Page 2
09-10-16 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
0.50 m
(19.7 in)
CL
11.039 m
(36.22 ft)
0.927 m
(36.5 in)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
N_AR_091016_1_0010201_01_00
Footprint
Landing Gear
FIGURE-09-10-16-991-001-B01
Page 3
09-10-16 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
0.50 m
(19.7 in)
CL
12.64 m
(41.47 ft)
0.927 m
(36.5 in)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
N_AR_091016_1_0010301_01_00
Footprint
Landing Gear - Twin Wheel MLG (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-09-10-16-991-001-C01
Page 4
09-10-16 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
0.50 m
(19.7 in)
CL
12.64 m
(41.47 ft)
0.78 m
(30.7 in)
1.005 m
(39.5 ft)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
N_AR_091016_1_0010302_01_00
Footprint
Landing Gear - Four Wheel Bogie MLG (Optional, A320 only) (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-09-10-16-991-001-C01
Page 5
09-10-16 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
0.50 m
(19.7 in)
CL
16.91 m
(55.47 ft)
0.927 m
(36.5 in)
7.59 m
(24.90 ft)
N_AR_091016_1_0010401_01_00
Footprint
Landing Gear
FIGURE-09-10-16-991-001-D01
Page 6
09-10-16 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
ACTUATING
CYLINDER
NOSE WHEEL
STEERING
DOWNLOCK SERVO CONTROL
PROXIMITY
DETECTORS
STEERING
ACTUATING
CYLINDER
SHOCK
ABSORBER
TORQUE LINK
TOWING
FITTING
N_AR_091016_1_0020101_01_00
Description
Nose Landing Gear
FIGURE-09-10-16-991-002-A01
Page 7
09-10-16 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
ACTUATING
LOCK STAY CYLINDER
UNLOCK
ACTUATOR
MAIN FITTING
SIDE STAY
SHOCK
ABSORBER
TORQUE LINK
N_AR_091016_1_0030101_01_00
Description
Twin Wheel MLG (Sheet 1 of 2)
FIGURE-09-10-16-991-003-A01
Page 8
09-10-16 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DOWNLOCK
ACTUATOR
LEG UNIT
STRUT ASSEMBLY
SHOCK ABSORBER
PITCH TRIMMER
TORQUE LINK
BRAKE BAR
N_AR_091016_1_0030102_01_00
Description
Four Wheel Bogie MLG (Optional A320 only) (Sheet 2 of 2)
FIGURE-09-10-16-991-003-A01
Page 9
09-10-16 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
FR9
DOOR
ACTUATING BELL CRANK DOOR UPLOCK
CYLINDER ASSENBLY
DRAG STRUT
ASSY
GEAR UPLOCK
ASSEMBLY
FR20
CONTROL ROD
FITTING
ROTATING ROD
ASSY
LEG DOOR
N_AR_091016_1_0040101_01_00
Doors
Nose Landing Gear (Sheet 1 of 3)
FIGURE-09-10-16-991-004-A01
Page 10
09-10-16 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
HINGED FAIRING
(MECHANICALLY OPERATED)
HINGED
FAIRING
PROXIMITY SENSORS
STEPS
ADJUSTABLE
RAMP
UPLOCK
ROLLER
FIXED MAIN DOOR
RAMPS (HYDRAULICALLY OPERATED)
NOTE:
MAIN DOOR SHOWN OPEN IN GROUND MAINTENANCE POSITION.
N_AR_091016_1_0040102_01_00
Doors
Twin Wheel MLG (Sheet 2 of 3)
FIGURE-09-10-16-991-004-A01
Page 11
09-10-16 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
HINGED
FAIRING
STEPS
AJUSTABLE
RAMP
UPLOCK MAIN DOOR
ROLLER
DOOR
RAMPS
NOTE:
MAIN DOOR SHOWN OPEN IN GROUND MAINTENANCE POSITION.
N_AR_091016_1_0040103_01_00
Doors
Four Wheel Bogie MLG (Optional A320 only) (Sheet 3 of 3)
FIGURE-09-10-16-991-004-A01
Page 12
09-10-16 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-20-01-001-A01
General
1. This chapter is broken down as follows:
A. Aircraft Recovery Logic Charts DESC 09-20-01-002-A01.
B. Aircraft Recovery Process Document DESC 09-20-01-004-A01.
C. IATA Aircraft Recovery Quick Reference Check List TASK 09-20-01-869-801-A01.
Page 1
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-20-01-002-A01
Aircraft Recovery Logic Chart
1. The Aircraft Recovery Logic Charts are an aid for the Aircraft Recovery Manager and his team. The
recovery charts describe the necessary steps of the recovery process and can be used as a checklist by
ticking off the boxes when completed. Although detailed, the chart must be used with the complete
ARM. These charts give the specific areas of the ARM where you can find additional and more
detailed data on a specific subject.
NOTE : The charts are not in chronological sequence for recovery. Make a selection of the charts
applicable to each recovery scenario.
When you use these charts, the conditions that follow are assumed:
- Warnings and cautions are not included on the recovery charts.
- The aircraft operator has full responsibility for all the aircraft recovery operation.
- The recovery operation can only start when the local and state Investigative Authorities release
the aircraft.
- All company, local and state health and safety regulations are obeyed.
- All hazardous materials are identified and correctly handled.
- The standard ”Aircraft Status for Maintenance” is in general not available (see AMM 00
Introduction, Item 7).
- The aircraft is possibly in an unusual attitude and can be unstable.
- Some of the steps listed are possibly not in chronological sequence because each recovery
operation is different and the recovery procedure must be adapted.
- It is possible that some of the steps listed are completed more than one time.
Page 2
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART I
INCIDENT
(SEE 01−00−00
)
PREPARE PERSONAL
EQUIPMENT
COMMUNICATE WITH
AIRPORT AND INVESTIGATIVE
REMOVE FDR AND CVR PER
AUTHORITIES, RECORD NAMES,
INVESTIGATIVE AUTHORITIES PREPARE LOCAL
POSITIONS AND CONTACT AIRCRAFT
NUMBERS
RECOVERY
EQUIPMENT
GO TO CHART IIA
(SEE FIGURE 09−20−01−991−002
)
Page 3
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART IIA
YES GO TO CHART VI
( SEE FIGURE 09−20−01−991−006
)
STEP DOES THE AIRCRAFT HAVE
D TO BE STABILIZED?
NO
GO TO STEP E
IDENTIFY MISSING
STEP COMPONENTS SUCH AS GO TO CHART IIB
F LANDING GEAR, FLAPS, STEP G
ETC.
Page 4
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART IIB
GO TO CHART XI
STEP WEIGHT AND CG POSITION ( SEE FIGURE 09−20−01−991−011
)
G MANAGEMENT AND COMPLETE WORKSHEETS
( SEE 03−00−00AND SEE 09−50−01
)
Page 5
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART III
NO YES
ASSIGN AIRLINE
REPRESENTATIVE TO
OVERSEE RECOVERY AND
OBTAIN REPORT
END
Page 6
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART IV
"B" HYDRAULIC
"A" FUEL "C" LAVATORY "D" CARGO "E" WATER
OR ENGINE OIL
GO TO CHART X GO TO
( SEE FIGURE 09−20−01−991−010
) "C"
Page 7
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART V
REMOVAL OF CARGO
(SEE 05−50−00
)
CONTROL EXCAVATE/PREPA
CG DURING RE ROADWAY TO
OFF−LOAD ALLOW ACCESS
TO DOOR
CAN ELECTRICAL
NO POWER TO THE YES
AIRCRAFT BE
ESTABLISHED?
OPERATE DOORS
NORMALLY
CAN
NO CARGO MANUALLY
YES
DOOR BE OPERATE
OPENED DOORS UNLOAD AS
MANUALLY MUCH AS
POSSIBLE
NO MANUALLY (MAY
BE NECESSARY
CAN DOOR BE TO CUT
UNLOCKED YES CONTAINERS
AND HOISTED FOR ACCESS)
WITH A CRANE?
CAN CARGO
LOADING YES
HOIST DOOR TO SYSTEM (CLS)
NO OPEN BE USED?
GO TO CHART VI STEP G
( SEE FIGURE 09−20−01−991−006
)
NOTE: THE CHARTS ARE NOT IN A CHRONOLOGICAL SEQUENCE FOR A RECOVERY.
N_AR_092001_1_0050101_01_01
Page 8
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART VI
STABILIZE AIRCRAFT
(SEE 04−20−00
)
YES GO TO CHART X
STEP IS IT NECESSARY TO ( SEE FIGURE 09−20−01−991−016
)
E DEFUEL OR TRANSFER
FUEL?
NO
GO TO STEP F
MAKE SURE CG IS
CONTROLLED
REMOVE MAJOR
COMPONENTS THAT ARE GO TO CHART IIA STEP E
STEP DAMAGED OR NECESSARY ( SEE FIGURE 09−20−01−991−002
)
G FOR WEIGHT REDUCTION
OR CG CONTROL
(SEE 03−50−01
)
Page 9
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART VII
SELECT METHOD
PNEUMATIC STEP−BY−STEP
JACKS CRANE
LIFTING BAGS COMBINATION
SEE 06−60−00
CALCULATE EXPECTED
LOADS AND RECORD
(SEE 06−10−00
)
CONFIRM STRUCTURAL
CONFIRM SOIL STABILITY
INTEGRITY OF LIFTING SELECT RECOVERY TOOLING * ( SEE 04−50−00
*)
POINTS/AREAS *
GO TO CHART VIII
(SEE FIGURE 09−20−01−991−008
)
* : BEFORE CONSIDERING WHICH LEVELING /LIFTING OPTION TO USE YOU MUST MAKE
AN ACCURATE WEIGHT AND CG ANALYSIS − THIS WILL GIVE YOU THE OPTIMUM
POSTIONS AND LOADS FOR THE LIFTING EQUIPMENT.
NOTE: THE CHARTS ARE NOT IN A CHRONOLOGICAL SEQUENCE FOR A RECOVERY.
N_AR_092001_1_0070101_01_01
Page 10
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART VIII
PREPARE TO LIFT AIRCRAFT
(SEE 06−00−00
)
FUSELAGE
PNEUMATIC SEE 06−40−00AND FOLLOW LIFTING
FWD
LIFTING BAGS PROCEDURE SEE 06−60−00
SECTION
FUSELAGE
PNEUMATIC SEE 06−40−00AND FOLLOW LIFTING
AFT
LIFTING BAGS PROCEDURE SEE 06−60−00
SECTION
GO TO CHART XV
( SEE FIGURE 09−20−01−991−015
)
Page 11
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART IX
AIRCRAFT BATTERIES
N_AR_092001_1_0090101_01_00
Page 12
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART X
DEFUEL
(SEE 05−10−00
)
N_AR_092001_1_0100101_01_02
Page 13
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART XI
Page 14
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART XII
DEBOGGING
(SEE 07−30−00
)
NO YES
WILL SOIL REQUIRE STABILIZING?
CONFIRM NO
ROADWAY
PREPARATION PREPARE ROADWAY USING
REQUIRED GRAVEL, STEEL PLATES,
PLYWOOD OR MATS AS
NECESSARY ( SEE 07−20−00
)
GO TO CHART XV STEP A
( SEE FIGURE 09−20−01−991−015
)
Page 15
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART XIII
LANDING GEAR
(SEE 02−30−01
)
NO YES
ARE ALL LANDING GEARS DOWN AND LOCKED?
Page 16
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART XIV
TETHERING / SHORING
(SEE 04−30−00
)
NO YES
ARE TETHERING FITTINGS AVAILABLE?
GO TO CHART VI STEP E
(SEE FIGURE 09−20−01−991−006
)
Page 17
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
CHART XV TOWING
(SEE 07−40−00
)
SEE 07−60−00
PREPARE AND ATTACH CABLES FOR DETAILS ON MOVING
FOR TOWING AND WINCHING AIRCRAFT
MOVE AIRCRAFT TO
ARRANGE PULLEY IF REQUIRED INSPECTION FACILITY
PREPARE REPORT
USE APPROPRIATE MEANS TO (SEE 08−00−00
)
STEER NOSE GEAR
Page 18
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-20-01-004-A01
Airline Aircraft Recovery Process Document
1. Airlines should consider the preparation of an internal Aircraft Recovery Process Document. This
document will help the airline to prepare for an aircraft recovery, because it will contain full
instructions about how to organize and prepare for a good recovery.
It must give the steps on how each airline can do an aircraft recovery, from the time an incident is
notified, to the movement of the aircraft to an inspection or repair facility.
Help to prepare a process document of this type is available if you contact the IATA Aircraft
Recovery Working Group at the website that follows:
- http://www.iata.org
NOTE : This chapter gives references to web sites for information only. Airbus shall not be held
liable for web site or document content and for update or change of addresses.
A. Proposed Coverage
(1) The goals of the Aircraft Recovery Team, these should be clearly stated. Some ideas to
include are:
- How the Recovery Team can react,
- What authority the Recovery Team has,
- The promotion of aircraft recovery awareness,
- How to share aircraft recovery data with the manufacturer, other operators and special
interested groups,
- Coordination of resources.
(2) A current and up-to-date list of the Recovery Team Managers and Recovery Team
Leaders.
This must include office, home, fax, pager and cell phone numbers. The same information
should be available for all other members of the recovery team.
(3) A list of applicable aircraft to recover by the Recovery Team.
This could include aircraft owned or leased by the airline and aircraft from subsidiary
airlines and/or contracted airlines.
(4) Procedures to follow when there is a known incident.
These must highlight the need to keep and record all important data.
(5) Current list of applicable government agencies with contact numbers.
(6) How each team member can prepare.
This must include suggestions on what items of clothing and equipment should be
available in a personal ”go kit”. Vaccinations and visas should also be done.
(7) A full list of airline support staff and contact numbers.
This should include structural and power plant engineering staff, tooling and equipment
technicians, weight and balance, purchasing and logistic personnel.
Page 19
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
(8) A current and full list of all company-owned aircraft recovery equipment.
This should include the location, size and weight of all containers in where the equipment
is stored.
(9) A current copy of the IATP D/E pools ground handling equipment, ground maintenance
equipment and aircraft recovery kits.
These data are now available at the website that follows:
- http://www.iatp.com
NOTE : IATP website and recovery kits are available for IATP members only.
NOTE : This chapter gives references to web sites for information only. Airbus shall not
be held liable for web site or document content and for update or change of
addresses.
(10) A list of the local availability of general aircraft recovery materials and equipment. made by
the company.
This list should include materials and equipment such as plywood and steel sheets, crushed
rock, cribbing, cranes, heavy equipment etc.
You can be prepare this list with the ICAO Removal of disabled aircraft Document 9137-
AN/898 as a guide.
(11) An Aircraft Recovery Manual (ARM) for each fleet type operated and its storage locations.
(12) The size of the cargo doors of each fleet type operated.
This will helps to move equipment if the incident is at a different airport.
(13) A list of all company-owned tooling, that includes recovery tooling such as pneumatic
lifting bags, jacks, slings, etc.
This can include their location and properties such as capacity, compressed and extended
heights, arc movement capability, etc.
Page 20
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-20-01-005-A01
Off Runway Incident Reporting Proforma
1. General
This ”Off-Runway” Incident Form is designed to support the evaluation of ”off runway” in-service
incidents. It helps to make technical judgement and to decide the quickest disposition of actions
necessary to return the aircraft landing gear to service.
Page 21
09-20-01 May 01/21
EACH "OFF−RUNWAY" INCIDENT COMPRISES UNIQUE CIRCUMSTANCES
WHICH REQUIRE INDIVIDUAL ASSESSMENT AND DISPOSITION.
AIRLINE
AIRPORT
AIRCRAFT REGISTRATION
MSN
09-20-01
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_092001_1_0200101_01_00
Page 22
May 01/21
SECTION 1
SUPPLY PHOTOGRAPHS TO SHOW THE INCIDENT. THESE MUST INCLUDE VIEWS OF THE TAXIWAY, RUNWAY,
AIRPORT, BUILDINGS AND THE POSITIONS OF ALL OBSTACLES THAT THE AIRCRAFT TOUCHED DURING THE
INCIDENT. YOU MUST ALSO SHOW THE PATH OF THE LANDING GEAR. SHOW THE CROSS SECTION OF THE RUNWAY
A
AND THE ADJACENT GROUND THAT THE AIRCRAFT MOVED ACROSS, WITH THE APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS OF ALL
STEPS AND GRADIENTS.
GIVE THE APPROXIMATE DISTANCES AND TRAJECTORY OF THE AIRCRAFT DURING THE INCIDENT, WITH THE
ATTITUDE OF THE AIRCRAFT AFTER THE INCIDENT.
− THE APPLICABLE LANDING GEAR (THE TWO SIDES, FRONT, REAR ELEVATIONS AND ALL AREAS OF DAMAGE)
BEFORE AND AFTER RECOVERY
− THE AIRCRAFT BEFORE RECOVERY IN ITS REST POSITION OFF THE RUNWAY.
− THE TRACKS MADE BY EACH LANDING GEAR OFF THE RUNWAY AND ALL SKID MARKS ON THE RUNWAY
− RECOVERY OF THE AIRCRAFT
09-20-01
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_092001_1_0200102_01_00
Page 23
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_092001_1_0200103_01_00
DETAILED WRITTEN DESCRIPTION OF "OFF−RUNWAY" INCIDENT
SECTION 2
Page 24
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_092001_1_0200104_01_00
WIND DIRECTION AND SPEED AT TIME OF INCIDENT
10 KNOTS
SECTION 3
RUNWAY
Page 25
09-20-01 May 01/21
SECTION 4 − METRICS
(B) AIRCRAFT CENTER OF GRAVITY METERS FROM CENTERLINE OR FEET FROM CENTERLINE OR %MAC
LOW SPEED TAXIING / MANEUVERING HIGH SPEED TAXIING−TAKE−OFF HIGH SPEED TAXIING−LANDING
(D) DISTANCE RUN OFF RUNWAY BY EACH GEAR (I.E. TRACK LENGTH MADE BY EACH GEAR).
OR
FIGURE-09-20-01-991-020-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
09-20-01
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_092001_1_0200105_01_00
Page 26
May 01/21
(G) OFF−RUNWAY SURFACE NATURE AND CONDITIONS: TICK OR SPECIFY AS APPROPRIATE
(H) WERE ANY OBSTACLES TOUCHED DURING THE INCIDENT − PLEASE TICK AS APPROPRIATE.
NONE RUNWAY LIGHTS KERB STONE DRAINAGE CHANNELS ROCKS HOLES, BURROW
OTHER
SUPPLY DRAWING OR PHOTOGRAPH AND APPROXIMATE DIMENSIONS OF ANY OBSTACLES RUN OVER
09-20-01
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_092001_1_0200106_01_00
Page 27
May 01/21
(I) BRAKING APPLICATION
FIGURE-09-20-01-991-020-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
09-20-01
DURING OFF−RUNWAY TRAJECTORY ? AT REST ?
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_092001_1_0200107_01_00
Page 28
May 01/21
SECTION 5
DEPTH IN GROUND
IN RESTING DURING RUN
WHEEL
ATTITUDE OFF RUNWAY
mm in mm in
9 10
1
2
3
4
01 5
01 6
FIGURE-09-20-01-991-020-A01
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
1 2 3 4
9
10
5 6 7 8
@A318/A319/A320/A321
09-20-01
01 01
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
NOTE:
01 A320 ONLY − OPTIONAL
N_AR_092001_1_0200108_01_00
Page 29
May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
N_AR_092001_1_0200109_01_00
DESCRIPTION OF TNE RECOVERY (SUPPLY PHOTOGRAPHS):
SECTION 6
Page 30
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TASK 09-20-01-869-801-A01
IATA Aircraft Recovery Quick Reference Check List
1. General
This guide was prepared and given by the IATA Aircraft Recovery Working Group. It is a general
guide and for use as a checklist during an aircraft recovery incident.
2. Inspections
Not Applicable.
3. Job Setup References
Not Applicable.
4. Procedure
Subtask 09-20-01-869-001-A01
A. Before you are on the site
(1) Get the initial information about the incident.
(2) Contact local airline/agent/own representative.
(3) Prepare and make a selection of personnel/equipment/manuals.
(4) Check availability of IATP-kits and order if necessary.
NOTE : IATP website and recovery kits are available for IATP members only.
Subtask 09-20-01-869-002-A01
B. When you are on the site
(1) Make necessary contact with local security/fire fighting brigade to secure the site, and give
area map.
(2) Give careful instructions for an aircraft recovery plan.
(3) Get necessary approval from local authorities to start the recovery operation.
(4) Make sure:
(a) Communication to/from site works correctly,
(b) Transportation to/from site is possible,
(c) Necessary accommodation and facilities can be available on site.
(5) Contact local airlines, airport authorities and local suppliers for help with.
(a) Heavy machinery/cranes, etc.
(b) Access roads, building materials.
(c) Timber/gravel/sand/steel plates, etc.
Page 31
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 32
09-20-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-20-02-001-A01
Composition of the Recovery Team
1. General
Airbus recommends that each airline:
- Prepare an internal Aircraft Recovery Process document (see DESC 09-20-01-004-A01).
- Make an Aircraft Recovery Team, with reference to this document.
For this team, it is recommended:
- To take the volunteers from the aircraft maintenance branch. These volunteers should have a
strong interest in the aircraft recovery process and a good technical background.
- That the members of the Aircraft Recovery Team stay a part of the team (even when they have
promotions or move to different internal departments) so that their experience is not lost.
2. The Manager
Airbus recommends that each Aircraft Recovery Team have a manager to control the activities of the
Aircraft Recovery Team and any aircraft recovery incidents.
A. The Manager should have:
- Experience as an Aircraft Maintenance Production Manager with the related responsibilities,
- Experience and/or knowledge related to aircraft recovery.
B. The Manager should:
- Supervise the Aircraft Recovery Team and their related activities,
- Organize regular meetings and exercises with the Aircraft Recovery Team,
- Be the interface with the airport, local and state authorities for aircraft recovery,
- Represent his airline, on the International Airline Transport Association’s (IATA), Aircraft
Recovery Working Group (ARWG) and the International Airline Technical Pool (IATP)
related to aircraft recovery.
3. Team Leaders
Depending on the size of the airline, there can be one or more Team Leaders.
A. The Team Leaders should have:
- Experience as an Aircraft Maintenance Production Team Leader or Foreman,
- Good technical and leadership qualities,
- Experience and/or knowledge of aircraft recovery,
- Good knowledge of jacks, pneumatic lifting bags and cranes.
B. The Team Leaders should:
- Report to the Aircraft Recovery Manager,
- Control the company-owned aircraft recovery equipment and make sure that it is always
serviceable,
Page 1
09-20-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 2
09-20-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-30-01-001-A01
General
1. General
It can be necessary for operators to use tools during the recovery process.
There are two categories of aircraft recovery tooling and equipment:
- General recovery equipment
- Specialized recovery equipment
You can get these tools at the airport (contact the Airport Authorities or IATP if you are a member),
or locally (contact local vendors).
2. General Materials, Equipment and Tooling
The general materials, equipment and tooling that follow are usually available locally (this is not a
full list) :
- Work lights, floodlights,
- Ballast bags,
- Sheets of plywood, steel plate, planking, etc.,
- Cribbing timber (railroad ties) to make platforms,
- Stones, gravel, broken asphalt to be compacted to make roadways,
- Trailers and padded materials (mattresses, rubber padding, tires, sandbags) to move damaged
aircraft,
- Bulldozers, forklifts, crane, winching vehicles, excavators,
- Towing tractor,
- Cables, ropes, pulley blocks, ladders,
- Mobile shelter-trailer, commercial transport equipment,
- Wooden/steel beams,
- Flatbed trucks and trailers,
- Pumps, hoses and storage for fuel and/or water,
- Hand pump for manual doors opening/closing,
- On-site communication equipment (telephones, faxes, interphone headsets),
An electrical or air power supply can be necessary for some of these tools. Thus, other equipment can
be necessary:
- Mobile electrical power unit (min. 5 kW),
- Mobile air power unit (min. 7 bar (102 psi)).
NOTE : The ICAO Airport Services Manual, part 5, Document 9137-AN/898, ”Removal of Disabled
Aircraft” gives a list of recommended materials and equipment.
Page 1
09-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 2
09-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-30-01-002-A01
Airbus Specific Recovery Tools
1. For the wing lifting procedure using cranes (see 06-50-00), Airbus developed a specific tool, see
TABLE 1.
TOOL - DESCRIPTION (PART NUMBER) QTY VENDOR
7K804427D520 CRANE ATTACHMENT - WING
2
LIFTING BRACKET
Airbus Specific Recovery Tools
TABLE 1
Page 3
09-30-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-30-02-001-A01
General
1. Table 1 gives the list of tools referenced in the ARM.
NOTE : Any comparable equipment may be used provided that it satisfies the requirements of the
procedure. Other conventional suppliers of recovery material can provide items of the kits
set.
Page 1
09-30-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
VENDOR/
PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE REFERENCES
SUPPLIER
460005833 GROUND LOCK SLEEVE TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01
460005835 GROUND LOCK SLEEVE TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01
460007280 SLEEVE-GROUNDLOCK TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01
7K804427D520 CRANE ATTACHMENT - WING LIFTING BRACKET TASK 06-50-00-581-802-A01
DESC 09-30-01-002-A01
97A28002117002 PURGING TOOL TASK 05-40-02-650-801-A01
98A09003000001 BAR-STEERING, NOSE WHEEL TASK 07-40-02-584-802-A01
98A28104000000 PURGER WATER DRAIN TASK 03-20-02-970-801-A01
98A28104000002 TOOL - PURGING TASK 05-40-02-650-801-A01
98A28203000000 TEST EQUIPMENT JET PUMP TASK 05-40-02-650-801-A01
98D07103000000 DYNAMOMETER - SAFETY STAY TASK 06-30-00-581-802-A01
98D07103500000 JACK ADAPTER - FUSELAGE TASK 06-30-00-581-802-A01
98D07104000000 JACKING PAD SET (A320) TASK 06-30-00-581-802-A01
98D07104000001 JACKING PAD SET (A318, A319, A320) TASK 06-30-00-581-802-A01
98D07104081000 JACKING PAD SET (A321) TASK 06-30-00-581-802-A01
98D07203016000 GLOBAL SHORING KIT SA DESC 04-30-00-001-A01
TASK 06-50-00-581-801-A01
TASK 06-50-00-581-803-A01
98D09104000001 ATTACHMENT - TOWING TASK 07-40-02-584-801-A01
98D09104001000 ATTACHEMENT-TOWING TASK 07-40-02-584-802-A01
98D09104002000 ATTACHMENT - TOWING (OPTIONAL 4 WHEEL TASK 07-40-02-584-802-A01
BOGIE MLG) TASK 07-40-02-584-801-A01
98D10203500000 MOORING KIT - NLG (applicable for basic standard TASK 04-30-00-556-801-A01
towing bracket)
98D10203500002 MOORING KIT - NLG (applicable for B737 towing TASK 04-30-00-556-801-A01
bracket)
Page 2
09-30-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
VENDOR/
PART NUMBER NOMENCLATURE REFERENCES
SUPPLIER
98D10203500004 MOORING KIT - NLG (applicable for B727 towing TASK 04-30-00-556-801-A01
bracket)
98D32203502000 SAFETY PIN - NLG DOOR TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01
98D57004098000 A320 AUX JACKING WING TASK 06-50-00-581-801-A01
98F09103500000 CABLE-TOWING, MLG TASK 07-40-02-584-802-A01
TASK 07-40-02-584-801-A01
D23080000 PIN-GROUND LOCK, NLG TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01
D23156000 PIN-SAFETY TASK 07-40-02-584-802-A01
TASK 07-40-02-584-801-A01
TASK 07-40-01-584-802-A01
TASK 07-40-01-584-801-A01
DAH602734 GROUND LOCK SLEEVE TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01
DRT68031 SLEEVE - GROUND LOCK TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01
DRT68923 SLEEVE-GROUND LOCK TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01
GSE WHEEL CHANGE JACK TASK 02-30-01-867-802-A01
MZ23080000 PIN - NLG DOWNLOCK SAFETY TASK 02-30-01-481-801-A01
TMHCP07-00-00 WHEEL CHANGE AXLE JACK TASK 02-30-01-867-802-A01
Tools and Equipment
TABLE 1
Page 3
09-30-02 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-30-03-001-A01
IATP Aircraft Recovery Kits
1. General
This chapter gives information about the International Air Transport Pool (IATP) aircraft recovery
kits.
A. IATP Recovery Kits
(1) The IATP provides aircraft recovery kits at strategic locations in the world.
(2) Currently, there are eleven kits. These are maintained by the provider airlines.
(3) The kits are also available on a rental basis to non-IATP member operators.
(4) Information on the kit content, purpose, capability, provider locations etc. is available from:
- http://www.iatp.com
NOTE : Please note that a username and a password is necessary to access the IATP
web site details and the IATP contact details.
NOTE : This chapter gives references to web sites for information only. Airbus cannot be
held liable for web site or document content or for updates or changes of
address.
B. Location of the Main Kits
The TABLE 1 that follows gives the current locations of the IATP aircraft recovery kits and
their provider.
London, England LHR British Airways
Paris, France ORY Air France
Johannesburg, South Africa JNB South African Airways
Tokyo, Japan NRT Japan Airlines
New York, USA JFK Delta Airlines
Chicago, USA ORD American Airlines
Los Angeles, USA LAX American Airlines
Honolulu, USA HNL United Airlines
Sydney, Australia SYD Qantas Airlines
Mumbai, India BOM Air India
Page 1
09-30-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Page 2
09-30-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-30-03-002-A01
Example of IATP Recovery Kit
1. This section gives an example of an IATP recovery kit that can be found at main airports. It is only
an example and does not reflect the exact content of all main IATP kits.
TABLE 1 gives an example of basic recovery kit.
TABLE 2 gives an example of supplementary kit.
Quantity Description
90 PNEUMATIC BAGS (SINGLE ELEMENT)
1 MASTER CONTROL CONSOLE
5 REMOTE CONTROL CONSOLE
5 AIR DISTRIBUTORS
6 MANIFOLD (CONTROL CONSOLE)
85 PNEUMATIC HOSES
6 WINCHES
6 WIRE ROPES
6 EARTH ANCHORS
16 PLASTIC FOAM PROTECTION PADS (50 mm (2 in) thick)
1 ROLL POLYTHENE SHEET (500 gauge, 7.3 m (287 in) wide)
1 AIR COMPRESSOR
2 REGENT TRIPOD CRASH JACKS
Capacity - 710 mm (28 in) to 1730 mm (68 in), 80 tons
Capacity - 1730 mm (68 in) to 3560 mm (140 in), 100 tons
1 COMPRESSOR SPARES AND BAG REPAIR KIT
Basic Recovery Kit
TABLE 1
Quantity Description
2 PNEUMATIC BAGS
2 PNEUMATIC HOSE REELS
4 MANIFOLD CONTROL CONSOLE / AIR CONTROL CONSOLE WITH 10
OUTLETS
4 PROTECTION PADS
4 WIRE ROPE (CAPACITY OF TOWING A CODE E/F AIRCRAFT)
2 BODY LIFTING SLING (CAPACITY OF LIFTING A CODE E/F AIRCRAFT )
1 AIR COMPRESSOR (FOR SYNCRO JACKS)
2 SPREADER BARS (INCLUDES SLINGS AND SHACKLES)
Page 3
09-30-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
Quantity Description
1 AIR COMPRESSOR
Supplementary Recovery Kit
TABLE 2
Page 4
09-30-03 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
DESC 09-50-01-001-A01
Worksheets
1. General
It is necessary to use these worksheets in relation with chapter 03-50-01.
A. Interim Worksheet:
- Fuel Remaining on Board Effect. See FIGURE 09-50-01-991-001-A.
- Cargo and Baggage Remaining Effect. See FIGURE 09-50-01-991-002-A.
- Total Traffic Load Remaining Effect. See FIGURE 09-50-01-991-003-A.
- Ballast Added Effect. See FIGURE 09-50-01-991-004-A.
- Waste Water Remaining Effect. See FIGURE 09-50-01-991-005-A.
- Non OEW Catering Equipment Added Effect. See FIGURE 09-50-01-991-006-A.
- Large Component Movement Effect. See FIGURE 09-50-01-991-007-A.
- Potable Water Removed Effect. See FIGURE 09-50-01-991-008-A.
- Cockpit and Cabin Crew Removed Effect. See FIGURE 09-50-01-991-009-A.
- Catering Equipment Removed Effect. See FIGURE 09-50-01-991-010-A.
- Large Component Removed/Missing Effect. See FIGURE 09-50-01-991-011-A.
- Hydraulic Fluids Removed Effect. See FIGURE 09-50-01-991-012-A.
B. NRW & Related H & Y Moment Worksheets
- NRW & Related H, & Y Moment Worksheet Calculation from OEW. See FIGURE
09-50-01-991-013-A.
- NRW & Related H, & Y Moment Worksheet Calculation from DOW. See FIGURE
09-50-01-991-014-A.
Page 1
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
LH OUTER TANK
LH INNER TANK
CENTER TANK
AUXILIARY
CENTER TANK
RH INNER TANK
RH OUTER TANK
TOTAL
N_AR_095001_1_0010101_01_00
Interim Worksheet
Fuel Remaining on Board Effect
FIGURE-09-50-01-991-001-A01
Page 2
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
MOMENT MOMENT
WEIGHT
Weight x H−arm Weight x Y−arm
(kg or lb)
(kgm or lb.in) (kgm or lb.in)
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
TOTAL FORWARD
CARGO
REMAINING
EFFECT
TOTAL AFT
CARGO
REMAINING
EFFECT
TOTAL BULK
CARGO
REMAINING
EFFECT
TOTAL
N_AR_095001_1_0020101_01_00
Interim Worksheet
Cargo and Baggage Remaining Effect
FIGURE-09-50-01-991-002-A01
Page 3
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
MOMENT MOMENT
WEIGHT
Weight x H−arm Weight x Y−arm
(kg or lb)
(kgm or lb.in) (kgm or lb.in)
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
TOTAL TRAFFIC
LOAD
REMAINING
TOTAL
N_AR_095001_1_0030101_01_00
Interim Worksheet
Total Traffic Load Remaining Effect
FIGURE-09-50-01-991-003-A01
Page 4
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
L/H WING
BALLAST
ADDED EFFECT
R/H WING
BALLAST
ADDED EFFECT
MAIN DECK
BALLAST
ADDED EFFECT
FORWARD CARGO
BALLAST
ADDED EFFECT
AFT CARGO
BALLAST
ADDED EFFECT
BULK CARGO
BALLAST
ADDED EFFECT
TOTAL
N_AR_095001_1_0040101_01_00
Interim Worksheet
Ballast Added Effect
FIGURE-09-50-01-991-004-A01
Page 5
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
MOMENT MOMENT
WEIGHT
Weight x H−arm Weight x Y−arm
(kg or lb)
(kgm or lb.in) (kgm or lb.in)
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
WASTE WATER
REMAINING
TOTAL
N_AR_095001_1_0050101_01_00
Interim Worksheet
Waste Water Remaining Effect
FIGURE-09-50-01-991-005-A01
Page 6
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
NON OEW
CATERING
EQUIPMENT
EFFECT
TOTAL
N_AR_095001_1_0060101_01_00
Interim Worksheet
Non OEW Catering Equipment Added Effect
FIGURE-09-50-01-991-006-A01
Page 7
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
MOMENT MOMENT
WEIGHT
Weight x H−arm Weight x Y−arm
(kg or lb)
(kgm or lb.in) (kgm or lb.in)
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
NLG RETRACTION
EFFECT
LH MAIN LG
RETRACTION
EFFECT
RH MAIN LG
RETRACTION
EFFECT
SLATS/FLAPS
EXTENSION
EFFECT
TOTAL
N_AR_095001_1_0070101_01_01
Interim Worksheet
Large Component Movement Effect
FIGURE-09-50-01-991-007-A01
Page 8
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
POTABLE WATER
REMOVED
EFFECT
TOTAL
N_AR_095001_1_0080101_01_00
Interim Worksheet
Potable Water Removed Effect
FIGURE-09-50-01-991-008-A01
Page 9
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
MOMENT MOMENT
WEIGHT
Weight x H−arm Weight x Y−arm
(kg or lb)
(kgm or lb.in) (kgm or lb.in)
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
COCKPIT CREW
REMOVED
EFFECT
CABIN CREW
REMOVED
EFFECT
TOTAL
N_AR_095001_1_0090101_01_00
Interim Worksheet
Cockpit and Cabin Crew Removed Effect
FIGURE-09-50-01-991-009-A01
Page 10
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
CATERING
EQUIPMENT
TOTAL
N_AR_095001_1_0100101_01_00
Interim Worksheet
Catering Equipment Removed Effect
FIGURE-09-50-01-991-010-A01
Page 11
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
LH WING
COMPONENT
REMOVED/
MISSING EFFECT
RH WING
COMPONENT
REMOVED/
MISSING EFFECT
FUSELAGE
COMPONENT
REMOVED/
MISSING EFFECT
FIN COMPONENT
REMOVED/
MISSING EFFECT
THS COMPONENT
REMOVED/
MISSING EFFECT
TOTAL
N_AR_095001_1_0110101_01_00
Interim Worksheet
Large Component Removed/Missing Effect
FIGURE-09-50-01-991-011-A01
Page 12
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
TOTAL
HYDRAULIC
FLUIDS REMOVED
EFFECT
TOTAL
N_AR_095001_1_0120101_01_00
Interim Worksheet
Hydraulic Fluids Removed Effect
FIGURE-09-50-01-991-012-A01
Page 13
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
OEW
FUEL REMAINING ON
BOARD EFFECT
WASTE WATER
REMAINING EFFECT
LARGE COMPONENT
MOVEMENT EFFECT
POTABLE WATER
REMOVED EFFECT
CATERING EQUIPMENT
REMOVED EFFECT
LARGE COMPONENT
REMOVED/MISSING
EFFECT
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
REMOVED EFFECT
TOTAL
− − −
= = =
NRW H−arm Y−arm
(kg or lb) moment moment
RESULTS (kgm or (kgm or
lb.in) lb.in)
N_AR_095001_1_0130101_01_00
Page 14
09-50-01 May 01/21
@A318/A319/A320/A321
AIRCRAFT RECOVERY MANUAL
**ON A/C A318-100 A319-100 A319neo A320-200 A320neo A321-100 A321-200 A321neo
TO TO TO TO TO TO
SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD SUBTRACT ADD
DOW
FUEL REMAINING ON
BOARD EFFECT
WASTE WATER
REMAINING EFFECT
LARGE COMPONENT
MOVEMENT EFFECT
POTABLE WATER
REMOVED EFFECT
CATERING EQUIPMENT
REMOVED EFFECT
LARGE COMPONENT
REMOVED/MISSING
EFFECT
HYDRAULIC FLUIDS
REMOVED EFFECT
TOTAL
− − −
= = =
NRW H−arm Y−arm
(kg or lb) moment moment
RESULTS (kgm or (kgm or
lb.in) lb.in)
N_AR_095001_1_0140101_01_00
Page 15
09-50-01 May 01/21